WO2018210263A1 - Method and apparatus for transmitting synchronization signal - Google Patents

Method and apparatus for transmitting synchronization signal Download PDF

Info

Publication number
WO2018210263A1
WO2018210263A1 PCT/CN2018/087070 CN2018087070W WO2018210263A1 WO 2018210263 A1 WO2018210263 A1 WO 2018210263A1 CN 2018087070 W CN2018087070 W CN 2018087070W WO 2018210263 A1 WO2018210263 A1 WO 2018210263A1
Authority
WO
WIPO (PCT)
Prior art keywords
synchronization signal
signal block
time slot
symbols
mapping
Prior art date
Application number
PCT/CN2018/087070
Other languages
French (fr)
Chinese (zh)
Inventor
刘瑾
欧⋅凯文⋅卡尔⋅金
袁璞
向铮铮
罗俊
沈祖康
Original Assignee
华为技术有限公司
Priority date (The priority date is an assumption and is not a legal conclusion. Google has not performed a legal analysis and makes no representation as to the accuracy of the date listed.)
Filing date
Publication date
Priority claimed from CN201710510737.1A external-priority patent/CN108880606B/en
Application filed by 华为技术有限公司 filed Critical 华为技术有限公司
Publication of WO2018210263A1 publication Critical patent/WO2018210263A1/en

Links

Images

Classifications

    • H—ELECTRICITY
    • H04—ELECTRIC COMMUNICATION TECHNIQUE
    • H04B—TRANSMISSION
    • H04B1/00—Details of transmission systems, not covered by a single one of groups H04B3/00 - H04B13/00; Details of transmission systems not characterised by the medium used for transmission
    • H04B1/69—Spread spectrum techniques
    • H04B1/707—Spread spectrum techniques using direct sequence modulation
    • H04B1/7073—Synchronisation aspects

Definitions

  • the present application relates to the field of communications technologies, and in particular, to a method for transmitting a synchronization signal, a network device, and a terminal device.
  • the network side periodically broadcasts a downlink synchronization signal to the coverage area in a predetermined manner by the base station, so that the terminal equipment that needs to access the network can obtain synchronization of the downlink communication link before accessing the network. And correctly obtain the communication system information required to access the network.
  • the beam has a configurable mapping relationship with the SS block.
  • the base station transmits different SS blocks through each of the multiple beams, or two beams can transmit the same SS block.
  • the SS block includes a plurality of Orthogonal Frequency Division Multiplexing (OFDM) symbols.
  • a Synchronization Signal burst (SS burst) includes a plurality of SS blocks. In other words, the SS block is transmitted by time-frequency resources mapped in the SS burst.
  • the UE After the user equipment (English: User Equipment, UE) completes the cell search process, the UE has obtained downlink synchronization with the cell. At this time, the UE needs to detect the SS block, and the system information obtained from the SS block can know how the cell is configured. In order to access the cell and work correctly within the cell.
  • UE User Equipment
  • Multiple SS blocks transmitted in one SS burst contain the same information.
  • the terminal device needs to separately perform descrambling, cyclic shifting, and subsequent protocol processing on data transmitted in multiple SS blocks. Therefore, the process of performing signal processing on the detected multiple SS blocks by the UE is complicated and time consuming, resulting in a long cell access time of the UE.
  • the embodiment of the present application provides a method for transmitting a synchronization signal, which is used to alleviate the problem that a cell access time is long because the UE cannot determine whether multiple SS blocks belong to the same SS burst.
  • a method of transmitting a synchronization signal comprising:
  • the network device generates a first synchronization signal block packet and a second synchronization signal block packet, wherein the first synchronization signal block packet includes m synchronization signal blocks, and the second synchronization signal block packet includes n synchronization signal blocks, wherein m, n are positive integers greater than or equal to 2;
  • mapping n synchronization signal blocks in the second synchronization signal block group into another y symbols, where y 7n, between any two synchronization signal blocks in the second synchronization signal block group after mapping
  • the number of symbols of the phase difference belongs to the first set, and between one of the mapped synchronization signal blocks in the second synchronization signal block group and one of the synchronization signal blocks in the first synchronization signal block group after the mapping
  • the number of symbols of the difference belongs to the second set, and the values in the second set do not coincide with the values in the first set;
  • the network device sends the synchronization signal block in the first synchronization signal block group and the synchronization signal block in the second synchronization signal block group by using the mapped time-frequency resource.
  • the number of symbols that are different between two synchronization signal blocks in the same synchronization signal block group in the time domain belongs to the first set, and two synchronizations in different synchronization signal block groups The number of symbols that differ between signal blocks does not belong to the first set.
  • the terminal device may confirm whether the two synchronization signal blocks belong to the same synchronization signal block group according to the number of symbols of the difference between the two synchronization signal blocks when detecting the plurality of synchronization signal blocks.
  • the terminal device can then obtain a plurality of synchronization signal blocks belonging to the same synchronization signal block group, and simplify the processing of the plurality of synchronization signal blocks belonging to the same synchronization signal block group, thereby simplifying the signal processing flow and shortening the processing cost of processing the synchronization signal block. Time and processing resources.
  • the terminal device can thereby obtain the system information carried in the synchronization signal block more quickly, and shorten the network access time.
  • the value included in the first set is an even number
  • the value included in the second set is an odd number
  • the arrangement of the first set and the second set is advantageous for simplifying the terminal device to confirm whether the two sync signal blocks belong to the same sync signal block group.
  • the terminal device After determining the number of symbols of the phase difference, the terminal device determines whether the number of symbols of the phase difference is an even number. If the number of difference symbols is an even number, the terminal device determines that the first sync signal block and the second sync signal block belong to the same sync signal block packet.
  • m and n have a value of 4
  • x and y have a value of 28.
  • each time slot includes 7 symbols, and the m in the first synchronization signal block group is grouped.
  • the sync signal blocks are mapped into x symbols, including:
  • mapping the n synchronization signal blocks in the second synchronization signal block group to the other y symbols including:
  • the second synchronization signal block maps the second synchronization signal block in the second synchronization signal block group on the 2-5th symbol of the 4th time slot of the consecutive 8 time slots Mapping the fourth synchronization signal block in the second synchronization signal block packet to the consecutive 8 time slots on the 2-5th symbol of the 6th time slot of the consecutive 8 time slots On the 2-5th symbol of the 8th time slot.
  • each time slot includes 14 symbols, and the m in the first synchronization signal block group is grouped.
  • the sync signal blocks are mapped into x symbols, including:
  • mapping the n synchronization signal blocks in the second synchronization signal block group to the other y symbols including:
  • the second synchronization signal block maps the third synchronization signal block in the second synchronization signal block group on the 9th to 12th symbols of the second time slot of the consecutive 4 time slots Mapping the fourth synchronization signal block in the second synchronization signal block packet to the consecutive 4 time slots on the 9th to 12th symbols of the third time slot of the consecutive 4 time slots On the 9th to 12th symbols of the 4th time slot.
  • the first set includes the following values 14, 28, 42 including the following values 7, 21, 35, 49.
  • each time slot includes 14 symbols, and the m in the first synchronization signal block group is grouped.
  • the sync signal blocks are mapped into x symbols, including:
  • mapping the n synchronization signal blocks in the second synchronization signal block group to the other y symbols including:
  • the fourth synchronization signal block in the second synchronization signal block group is mapped on the 7-10th symbol of the fourth time slot, the first time slot, the second time slot, and the third
  • the time slot and the fourth time slot are 4 consecutive time slots.
  • the first set includes the following values: 4, 9, 13, 17, and the second set includes the following values: 11, 15, and 19.
  • each time slot includes 14 symbols, and the m in the first synchronization signal block group is grouped.
  • the sync signal blocks are mapped into x symbols, including:
  • the fourth synchronization signal block in the first synchronization signal block group is mapped on the 8th to 11th symbols of the second time slot;
  • mapping the n synchronization signal blocks in the second synchronization signal block group to the other y symbols including:
  • the fourth synchronization signal block in the second synchronization signal block group is mapped on the 8th to 11th symbols of the fourth time slot, the first time slot, the second time slot, and the third time
  • the time slot and the fourth time slot are 4 consecutive time slots.
  • the first set includes the following values: 4, 11, 15, 19, and the second set includes the following values: 9, 13, and 17.
  • the value included in the first set is less than a predetermined threshold, and the value included in the second set is greater than a predetermined threshold.
  • the arrangement of the first set and the second set is advantageous for simplifying the terminal device to confirm whether the two sync signal blocks belong to the same sync signal block group.
  • the terminal device After determining the number of symbols of the phase difference, the terminal device determines whether the number of symbols of the phase difference exceeds a predetermined threshold. If the number of symbols of the phase difference does not exceed the predetermined threshold, the terminal device determines that the first sync signal block and the second sync signal block belong to the same sync signal block packet.
  • m and n have a value of 4
  • x and y have a value of 28.
  • the predetermined threshold is a positive integer greater than or equal to 21.
  • each time slot includes 7 symbols, and the m in the first synchronization signal block group is grouped.
  • the sync signal blocks are mapped into x symbols, including:
  • the fourth synchronization signal block in the block group is mapped on the 1-4th symbol of the fourth time slot, the first time slot, the second time slot, the third time slot, and the fourth time
  • the slots are consecutive time slots;
  • mapping the n synchronization signal blocks in the second synchronization signal block group to the other y symbols including:
  • the fourth synchronization signal block in the block packet is mapped on the 1-4th symbol of the eighth time slot, wherein the fifth time slot, the sixth time slot, the seventh time slot, and the eighth The time slots are consecutive time slots, and the fourth time slot and the fifth time slot are separated by at least 2 time slots.
  • each time slot includes 14 symbols, and the m in the first synchronization signal block group is grouped.
  • the sync signal blocks are mapped into x symbols, including:
  • mapping the n synchronization signal blocks in the second synchronization signal block group to the other y symbols including:
  • the first synchronization signal block is grouped.
  • m sync signal blocks are mapped into x symbols, including:
  • mapping the n synchronization signal blocks in the second synchronization signal block group to the other y symbols including:
  • the second a fourth synchronization signal block in the synchronization signal block packet is mapped on the 7-10th symbol of the fourth time slot, wherein the third time slot and the fourth time slot are consecutive time slots, and At least one time slot is separated between the second time slot and the third time slot.
  • the first synchronization signal block is grouped.
  • m sync signal blocks are mapped into x symbols, including:
  • mapping the n synchronization signal blocks in the second synchronization signal block group to the other y symbols including:
  • the first synchronization signal block is grouped.
  • m sync signal blocks are mapped into x symbols, including:
  • mapping the n synchronization signal blocks in the second synchronization signal block group to the other y symbols including:
  • the second a fourth synchronization signal block in the synchronization signal block packet is mapped on the 7-10th symbol of the fourth time slot, wherein the third time slot and the fourth time slot are consecutive time slots, and The second time slot and the third time slot are separated by at least one time slot.
  • the first synchronization signal block is grouped.
  • m sync signal blocks are mapped into x symbols, including:
  • mapping the n synchronization signal blocks in the second synchronization signal block group to the other y symbols including:
  • the predetermined threshold is a positive integer greater than 12 and less than 18.
  • each time slot includes 14 symbols, and the m in the first synchronization signal block group is grouped.
  • the sync signal blocks are mapped into x symbols, including:
  • mapping the n synchronization signal blocks in the second synchronization signal block group to the other y symbols including:
  • the first synchronization signal block group and the second synchronization signal block group are mapped with symbols occupying the first synchronization signal block group and the second synchronization signal block group.
  • the first 5 milliseconds in the synchronization signal pulse set transmission period, and the transmission period of the synchronization signal pulse set is configured as one of the following: 5 milliseconds, 10 milliseconds, 20 milliseconds, 40 milliseconds, 80 milliseconds, and 160 milliseconds.
  • a method of transmitting a synchronization signal including:
  • the terminal device detects the first synchronization signal block and the second synchronization signal block in a transmission period of a synchronization signal pulse set
  • the terminal device determines that the first synchronization signal block and the second synchronization signal block belong to the same synchronization signal block group.
  • the value included in the predetermined set is an even number.
  • the value included in the predetermined set is less than a predetermined threshold.
  • the sending period of the synchronization signal pulse set is configured as one of the following: 5 milliseconds, 10 milliseconds, 20 milliseconds, 40 milliseconds, 80 milliseconds, and 160 milliseconds, the synchronization signal block And the second synchronization signal block is detected by the terminal device in the first 5 milliseconds of the synchronization signal pulse set transmission period.
  • a network device having the functionality to implement the method of the first aspect described above or any one of the possible implementations of the first aspect described above.
  • the functions may be implemented by hardware or by corresponding software implemented by hardware.
  • the hardware or software includes one or more modules corresponding to the functions described above.
  • a computer storage medium for storing computer software instructions for use in the network device, including any one of the possible implementations of the first aspect or the first aspect described above. program.
  • a terminal device having the function of implementing the method of the second aspect described above or any one of the possible implementations of the second aspect.
  • the functions may be implemented by hardware or by corresponding software implemented by hardware.
  • the hardware or software includes one or more modules corresponding to the functions described above.
  • a computer storage medium for storing computer software instructions for use in the terminal device, including any one of the possible implementations of the second aspect or the second aspect above. program.
  • the embodiment of the present application provides a communication system, including the network device according to any one of the possible implementations of the third aspect or the third aspect, and any one of the fifth aspect or the fifth aspect The terminal device described in the implementation manner.
  • FIG. 1 is a schematic diagram of a network system applied to an embodiment of the present application
  • FIG. 2 is a schematic structural diagram of an SS block packet according to an embodiment of the present application.
  • FIG. 3 is a schematic diagram of a resource mapping manner of an SS block packet according to an embodiment of the present disclosure
  • FIG. 4 is a flowchart of a method for transmitting a synchronization signal according to an embodiment of the present application
  • FIG. 5 is a flowchart of another method for transmitting a synchronization signal according to an embodiment of the present disclosure
  • FIG. 6 is a schematic diagram of a resource mapping manner according to an embodiment of the present disclosure.
  • FIG. 7 is a schematic diagram of another resource mapping manner provided by an embodiment of the present application.
  • FIG. 8 is a schematic diagram of another resource mapping manner according to an embodiment of the present disclosure.
  • FIG. 9 is a schematic diagram of another resource mapping manner according to an embodiment of the present disclosure.
  • FIG. 10 is a schematic diagram of another resource mapping manner according to an embodiment of the present disclosure.
  • FIG. 11 is a schematic diagram of another resource mapping manner according to an embodiment of the present disclosure.
  • FIG. 12 is a schematic diagram of another resource mapping manner according to an embodiment of the present disclosure.
  • FIG. 13 is a schematic diagram of another resource mapping manner according to an embodiment of the present disclosure.
  • FIG. 14 is a schematic diagram of another resource mapping manner according to an embodiment of the present disclosure.
  • 15 is a schematic diagram of in-band interference provided by an embodiment of the present application.
  • FIG. 16 is a schematic diagram of another resource mapping manner according to an embodiment of the present disclosure.
  • FIG. 17 is a schematic diagram of another resource mapping manner according to an embodiment of the present disclosure.
  • FIG. 18 is a schematic diagram of another resource mapping manner according to an embodiment of the present disclosure.
  • FIG. 19 is a flowchart of a method for transmitting a synchronization signal according to an embodiment of the present application.
  • FIG. 20 is a schematic diagram of a resource mapping of a base station when sending an SS block according to an embodiment of the present disclosure
  • FIG. 21 is a schematic diagram of another resource mapping when a base station sends an SS block according to an embodiment of the present disclosure
  • FIG. 22 is a schematic diagram of another resource mapping of a base station when sending an SS block according to an embodiment of the present disclosure
  • FIG. 23 is a schematic diagram of another resource mapping of a base station when sending an SS block according to an embodiment of the present disclosure
  • FIG. 24 is a schematic diagram of another resource mapping of a base station when sending an SS block according to an embodiment of the present disclosure
  • FIG. 25 is a schematic diagram of another resource mapping of a base station when sending an SS block according to an embodiment of the present disclosure
  • FIG. 26 is a schematic diagram of another resource mapping of a base station when sending an SS block according to an embodiment of the present disclosure
  • FIG. 27 is a schematic diagram of another resource mapping of a base station when sending an SS block according to an embodiment of the present disclosure
  • FIG. 28 is a flowchart of a method for transmitting a synchronization signal according to an embodiment of the present application.
  • 29 is a schematic diagram of in-band interference provided by an embodiment of the present application.
  • FIG. 30 is a schematic diagram of another resource mapping when a base station sends an SS block according to an embodiment of the present disclosure
  • FIG. 31 is a schematic structural diagram of a network device according to an embodiment of the present disclosure.
  • FIG. 32 is a schematic structural diagram of another network device according to an embodiment of the present disclosure.
  • FIG. 33 is a schematic structural diagram of a terminal device according to an embodiment of the present disclosure.
  • FIG. 34 is a schematic structural diagram of another terminal device according to an embodiment of the present application.
  • FIG. 35 is a schematic diagram of a resource mapping manner of a synchronization signal block according to an embodiment of the present disclosure.
  • FIG. 36 is a schematic diagram of another resource mapping manner of a synchronization signal block according to an embodiment of the present disclosure.
  • FIG. 37 is a schematic diagram of another resource mapping manner of a synchronization signal block according to an embodiment of the present disclosure.
  • FIG. 1 is a schematic diagram of a network system to which the embodiment of the present application is applied.
  • network system 100 can include network device 102 and terminal devices 104, 106, 108, 110, 112, and 114, wherein the network device and the terminal device are connected by wireless.
  • FIG. 1 is only an example in which the network system includes a network device, but the embodiment of the present invention is not limited thereto.
  • the system may further include more network devices; similarly, the system may also include more Terminal Equipment.
  • a terminal device may also refer to a UE, an access terminal, a mobile station, a remote station, a remote terminal, a mobile device, a user terminal, and a user agent.
  • the terminal device may also be a handheld device with wireless communication capabilities, a computing device or other processing device connected to a wireless modem, an in-vehicle device, a wearable device, a terminal device in a future 5G network, or a future evolved public land mobile network (Public Land) Mobile network, PLMN) Terminal devices in the network, etc.
  • Public Land Public Land
  • the terminal device may also be a wearable device.
  • Wearable devices also known as wearable smart devices, are a general term for applying wearable technology to intelligently design everyday wearable devices and develop wearable devices such as glasses, gloves, watches, apparel, and shoes.
  • a wearable device is a portable device that is worn directly on the body or integrated into the user's clothing or accessories.
  • Wearable devices are more than just a hardware device, but they also implement powerful functions through software support, data interaction, and cloud interaction.
  • Generalized wearable smart devices include full-featured, large-size, non-reliable smartphones for full or partial functions, such as smart watches or smart glasses, and focus on only one type of application, and need to work with other devices such as smartphones. Use, such as various smart bracelets for smart signs monitoring, smart jewelry, etc.
  • the structure and processing flow of the terminal device are described by taking the UE as an example.
  • the network device may be a device for communicating with the terminal device, and the network device may be a base station in a Global System of Mobile communication (GSM) or a Code Division Multiple Access (CDMA) system (Base Transceiver) Station, BTS), may also be a base station (NodeB, NB) in a Wideband Code Division Multiple Access (WCDMA) system, or an evolved base station in a Long Term Evolution (LTE) system.
  • GSM Global System of Mobile communication
  • CDMA Code Division Multiple Access
  • BTS Base Transceiver
  • NodeB NodeB
  • WCDMA Wideband Code Division Multiple Access
  • LTE Long Term Evolution
  • Evolutional Node B, eNB or eNodeB which may also be a wireless controller in a Cloud Radio Access Network (CRAN) scenario, or a base station (gNB or gNodeB) in a future 5G network.
  • CRAN Cloud Radio Access Network
  • gNB Cloud Radio Access Network
  • a SS block group contains multiple SS blocks.
  • an SS block packet may be a Synchronization Signal burst (SS burst).
  • SS burst Synchronization Signal burst
  • one SS block packet is mapped on at least 2 slots (English: slot).
  • an SS block includes a primary synchronization signal (PSS) of 1 OFDM symbol or a new Radio Primary Synchronization Signal (NR-PSS), and 1 OFDM symbol.
  • PSS primary synchronization signal
  • NR-PSS Radio Primary Synchronization Signal
  • SSS Secondary Synchronization Signal
  • NR-SSS New Radio Secondary Synchronization Signal
  • physical broadcast channel of 2 OFDM symbols (English: Physical Broadcast Channel, PBCH) Or a new wireless physical broadcast channel (English: New Radio Physical Broadcast Channel, NR-PBCH).
  • NR-PSS and NR-SSS can respectively have the functions of PSS and SSS in a legacy standard (for example, LTE).
  • NR-PSS can be used to determine OFDM symbol timing, frequency synchronization, slot timing, and cell ID within a cell group; NR-SSS can be used to determine frame timing, cell group, etc., or, NR-PSS and NR-SSS It can also have different functions from the current PSS and SSS, which is not limited by the embodiment of the present application.
  • the NR-PSS and the NR-SSS may also adopt the same or different sequences as the current PSS and the SSS, and the embodiment of the present invention is not limited thereto.
  • the NR-PBCH may have the same or different functions as the PBCH in the traditional standard (for example, LTE), which is not limited by the embodiment of the present invention.
  • the NR-PBCH may carry a Master Information Block (MIB).
  • MIB Master Information Block
  • the simplified processing may be performed on multiple SS blocks belonging to the same SS block packet, for example, multiple demodulated processes.
  • SS block is merged (English: easy soft combining).
  • the network device sends the SS block
  • the physical layer performs resource mapping on the SS block in the same SS block group. Some resource mapping modes of the network device when sending the SS block will cause the UE to determine whether the two received SS blocks belong to the same SS block group or belong to different SS block packets when receiving the SS block. As shown in FIG.
  • the four SS blocks of the first SS block group are respectively mapped to the 2-5th OFDM symbol of slot 1, the 9th-12th OFDM symbol of slot 1, and the 2nd to 5th of slot 2.
  • OFDM symbols, 9th-12th OFDM symbols of slot 2; 4 SS blocks of the second SS block group are mapped to the 2nd to 5th OFDM symbols of slot 3, and the 9th to 12th OFDM symbols of slot 3
  • every two SS blocks are separated by 3 OFDM symbols.
  • the soft bit data obtained by demodulating the two SS blocks cannot be combined, and each SS block needs to be separately decoded, cyclically shifted, and the like.
  • the above resource mapping method will cause subsequent signal processing to be more complicated, which in turn affects the performance of the communication system.
  • An embodiment of the present application provides a method for transmitting a synchronization signal.
  • the network device When a network device sends an SS block, the network device performs resource mapping on an SS block in an SS block group according to a predetermined resource mapping manner. Therefore, when the terminal device receives the SS block, it is confirmed whether the plurality of SS blocks belong to the same SS block group according to the relative positional relationship between the plurality of SS blocks, thereby simplifying subsequent processing.
  • FIG. 4 is a flowchart of a method for transmitting a synchronization signal according to an embodiment of the present application.
  • the flowchart describes a process of transmitting a synchronization signal by a network device taking a base station as an example from the perspective of a base station.
  • the working principle and function of the network device are introduced by taking a base station as an example.
  • Step 41 The network device generates a first synchronization signal block packet and a second synchronization signal block packet.
  • the first synchronization signal block group includes m synchronization signal blocks
  • the second synchronization signal block group includes n synchronization signal blocks, where m and n are positive integers greater than or equal to 2.
  • the values of m and n may be the same or different, and are not limited in this application.
  • the structure of the sync signal block can be referred to FIG. 2, but is not limited to the four possibilities shown in FIG. 2.
  • the above additional y symbols refer to other symbols different from x symbols, and there are no coincident symbols in x symbols and y symbols.
  • the first set contains at least one value
  • the second set contains at least one value.
  • the total number of values contained in the first set may or may not be equal to the total number of values contained in the second set.
  • the fact that the values in the second set do not coincide with the values in the first set means that there is no value present in both the first set and the second set. In other words, if a value exists in the first set, it is unlikely that the value will exist in the second set, and vice versa. It can also be understood that there is no intersection between the first set and the second set.
  • Step 43 The network device sends the synchronization signal block in the first synchronization signal block group and the synchronization signal block in the second synchronization signal block group by using the mapped time-frequency resource.
  • the sync signal block packet is a sync signal pulse (English: ss burst). Multiple sync signal block packets can be transmitted in a ss burst set.
  • the synchronization signal block in the first synchronization signal block group and the synchronization signal block in the second synchronization signal block group occupy the first 5 ms in the ss burst set transmission period in the time domain.
  • the ss burst set transmission period in the communication system is configurable and can be configured as one of the following: 5 milliseconds (English: ms), 10 ms, 20 ms, 40 ms, 80 ms, 160 ms.
  • the method for transmitting the synchronization signal shown in FIG. 4 is applicable to communication systems of various frequency points, for example, a communication system with a subcarrier spacing of 15 kHz, a communication system with a subcarrier spacing of 30 kHz, and a subcarrier spacing of 120 kHz.
  • Communication system communication system with subcarrier spacing of 240 kHz.
  • the number of symbols that are different between two synchronization signal blocks in the same synchronization signal block group in the time domain belongs to the first set, and two synchronizations in different synchronization signal block groups The number of symbols that differ between signal blocks does not belong to the first set.
  • the terminal device may confirm whether the two synchronization signal blocks belong to the same synchronization signal block group according to the number of symbols of the difference between the two synchronization signal blocks when detecting the plurality of synchronization signal blocks.
  • the terminal device can then obtain a plurality of synchronization signal blocks belonging to the same synchronization signal block group, and simplify the processing of the plurality of synchronization signal blocks belonging to the same synchronization signal block group, thereby simplifying the signal processing flow and shortening the processing cost of processing the synchronization signal block. Time and processing resources.
  • the terminal device can thereby obtain the system information carried in the synchronization signal block more quickly, and shorten the network access time.
  • FIG. 5 is a flowchart of another method for transmitting a synchronization signal according to an embodiment of the present application.
  • the flowchart describes a process in which a terminal device receives a synchronization signal by using a UE as an example from the perspective of a terminal device.
  • the working principle and function of the terminal device are introduced by taking the UE as an example.
  • Step 51 The terminal device detects the first synchronization signal block and the second synchronization signal block in a transmission period of an ss burst set.
  • the terminal device detects a plurality of synchronization signal blocks in an ss burst set transmission period by blind detection. Two synchronization signal blocks are selected from a plurality of synchronization signal blocks obtained by blind detection, and it is confirmed whether the selected two synchronization signal blocks belong to the same synchronization signal block group. Thereby, it is possible to determine a plurality of sync signal blocks respectively included in each sync signal block packet in the transmission period of one sync signal pulse set.
  • the network device maps the two sync signal block packets to the first 5 microseconds in the transmission period of the sync signal pulse set.
  • the terminal device detects a plurality of synchronization signal blocks in the first 5 ms of the transmission period of each ss burst set.
  • Step 52 The terminal device determines the number of symbols between the time domain resource occupied by the first synchronization signal block and the time domain resource occupied by the second synchronization signal block.
  • Step 53 The number of symbols of the phase difference determined by the terminal device determining step 52 belongs to a predetermined set. If the number of symbols of the difference belongs to a predetermined set, step 54 is performed.
  • the predetermined set is the first set in the embodiment shown in FIG.
  • Step 54 The terminal device determines that the first synchronization signal block and the second synchronization signal block belong to the same synchronization signal block group.
  • the terminal device may perform simplified processing on multiple synchronization signal blocks belonging to the same synchronization signal block group, for example, soft combining the demodulation results of the multiple synchronization signal blocks, and performing subsequent protocol on the result of the soft combining Processing, etc., without performing separate decoding, cyclic shifting, and subsequent protocol processing for each sync block.
  • step 53 if the number of symbols of the phase difference does not belong to the predetermined set, step 55 is performed, the terminal device determines that the first synchronization signal block and the second synchronization signal block belong to different synchronization signal blocks. Grouping.
  • the terminal device when it detects multiple synchronization signal blocks in a transmission period of a synchronization signal pulse set, it may confirm two synchronization signals according to whether the number of symbols of the difference between the two synchronization signal blocks belongs to a predetermined set. Whether the blocks belong to the same sync signal block group, thereby further obtaining a plurality of sync signal blocks belonging to the same sync signal block group.
  • the terminal device can perform a simplified signal processing procedure on a plurality of synchronization signal blocks belonging to the same synchronization signal block group. Since the signal processing flow is simplified, the time and processing resources for processing the synchronization signal block are shortened, so that the system information carried in the synchronization signal block can be obtained more quickly, and the network access time is shortened.
  • a plurality of resource mapping manners of the synchronization signal block provided by the embodiment of the present application are described below with reference to FIG. 6-30. These resource mapping methods can be applied to step 42 of FIG.
  • the resource mapping manner shown in Figures 6-30 is applicable to the case where each synchronization signal block packet includes 4 synchronization signal blocks, each synchronization signal block packet is mapped to 28 symbols, that is, the values of m and n are 4, the case where the value of x and y is 28.
  • the terminal device can confirm whether the two synchronization signal blocks belong to the same synchronization according to whether the detected number of symbols of the difference between the two synchronization signal blocks belongs to a predetermined set. Signal block grouping.
  • FIG. 6 and FIG. 7 are schematic diagrams of a resource mapping manner provided by an embodiment of the present application.
  • the two resource mapping schemes are applicable to different slot formats respectively.
  • the resource mapping scheme shown in FIG. 6 is applicable to a scenario in which a time slot used by a communication system includes 7 symbols
  • the resource mapping scheme shown in FIG. 7 is applicable to The time slot used by the communication system contains a scene of 14 symbols.
  • the number of symbols of any two synchronization signal blocks in the same synchronization signal block group belongs to the first set, and the two synchronization signal blocks belonging to different synchronization signal block groups belong to the same.
  • the number of symbols of the phase difference belongs to the second set that does not coincide with the first set, and the values contained in the first set are even numbers, and the values contained in the second set are odd numbers.
  • the resource mapping scheme provided in Figure 6 is applicable to scenarios in which the time slot used by the communication system contains 7 symbols.
  • the network device maps the first synchronization signal block packet and the second synchronization signal block packet onto different 4 time slots, for example, onto 4 time slots distributed in an interval of 8 consecutive time slots.
  • the following describes the specific resource mapping manner by using the ss burst as an example of the synchronization signal block grouping. It can be understood that in the case where the time slot used by the communication system includes 7 symbols, the subcarrier spacing supported by the communication system in the frequency domain may be 15 kHz. , 30 kHz, 120 kHz, or 240 kHz.
  • slot j to slot j+7 represent eight consecutive time slots.
  • the network device maps the ss block 1 in the ss burst k on the 2-5th symbol of the 1st slot of the consecutive 8 slots, and maps the ss block 2 in the ss burst k to the consecutive 8 Mapping the ss block 3 of the ss burst k to the 2-5th symbol of the 5th slot of the consecutive 8 slots on the 2-5th symbol of the 3rd slot in the slot Up, the ss block 4 in the ss burst k is mapped on the 2-5th symbol of the 7th slot in the consecutive 8 slots.
  • the network device maps ss block 1 of ss burst k+1 to the 2-5th symbol of the 2nd slot of the consecutive 8 slots, and maps ss block 2 of ss burst k+1 to Mapping the ss block 3 of the ss burst k+1 to the sixth of the consecutive 8 slots on the 2-5th symbol of the 4th slot of the consecutive 8 slots On the 2-5th symbol of the slot, ss block 4 in ss burst k+1 is mapped on the 2-5th symbol of the 8th slot of the consecutive 8 slots.
  • the eight slots used to transmit ss burst k and ss burst k+1 in Figure 6 occupy a total of one ss burst set in the first 4 ms of the transmission period, indicated by hatching.
  • 6 is a diagram illustrating an example in which the transmission period of the ss burst set is 20 ms. It can be understood that the transmission period of the ss burst set can also be configured to be 5 ms, 10 ms, 40 ms, 80 ms, or 160 ms, and the like.
  • the resource mapping scheme provided in Figure 7 is applicable to scenarios in which the time slot used by the communication system contains 14 symbols.
  • the network device maps the second synchronization signal block packet and the first synchronization signal block packet to different ones of the same 4 time slots.
  • the following describes the specific resource mapping manner by using ss burst as an example of the synchronization signal block grouping. It can be understood that in the case where the time slot used by the communication system includes 14 symbols, the subcarrier spacing supported by the communication system in the frequency domain may be 15 kHz. , 30 kHz, 120 kHz, or 240 kHz.
  • slot i to slot i+3 represents four consecutive time slots.
  • the network device maps the ss block 1 in the ss burst k on the 2-5th symbol of the 1st slot in the consecutive 4 slots, and maps the ss block 2 in the ss burst k to the consecutive 4 slots. Mapping the ss block 3 of the ss burst k to the 2-5th symbol of the 3rd slot of the consecutive 4 slots on the 2-5th symbol of the 2nd slot in the slot Up, the ss block 4 in the ss burst k is mapped on the 2-5th symbol of the 4th slot of the consecutive 4 slots.
  • the network device maps ss block 1 of ss burst k+1 to the 9th-12th symbol of the first time slot of the consecutive 4 time slots, and maps ss block 2 of ss burst k+1 to Mapping the ss block 3 of the ss burst k+1 to the third of the consecutive 4 slots on the 9th to 12th symbols of the second of the consecutive 4 slots On the 9th to 12th symbols of the slot, ss block 4 in ss burst k+1 is mapped on the 9th to 12th symbols of the 4th slot of the consecutive 4 slots.
  • the four slots used to transmit ss burst k and ss burst k+1 in Figure 7 occupy a total of one ss burst set in the first 4 ms of the transmission period, indicated by hatching. 7 is an example in which the transmission period of the ss burst set is 20 ms. It can be understood that the transmission period of the ss burst set can also be configured to be 5 ms, 10 ms, 40 ms, 80 ms, or 160 ms.
  • the number of symbols that differ between the sync signal blocks belonging to the same sync signal block group is an even number.
  • ss block 1 is different from ss block 2 by 14 symbols
  • ss block 1 is different from ss block 3 by 28 symbols
  • ss block 1 is different from ss block 4 by 42.
  • ss burst k+1 ss block 1 differs from ss block 2 by 14 symbols
  • ss block 1 differs from ss block 3 by 28 symbols
  • ss block 1 differs from ss block 4 by 42 symbols.
  • the number of symbols that differ between the sync signal blocks belonging to different sync block groups is an odd number.
  • ss block 1 in ss burst k is 7 symbols different from ss block 1 in ss burst k+1
  • ss block 1 in ss burst k is 21 symbols out of ss block 2 in ss burst k+1
  • ss Ss block 1 in burst k differs from ss block 3 in ss burst k+1 by 35 symbols
  • ss block 1 in ss burst k differs from ss block 4 in ss burst k+1 by 49 symbols.
  • the number of symbols difference between the synchronization signal blocks in the same synchronization signal block group belongs to the first set, and the values of the first set include: ⁇ 14, 28 , 42 ⁇ .
  • the number of symbols of the difference between the sync signal blocks in the different sync block groups belongs to the second set, and the values of the second set include: ⁇ 7, 21, 35, 49 ⁇ .
  • the resource mapping scheme provided in Figures 6 and 7 is a uniform mapping. Uniform mapping refers to the number of symbols that are different between any two adjacent ss blocks after the resource mapping is completed. For example, in FIG. 6 and FIG. 7, the difference between any two adjacent ss blocks is The number of symbols is 7.
  • the first synchronization signal after mapping is performed.
  • the number of symbols of the difference between any two synchronization signal blocks in the block group is even, and the number of symbols between any two synchronization signal blocks in the second synchronization signal block group after mapping is also an even number, and the mapped The number of symbols separated by one sync signal block in the second sync signal block packet and one sync signal block in the first sync signal block packet after mapping is an odd number.
  • the mapping mode can ensure that when receiving the synchronization signal block, the terminal device can confirm whether the two synchronization signal blocks belong to the same synchronization signal block group according to the number of symbols of the difference between the two synchronization signal blocks, thereby belonging to the same synchronization signal block. Multiple sync blocks in the packet are soft merged to simplify the signal processing flow.
  • the uniform mapping shown in FIG. 6 and FIG. 7 is only an example of the resource mapping.
  • the mapping manner of FIG. 6 or FIG. 7 is slightly adjusted to be changed to a non-uniform mapping manner, as long as the same synchronization signal block grouping is satisfied.
  • the number of symbols of the difference between any two synchronization signal blocks belongs to the first set, and the number of symbols of the difference between the synchronization signal blocks in the different synchronization signal block groups belongs to the second set that does not overlap with the first set.
  • the terminal device can still determine a plurality of synchronization signal blocks belonging to the same synchronization signal block group according to the number of symbols of the difference between the two synchronization signal blocks. For example, referring to FIG. 8, the resource mapping manner shown in FIG.
  • the terminal device determines, in step 52 of FIG. 5, that the time domain resource and the detection of the first synchronization signal block are detected. After the number of symbols of the difference between the time domain resources of the second synchronization signal block, if the number of symbols of the phase difference belongs to the first set, it is determined that the first synchronization signal block and the second synchronization signal block belong to the same synchronization signal block group. The values in the first set are all even.
  • the terminal device may adopt a simplified judgment manner, that is, determine whether the number of symbols of the phase difference is an even number.
  • the terminal device determines that the first sync signal block and the second sync signal block belong to the same sync signal block packet. If the number of symbols of the phase difference is not an even number, it is determined that the first sync signal block and the second sync signal block belong to different sync signal block packets.
  • the terminal device determines, in step 52 of FIG. 5, that the time domain resource of the first synchronization signal block is detected and the second synchronization signal block is detected. After the number of symbols of the phase difference between the domain resources, it is not possible to directly determine whether the first synchronization signal block and the second synchronization signal block belong to the same synchronization signal block group according to whether the number of phase difference symbols is even, but it is necessary to determine the number of symbols of the phase difference. Whether it belongs to the first set: ⁇ 14, 28, 42 ⁇ . If belonging to the first set, it is determined that the first sync signal block and the second sync signal block belong to the same sync signal block group.
  • FIG. 9 is a schematic diagram of another resource mapping manner provided by an embodiment of the present application.
  • the resource mapping scheme shown in FIG. 9 is applicable to a scenario in which a time slot used by a communication system includes 7 symbols.
  • the resource mapping scheme shown in Figures 10 - 14 is applicable to scenarios in which the time slot used by the communication system contains 14 symbols. In the resource mapping manner shown in FIG. 9 to FIG.
  • the number of symbols spaced between any two synchronization signal blocks in the same synchronization signal block group belongs to the first set, and between two synchronization signal blocks in different synchronization signal block groups
  • the number of spaced symbols belongs to a second set that does not overlap the first set, and the value contained in the first set is less than a predetermined threshold, and the value contained in the second set is greater than a predetermined threshold.
  • FIG. 9 is a schematic diagram of a resource mapping manner provided by an embodiment of the present application.
  • the resource mapping scheme presented in Figure 9 is applicable to scenarios in which the time slot used by the communication system contains 7 symbols.
  • the network device maps the first synchronization signal block group to 4 consecutive time slots, and maps the second synchronization signal block group to the other 4 consecutive time slots.
  • the two consecutive four time slots are separated by 2 Time slots.
  • the following uses ss burst as an example of synchronization signal block grouping, and describes a possible specific resource mapping manner in conjunction with FIG. 9. It can be understood that in the case where the time slot used by the communication system includes 7 symbols, possible resource mapping manner It is not limited to the mapping method shown in FIG.
  • slot j to slot j+9 represent 10 consecutive time slots.
  • the ss block starts at the 1st or 2nd symbol of each slot.
  • the network device maps the ss block 1 in the ss burst k on the 2-5th symbol of the 1st slot slot j of the consecutive 10 slots, and maps the ss block 2 in the ss burst k to the consecutive
  • the ss block 3 in the ss burst k is mapped to the 3rd time slot slot in the consecutive 10 time slots.
  • the ss block 4 in the ss burst k is mapped on the 1-4th symbols of the 4th slot slot j+3 of the consecutive 10 slots.
  • the network device maps ss block 1 of ss burst k+1 to the 2-5th symbol of the 7th slot slot j+6 of the consecutive 10 time slots, and ss burst k+1 ss Block 2 maps the ss block 3 of ss burst k+1 in the contiguous 10th on the 1-4th symbol of the 8th slot slot j+7 of the consecutive 10 slots On the 2-5th symbol of the 9th slot slot j+8 in the slot, the ss block 4 in ss burst k+1 is mapped to the 10th slot slot in the consecutive 10 slots. On the 1-4th symbol of j+9.
  • the ten time slots slot j to slot j+9 used to transmit ss burst k and ss burst k+1 in Figure 9 occupy a total of one ss burst set transmission period of the first 2.5 ms, indicated by hatching. 9 is an example in which the transmission period of the ss burst set is 20 ms. It can be understood that the transmission period of the ss burst set can also be configured to be 5 ms, 10 ms, 40 ms, 80 ms, or 160 ms.
  • the network device maps the first synchronization signal block group to 2 consecutive time slots, and maps the second synchronization signal block group to the other 2 On two consecutive time slots, the two consecutive two time slots are separated by one time slot.
  • the following describes the specific resource mapping manner with the ss burst as an example of the synchronization signal block grouping. It can be understood that in the case where the time slot used by the communication system includes 14 symbols, the possible resource mapping manner is not limited to the drawing. The mapping method shown in 10.
  • slot i to slot i+4 represents five consecutive time slots.
  • the network device maps the ss block 1 in the ss burst k on the 2-5th symbol of the 1st slot slot i of the consecutive 5 slots, and maps the ss block 2 in the ss burst k to the consecutive
  • the ss block 3 in the ss burst k is mapped to the second slot slot i+ of the consecutive 5 slots.
  • the ss block 4 in the ss burst k is mapped on the 8th to 11th symbols of the second slot slot i+1 of the consecutive 5 slots.
  • the network device maps ss block 1 of ss burst k+1 to the 2-5th symbol of the 4th slot slot i+3 of the consecutive 5 slots, and ss burst k+1 ss Block 2 maps the 8th to 11th symbols of the 4th slot slot i+3 of the consecutive 5 slots, and maps ss block 3 of ss burst k+1 to the consecutive 5
  • the ss block 4 in ss burst k+1 is mapped to the 5th slot slot in the consecutive 5 slots.
  • the five time slots slot i to slot i+4 used to transmit ss burst k and ss burst k+1 in Figure 10 are shaded using the first 2.5 ms of the ss burst set transmission period. 10 is an example in which the transmission period of the ss burst set is 20 ms. It can be understood that the transmission period of the ss burst set can also be configured to be 5 ms, 10 ms, 40 ms, 80 ms, or 160 ms.
  • the predetermined threshold can be set to 21.
  • the number of symbols that differ between the sync signal blocks belonging to the same sync signal block group is less than a predetermined threshold.
  • a predetermined threshold For example, for each sync signal block in ss burst k in FIG. 9 or FIG. 10, ss block 1 and ss block 2 are different by 6 symbols, and ss block 1 and ss block 3 are 14 symbols apart, ss block 1 It differs from ss block 4 by 20 symbols, both of which are smaller than a predetermined threshold 21.
  • ss block 1 and ss block 2 are different by 6 symbols
  • ss block 1 and ss block 3 are 14 symbols apart
  • ss block 1 It differs from ss block 4 by 20 symbols, both of which are smaller than a predetermined threshold 21.
  • ss block 1 is different from ss block 2 by 6 symbols, and ss block 1 is different from ss block 3 by 14 symbols, ss block 1 differs from ss block 4 by 20 symbols, both of which are less than a predetermined threshold 21.
  • the number of symbols that differ between the sync signal blocks belonging to different sync block groups exceeds a predetermined threshold.
  • the distance between ss block 4 in ss burst k and ss block 1 in ss burst k+1 in Fig. 9 or Fig. 10 is the closest, which is 22 symbols apart, exceeding a predetermined threshold 21.
  • the advantage of using the resource mapping method shown in FIG. 10 is that the communication system does not prevent the communication system from transmitting data in the same frequency band using the resource mapping method shown in FIG. 9 to avoid in-band interference.
  • the time slot used by the communication system is a time slot containing 14 symbols
  • the resource mapping manner in one time slot is taken as an example for introduction.
  • the manner of distribution between a plurality of time slots in a synchronization signal pulse transmission period is similar to that of FIG. That is, the first synchronization signal block group is mapped onto two consecutive time slots, and the second synchronization signal block group is mapped to the other two consecutive time slots. When the two consecutive two time slots are separated by one. Gap.
  • the resource mapping manner in each of the first, second, fourth, and fifth time slots is as shown in FIG. 11-14.
  • the number of symbols spaced between any two synchronization signal blocks in the same synchronization signal block group belongs to the first set, and two of the different synchronization signal block groups.
  • the number of symbols spaced between the sync signal blocks belongs to a second set that does not overlap the first set, and the value contained in the first set is less than a predetermined threshold, and the value contained in the second set is greater than a predetermined threshold.
  • the predetermined threshold may be set to 21.
  • the network device maps one ss block on the 2-5th symbol in the slot and the other ss block on the 7-10th symbol of the slot.
  • the network device maps one ss block on the 3-6th symbol in the slot and the other ss block on the 8th-11th symbol of the slot.
  • the network device maps one ss block on the 3-6th symbol in the slot and the other ss block on the 7-10th symbol of the slot.
  • the network device maps one ss block on the 4th to 7th symbols in the slot and the other ss block on the 8th to 11th symbols of the slot.
  • the network device may perform non-uniform mapping when performing resource mapping, that is, in one time slot.
  • the character position mapped by the ss block in the first half of the time slot is different from the character position mapped by the ss block in the second half of the time slot.
  • the resource mapping scheme shown in FIG. 9 to FIG. 14 is applicable to communication systems of various frequency points, for example, a communication system with a subcarrier spacing of 15 kHz, a communication system with a subcarrier spacing of 30 kHz, and a communication system with a subcarrier spacing of 120 kHz. A communication system with a subcarrier spacing of 240 kHz. Further, the resource mapping scheme shown in FIG. 9 to FIG. 14 is preferably applied to a communication system with a subcarrier spacing of 30 kHz. This is because, in the scenario where the subcarrier spacing is 30 kHz, the reason why the network device preferably uses non-uniform mapping is mainly to meet the requirements of uplink/downlink switching (DL/UL switching). As shown in FIG.
  • the synchronization signal resource mapping method shown in FIG. 6 is still used to transmit the synchronization signal block group, and the 15 kHz data and the 30 kHz synchronization signal block coexist in In the case of the same frequency band, the network device does not have time to perform a DL/UL switching operation. Therefore, if the synchronization signal resource mapping method shown in FIG. 6 is applied to a scenario in which the subcarrier spacing is 30 kHz, intra-band uplink and downlink interference will occur.
  • resource mapping for a sync signal block in a slot containing 14 symbol scenarios does not prevent operation in a slot containing 7 symbols.
  • the resource mapping mode shown in FIG. 10 allows a DL/UL switching operation to be performed in a slot containing 7 symbols.
  • the terminal device determines, in step 52 of FIG. 5, that the time domain resource and the detection of the first synchronization signal block are detected. After the number of symbols of the difference between the time domain resources of the second synchronization signal block, if the number of symbols of the phase difference belongs to the first set, it is determined that the first synchronization signal block and the second synchronization signal block belong to the same synchronization signal block group. The values in the first set are all smaller than a preset threshold. Therefore, after determining the number of symbols of the phase difference, the terminal device can adopt a simplified judgment manner, that is, whether the number of symbols of the phase difference exceeds a predetermined threshold.
  • the terminal device determines that the first sync signal block and the second sync signal block belong to The same sync signal block is grouped. If the number of symbols of the phase difference exceeds a predetermined threshold, it is determined that the first sync signal block and the second sync signal block belong to different sync signal block packets.
  • mapping manners of the two synchronization signal blocks shown in FIG. 9 to FIG. 14 in one slot containing 7 symbols or in a slot containing 14 symbols can also be applied to other scenarios. It is not limited to the scenario in which two synchronization signal block groups are mapped in the ss burst set as shown in FIG. 9 or FIG. 10, that is, the scene is not limited to the group mapping.
  • the mapping method of mapping the two synchronization signal blocks in one time slot separately can also be applied to the non-packet mapping scenario, and is used to solve other technical problems, such as how to reserve symbols for performing uplink and downlink control in one time slot. Resources.
  • FIG. 16 to FIG. 18 are respectively schematic diagrams of another resource mapping scheme provided by the present application. Similar to the resource mapping scheme shown in FIGS. 10-14, in the scenario where the time slot used by the communication system includes 14 symbols, the network device synchronizes 4 of the first synchronization signal block packets when performing resource mapping. The signal blocks are respectively mapped into two consecutive time slots, and the four synchronization signal blocks in the second synchronization signal block group are respectively mapped into two other consecutive time slots. Different from FIG. 10-14, the two sets of consecutive time slots are separated by 0 time slots, that is, the first synchronization signal block group and the second synchronization signal block group are mapped into 4 consecutive time slots.
  • the number of symbols between any two synchronization signal blocks in the same synchronization signal block group after mapping belongs to the first set, and the number of symbols between two synchronization signal blocks in different synchronization signal block groups belongs to the first set.
  • a second set that does not overlap, and the value contained in the first set is less than a predetermined threshold, and the value contained in the second set is greater than a predetermined threshold.
  • the value of the predetermined threshold differs from the mapping scheme of Figures 9-14.
  • FIG. 16 to FIG. 17 respectively illustrate the possible mapping manner of a sync signal block from the angle of one sync signal block packet to the angle of two consecutive time slots.
  • Figure 18 illustrates the manner in which the resource is mapped from the two step signal block groupings to the angle of a synchronization signal pulse transmission period.
  • the resource mapping method shown in FIG. 16 to FIG. 18 is applicable to communication systems of various frequency points, for example, a communication system with a subcarrier spacing of 15 kHz, a communication system with a subcarrier spacing of 30 kHz, and a communication system with a subcarrier spacing of 120 kHz.
  • the resource mapping scheme shown in FIG. 16 to FIG. 18 is preferably applied to a communication system having a subcarrier spacing of 240 kHz and a slot containing 14 symbols.
  • the communication system subcarrier spacing is 240 kHz and the used time slot is a time slot containing 14 symbols
  • two uplink time slots ie, 28 consecutive symbols
  • Four symbols are reserved at the beginning of the first time slot and at the end of the second time slot.
  • at least 6 symbols are reserved at the end of the second time slot in two consecutive time slots after learning the time slot defined by the subcarriers with an interval of 240 kHz.
  • FIG. 16 is a schematic diagram of a mapping manner of a first synchronization signal block group according to an embodiment of the present application.
  • the network device maps the first synchronization signal block in one synchronization signal block group to the 5-8th symbol of the first time slot, and maps the second synchronization signal block in the synchronization signal block group to the first time
  • the third synchronization signal block in the synchronization signal block group is mapped on the 13th to 14th symbols of the first time slot and the 1-2th symbol of the second time slot
  • the fourth synchronization signal block in the synchronization signal block packet is mapped on the 3-6th symbol of the second time slot. That is, one sync signal block packet is mapped in consecutive 16 symbols starting from the 5th symbol of the first slot.
  • FIG. 17 is a schematic diagram of a second mapping manner of a synchronization signal block group according to an embodiment of the present application. The difference from Fig. 16 is that one sync signal block packet is mapped in consecutive 16 symbols starting from the 7th symbol of the first slot.
  • FIG. 18 is a schematic diagram of mapping two synchronization signal block groups into one synchronization signal pulse transmission period according to an embodiment of the present application.
  • the network device maps two sync signal block packets into four consecutive time slots slot i to slot i+3, and maps the first sync signal block to four consecutive time slots using the mapping method shown in FIG.
  • the second synchronization signal block is mapped to the third of the four consecutive time slots by the mapping method shown in FIG.
  • the 4th time slot is slot i+2 to slot i+3.
  • Figure 18 shows an example of ss burst as a grouping of sync signal blocks.
  • Ss block 3 maps the 13th to 14th symbols of slot i and the 1-2th symbol of slot i+1, and maps ss block 4 in ss burst k to the 3-6th symbol of slot i+1 on.
  • the predetermined threshold may be set to be greater than 12 and less than one of the positive integers of 18, such as 14.
  • the number of symbols that differ between the sync signal blocks belonging to the same sync signal block group is less than a predetermined threshold. For example, for each sync signal block in ss burst k, ss block 1 is different from ss block 2 by 4 symbols, ss block 1 and ss block 3 are 8 symbols apart, and ss block 1 and ss block 4 are 12 symbols apart. Both are less than a predetermined threshold 21.
  • ss block 1 For each sync signal block in ss burst k+1, ss block 1 is different from ss block 2 by 4 symbols, ss block 1 is different from ss block 3 by 8 symbols, and ss block 1 is different from ss block 4 by 12 symbols. Both are less than a predetermined threshold 14.
  • the number of symbols that differ between the sync signal blocks belonging to different sync block groups exceeds a predetermined threshold.
  • a predetermined threshold For example, the distance between ss block 4 in ss burst k and ss block 1 in ss burst k+1 is the closest, and the difference between them is 18 symbols, exceeding a predetermined threshold 14.
  • the network device samples the resource mapping manner shown in FIG. 16 to FIG. 18, and after the resource mapping is performed on the synchronization signal block group, the network device sends the synchronization signal pulse set in the first 1 microsecond in the synchronization signal pulse set transmission period.
  • the above four consecutive time slots slot i to slot i+3 for transmitting the first sync signal block packet and the second sync signal block packet are transmitted as indicated by hatching.
  • 18 is an example in which the transmission period of the ss burst set is 20 ms. It can be understood that the transmission period of the ss burst set can also be configured to be 5 ms, 10 ms, 40 ms, 80 ms, or 160 ms.
  • the terminal device determines, in step 52 of FIG. 5, that the time domain resource and the detection of the first synchronization signal block are detected. After the number of symbols that differ between the time domain resources of the second synchronization signal block, if it belongs to the first set, it is determined that the first synchronization signal block and the second synchronization signal block belong to the same synchronization signal block group.
  • the values in the first set are all smaller than a preset threshold.
  • the terminal device may adopt a simplified judgment manner, that is, the terminal device determines whether the number of symbols of the phase difference is less than a predetermined threshold. Since in the resource mapping scheme shown in FIG. 16 to FIG. 18, the predetermined threshold is greater than 12 and less than one positive integer of 18, for example 14, correspondingly, if the number of symbols of the phase difference is less than a predetermined threshold, the terminal device determines The first synchronization signal block and the second synchronization signal block belong to the same synchronization signal block group. If the number of symbols of the phase difference is greater than a predetermined threshold, the terminal device determines that the first sync signal block and the second sync signal block belong to different sync signal block packets.
  • the resource mapping manner of other synchronization signal blocks can also be constructed on the basis of FIG. 18, for example, at least one is inserted between the second time slot slot i+1 and the third time slot slot i+2 of FIG. Time slot.
  • the range of values of the predetermined threshold should also be adaptive, and will not be enumerated here.
  • FIG. 19 is a flowchart of a synchronization signal transmission method provided by an embodiment of the present application.
  • FIG. 20 is a schematic diagram of another resource mapping manner provided by an embodiment of the present application. These resource mapping schemes are applicable to scenarios in which the time slot used by the communication system contains 14 symbols.
  • the number of symbols of any two synchronization signal blocks in the same synchronization signal block group belongs to the first set, and different synchronizations
  • the number of symbols of the difference between the two sync signal blocks in the signal block group belongs to the second set in which the first set does not coincide with each other.
  • the first set may contain both even and odd numbers
  • the second set may contain both even and odd numbers, but the first set and the second set do not contain the same value.
  • the resource mapping schemes shown in Figures 20 - 23 are applicable to scenarios in which the time slot used by the communication system contains 14 symbols.
  • the number of symbols of each synchronization signal block belonging to the same synchronization signal block group after mapping belongs to the first set, and the first set includes ⁇ 4, 9, 13, 17 ⁇ ; the synchronization signal blocks belonging to different synchronization signal block groups after mapping are different.
  • the number of symbols belongs to the second set, and the second set includes ⁇ 11, 15, 19 ⁇ .
  • the resource mapping scheme presented in Figures 24-27 is applicable to scenarios in which the time slot used by the communication system contains 14 symbols.
  • the number of symbols of each synchronization signal block belonging to the same synchronization signal block group after mapping belongs to the first set, and the first set includes ⁇ 4, 11, 15, 19 ⁇ ; the synchronization signal blocks belonging to different synchronization signal block groups after mapping are different.
  • the number of symbols belongs to the second set, and the second set includes ⁇ 9, 13, 17 ⁇ .
  • FIG. 19 is a flowchart of a method for transmitting a synchronization signal according to an embodiment of the present application.
  • the flowchart describes a process of transmitting a synchronization signal by a network device taking a base station as an example from the perspective of a base station.
  • the working principle and function of the network device are introduced by taking a base station as an example.
  • Step 191 The base station generates a synchronization signal pulse, wherein the synchronization signal pulse includes a first synchronization signal block, a second synchronization signal block, a third synchronization signal block, and a fourth synchronization signal block.
  • the embodiment of the present application includes at least four synchronization signal blocks in one synchronization signal pulse, and the time domain resource of one synchronization signal pulse includes two slots as an example to describe the transmission synchronization signal.
  • a synchronization signal pulse may include more synchronization signal blocks, such as six or eight synchronization signal blocks, as long as the resource locations of the four synchronization signal block mappings meet the requirements in the embodiment of the present application. It belongs to the scope of protection of this application.
  • Step 192 The base station continuously transmits the first synchronization signal block and the second synchronization signal block on a first time slot, and the third synchronization signal block and the fourth synchronization signal block are in a second time slot. Send continuously.
  • continuous transmission refers to transmission through consecutive OFDM symbols.
  • the first synchronization signal block is mapped to the first resource
  • the second synchronization signal block is mapped to the second resource
  • the third synchronization signal block is mapped to the third resource
  • the fourth synchronization signal block is mapped to a fourth resource, where a location of the first resource in the first time slot is different from a location of the third resource in the second time slot, and a location of the second resource in the first time slot and the location
  • the fourth resource has a different location in the second time slot.
  • the first time slot and the second time slot are consecutive time slots.
  • the base station when transmitting a plurality of SS blocks in the same SS burst, maps multiple SS blocks to different resource locations in different slots.
  • the UE determines that the plurality of SS blocks belong to the same SS burst according to the resource location of each SS block in the slot, and performs simplified processing on the information in the multiple SS blocks, thereby improving the performance of the communication system.
  • FIG. 20 is a schematic diagram of a resource mapping of a base station according to an embodiment of the present disclosure when transmitting an SS block.
  • SS burst k there are two SS bursts, which are denoted as SS burst k and SS burst k+1.
  • slot i and slot j are two slots in SS burst k
  • slot m and slot n are two slots in SS burst k+1.
  • Slot i and slot j may be two consecutive time slots, or may not be two consecutive time slots. In this example, only slot i and slot j are two consecutive time slots as an example.
  • SS blocks are transmitted in each SS burst, which are respectively recorded as SS block 1, SS block 2, SS block 3, and SS block 4.
  • the system information, synchronization information, and the like in the four SS blocks transmitted in the SS burst are the same.
  • the system information, synchronization information, and the like in the SS block transmitted in different SS bursts are different.
  • the above information in the four SS blocks in the SS burst k is the same, but the above information of the SS block 1 in the SS burst k and the SS block 1 in the SS burst k+1 are different.
  • slot i and slot j are two consecutive time slots.
  • SS block 1 and SS block 2 are transmitted on consecutive 8 symbols on slot i
  • SS block 3 and SS block 4 are transmitted on consecutive 8 symbols on slot j.
  • SS block 1 is transmitted on the 4th to 7th symbols of slot i
  • SS block 2 is transmitted on the 8th to 11th symbols of slot i.
  • SS block3 is sent on the 3rd to 6th symbols of slot j
  • SS block 4 is sent on the 7th to 10th symbols of slot i.
  • PSS, SSS, and PBCH are included in one SS block.
  • the PSS in SS block 1 is transmitted on the fourth symbol of slot i
  • the SSS of SS block 1 is transmitted on the fifth symbol of slot i
  • the PBCH of SS block 1 is in the sixth of slot i.
  • the PSS in SS block 2 is sent on the 8th symbol of slot i
  • the SSS of SS block 1 is sent on the 9th symbol of slot i
  • the PBCH of SS block 1 is sent on the 10th to 11th symbols of slot i. .
  • the PSS in SS block 3 is sent on the third symbol of slot j, the SSS of SS block 3 is sent on the fourth symbol of slot i, and the PBCH of SS block 3 is sent on the 5-6th symbol of slot i. .
  • the PSS in SS block 4 is sent on the 7th symbol of slot j, the SSS of SS block 4 is sent on the 8th symbol of slot i, and the PBCH of SS block 4 is sent on the 9-10th symbol of slot i. .
  • the resource mapping manner of the four SS blocks in SS burst k+1 is basically similar to that of SS burst k, please refer to FIG.
  • the UE when detecting the synchronization signal block, the UE can confirm whether different synchronization signal blocks belong to the same SS burst according to the symbol position between different synchronization signal blocks.
  • the PSS in SS block 1 in SS burst k is 4 symbols apart from the PSS in SS block 2 in SS burst k
  • SS block 1 in SS burst k The PSS is 13 symbols apart from the PSS in SS block 3 in SS burst k
  • the PSS in SS block 1 in SS burst k is 17 symbols apart from the PSS in SS block 4 in SS burst k.
  • the PSS in SS block 2 in SS burst k is 9 symbols apart from the PSS in SS block 3 in SS burst k. In other words, if the two sync signal blocks differ by 4, 9, 13, 17 symbols, then the two sync signal blocks belong to the same SS burst. If the number of symbols between two sync signal blocks is not any one of 4, 9, 13, 17, then the two sync signal blocks belong to different SS bursts.
  • the PSS in SS block 3 in SS burst k is 15 symbols from the PSS in SS block 1 in SS burst k+1, the PSS in SS block 3 in SS burst k and the SS in SS burst k+1
  • the PSS in block 2 is 19 symbols apart
  • the PSS in SS block 4 in SS burst k is 11 symbols apart from the PSS in SS block 1 in SS burst k+1
  • SS block 4 in SS burst k The PSS is 15 symbols apart from the PSS in SS block 2 in SS burst k+1. It can be seen that in FIG. 20, the number of symbols of the difference between the sync signal blocks in the different SS bursts is 11, 15, 19, which is different from any of the above 4, 9, 13, and 17.
  • FIG. 20 is a schematic diagram of a resource mapping manner provided by taking the first sorting manner as an example.
  • the first sorting method means that in an SS block, the PSS occupies the first symbol, the SSS occupies the second symbol, and the PBCH occupies the 3-4th symbol.
  • FIG. 21 is a schematic diagram of a resource mapping manner provided by taking a second sorting manner as an example.
  • the second sorting method means that in an SS block, the PSS occupies the first symbol, the SSS occupies the third symbol, and the PBCH occupies the second and fourth symbols.
  • 21 and FIG. 20 are only different manners in which the symbols occupied by various signals in one SS block are different, the mapping manner of each SS block in the same SS burst, and the number of symbols between the respective SS blocks are the same as those in FIG. , no longer repeated here.
  • FIG. 22 is a schematic diagram of a resource mapping manner provided by taking a third sorting manner as an example.
  • the third sorting method means that in one SS block, the PSS occupies the second symbol, the SSS occupies the third symbol, and the PBCH occupies the first and fourth symbols.
  • FIG. 22 and FIG. 20 are only different manners of symbol sorting occupied by various signals in an SS block, mapping manners of respective SS blocks in the same SS burst, and the number of symbols between the respective SS blocks are the same as those in FIG. 20 , no longer repeated here.
  • FIG. 23 is a schematic diagram of a resource mapping manner provided by taking a fourth sorting manner as an example.
  • the fourth sorting method means that in one SS block, the PSS occupies the first symbol, the SSS occupies the fourth symbol, and the PBCH occupies the second and third symbols.
  • FIG. 22 and FIG. 20 are only different manners of symbol sorting occupied by various signals in an SS block, mapping manners of respective SS blocks in the same SS burst, and the number of symbols between the respective SS blocks are the same as those in FIG. 20 , no longer repeated here.
  • FIG. 24 is a schematic diagram of resource mapping of another base station according to an embodiment of the present disclosure when transmitting an SS block.
  • SS burst k there are two SS bursts, which are denoted as SS burst k and SS burst k+1.
  • slot i and slot j are two slots in SS burst k
  • slot m and slot n are two slots in SS burst k+1.
  • SS blocks are transmitted in each SS burst, which are respectively recorded as SS block 1, SS block 2, SS block 3, and SS block 4.
  • the system information, synchronization information, and the like in the four SS blocks transmitted in the SS burst are the same.
  • the system information and synchronization information of the SS block transmitted in different SS bursts are different.
  • the above information in the four SS blocks in the SS burst k is the same, and the above information of the SS block 1 in the SS burst k and the SS block 1 in the SS burst k+1 are different.
  • slot i and slot j are two consecutive time slots.
  • SS block 1 and SS block 2 are transmitted on consecutive 8 symbols on slot i
  • SS block 3 and SS block 4 are transmitted on consecutive 8 symbols on slot j.
  • SS block 1 is transmitted on the 3rd to 6th symbols of slot i
  • SS block 2 is transmitted on the 7th to 10th symbols of slot i.
  • SS block3 is sent on the 4th to 7th symbols of slot j
  • SS block 4 is sent on the 8th to 11th symbols of slot i.
  • PSS, SSS, and PBCH are included in one SS block.
  • the PSS in SS block 1 is transmitted on the third symbol of slot i
  • the SSS of SS block 1 is transmitted on the fourth symbol of slot i
  • the PBCH of SS block 1 is in the fifth of slot i.
  • the PSS in SS block 2 is sent on the 7th symbol of slot i
  • the SSS of SS block 1 is sent on the 8th symbol of slot i
  • the PBCH of SS block 1 is sent on the 9-10th symbol of slot i. .
  • the PSS in SS block 3 is sent on the 4th symbol of slot j, the SSS of SS block 3 is sent on the 5th symbol of slot i, and the PBCH of SS block 3 is sent on the 6th to 7th symbols of slot i .
  • the PSS in SS block 4 is sent on the eighth symbol of slot j, the SSS of SS block 4 is sent on the ninth symbol of slot i, and the PBCH of SS block 4 is sent on the 10th to 11th symbols of slot i. .
  • the resource mapping manner of the four SS blocks in SS burst k+1 is basically similar to that of SS burst k, please refer to FIG.
  • the UE when detecting the synchronization signal block, the UE can confirm whether different synchronization signal blocks belong to the same SS burst according to the symbol position between different synchronization signal blocks.
  • the PSS in SS burst 1 in SS burst k is 4 symbols apart from the PSS in SS burst 2 in SS burst k, and SS burst 1 in SS burst k
  • the PSS is 15 symbols apart from the PSS in the SS burst 3 in the SS burst k
  • the PSS in the SS burst 1 in the SS burst k is 19 symbols apart from the PSS in the SS burst 4 in the SS burst k.
  • the PSS in SS burst 2 in SS burst k is 11 symbols apart from the PSS in SS burst 3 in SS burst k. In other words, if the two sync signal blocks differ by 4, 11, 15, or 19 symbols, the two sync signal blocks belong to the same SS burst. If the number of symbols between two sync signal blocks is not any one of 4, 11, 15, 19, the two sync signal blocks belong to different SS bursts.
  • the PSS in SS burst 3 in SS burst k is 13 symbols away from the PSS in SS burst 1 in SS burst k+1, the PSS in SS burst 3 in SS burst k and the SS in SS burst k+1
  • the PSS in burst 2 is 17 symbols apart
  • the PSS in SS burst 4 in SS burst k is 9 symbols apart from the PSS in SS burst 1 in SS burst k+1
  • SS burst 4 in SS burst k The PSS is 13 symbols apart from the PSS in SS burst 2 in SS burst k+1. It can be seen that in FIG. 24, the sync signal blocks in different SS bursts are separated by 9, 13, and 17, which are different from any of the above 4, 11, 15, and 19.
  • FIG. 24 is a schematic diagram of a resource mapping manner provided by taking the first sorting manner as an example.
  • the first sorting method means that in an SS block, the PSS occupies the first symbol, the SSS occupies the second symbol, and the PBCH occupies the 3-4th symbol.
  • FIG. 25 is a schematic diagram of a resource mapping manner provided by taking a second sorting manner as an example.
  • the second sorting method means that in an SS block, the PSS occupies the first symbol, the SSS occupies the third symbol, and the PBCH occupies the second and fourth symbols.
  • 25 and FIG. 24 are only different ways of sorting symbols occupied by various signals in an SS block, mapping manners of respective SS blocks in the same SS burst, and the number of symbols between the respective SS blocks are the same as those in FIG. , no longer repeated here.
  • FIG. 26 is a schematic diagram of a resource mapping manner provided by taking a third sorting manner as an example.
  • the third sorting method means that in one SS block, the PSS occupies the second symbol, the SSS occupies the third symbol, and the PBCH occupies the first and fourth symbols.
  • 26 and FIG. 24 are only different ways of sorting symbols occupied by various signals in an SS block, mapping manners of respective SS blocks in the same SS burst, and the number of symbols between the respective SS blocks are the same as those in FIG. , no longer repeated here.
  • FIG. 27 is a schematic diagram of a resource mapping manner provided by taking a fourth sorting manner as an example.
  • the fourth sorting method means that in one SS block, the PSS occupies the first symbol, the SSS occupies the fourth symbol, and the PBCH occupies the second and third symbols.
  • 27 and FIG. 24 are only different manners in which the symbols occupied by various signals in an SS block are different, the mapping manner of each SS block in the same SS burst, and the number of symbols between the respective SS blocks are the same as those in FIG. , no longer repeated here.
  • FIG. 28 is a flowchart of a method for transmitting a synchronization signal according to an embodiment of the present application.
  • the flowchart describes a process in which a terminal device receiving a synchronization signal by using a UE as an example from the perspective of a UE.
  • the working principle and function of the network device are introduced by taking a base station as an example.
  • Step 281 The UE detects a synchronization signal pulse, wherein the synchronization signal pulse includes a first synchronization signal block, a second synchronization signal block, a third synchronization signal block, and a fourth synchronization signal block.
  • the first synchronization signal block and the second synchronization signal block are continuously transmitted on a first time slot, and the third synchronization signal block and the fourth synchronization signal block are continuously transmitted on a second time slot.
  • continuous transmission refers to transmission through consecutive OFDM symbols.
  • the first synchronization signal block is mapped to the first resource
  • the second synchronization signal block is mapped to the second resource
  • the third synchronization signal block is mapped to the third resource
  • the fourth synchronization signal block is mapped to the first resource.
  • the first time slot and the second time slot are consecutive time slots.
  • Step 282 The UE acquires a signal in the synchronization signal pulse.
  • the UE confirms whether the two synchronization signal blocks belong to the same SS burst according to the number of symbols between different synchronization signal blocks when receiving the synchronization signal block, thereby obtaining a plurality of synchronization signal blocks belonging to the same SS burst.
  • Sequencing a plurality of synchronization signal blocks belonging to the same SS burst for example, demodulating each synchronization signal block separately, combining the demodulated soft bit data, and decoding the combined result, thereby obtaining each synchronization signal block Contains information such as system information, sequencing of sync blocks, and more.
  • the ordering here can be the sequence number in the SS burst.
  • the UE determines whether two synchronization signal blocks belong to the SS burst. For example, if the resource mapping mode is as shown in FIG. 20, if the two synchronization signal blocks have a phase difference of 4, 9, 13, or 17 symbols, the two synchronization signal blocks belong to the same SS burst; if two synchronization signal blocks The number of symbols of the phase difference is not any one of 4, 9, 13, or 17, and the two sync signal blocks belong to different SS bursts. For example, if the resource mapping mode is as shown in FIG.
  • the two sync signal blocks belong to the same SS burst; if two sync signal blocks The number of symbols between the phase differences is not any one of 4, 11, 15, or 19, and the two sync signal blocks belong to different SS bursts.
  • the UE when receiving multiple SS blocks, the UE confirms two according to the resource position between any two synchronization signal blocks, for example, the number of symbols of any two synchronization signal blocks. Whether the sync signal blocks belong to the same SS burst. Therefore, the UE performs subsequent simplified signal processing according to the confirmation result, thereby improving the performance of the communication system.
  • the resource mapping manner shown in FIG. 20 to FIG. 27 is applicable to communication systems of various frequency points, for example, a communication system with a subcarrier spacing of 15 kHz, a communication system with a subcarrier spacing of 30 kHz, and subcarriers.
  • the resource mapping scheme shown in FIG. 20 to FIG. 27 is preferably applied to a communication system in which the subcarrier spacing is 120 kHz and the time slot contains 14 symbols.
  • the schemes shown in Figures 13-14 further meet the energy saving requirements. Therefore, the resource mapping scheme shown in FIGS. 20-27 obtained by applying the resource mapping scheme in the time slot shown in FIG. 13-14 to the synchronization signal pulse including multiple time slots is to simultaneously satisfy the anti-interference. And resource mapping schemes for energy saving requirements.
  • the network device after the network device performs resource mapping on the synchronization signal block group by using the resource mapping manner shown in FIG. 20-27, the network device sends the synchronization signal pulse set before the synchronization signal pulse set.
  • the above-described four consecutive time slots for transmitting the first sync signal block packet and the second sync signal block packet are transmitted in 1 microsecond as indicated by hatching.
  • FIG. 30 is an example in which the transmission period of the ss burst set is 20 ms. It can be understood that the transmission period of the ss burst set can also be configured to be 5 ms, 10 ms, 40 ms, 80 ms, or 160 ms.
  • the embodiment of the present application further provides a network device.
  • the network device can be a base station.
  • the structure and function of the network device will be described below by taking a base station as an example in conjunction with FIG.
  • FIG. 31 is a schematic structural diagram of a network device.
  • the network device functions as the network device in FIG. 4, and implements the functions of the network devices in the foregoing embodiments and the fourth embodiment.
  • the network device includes a transceiver 311 and a processor 312.
  • the transceiver 311 may be referred to as a remote radio unit (RRU), a transceiver unit, a transceiver, or a transceiver circuit or the like.
  • the transceiver 311 can include at least one antenna 3111 and a radio frequency unit 3112.
  • the transceiver 311 can be used for transceiving radio frequency signals and converting radio frequency signals with baseband signals.
  • the network device includes one or more baseband units (abbreviation: BBUs) 313.
  • the baseband unit includes a processor 312.
  • the baseband unit 313 is mainly used for performing baseband processing such as channel coding, multiplexing, modulation, spread spectrum, etc., and controlling the base station.
  • the transceiver 311 and the baseband unit 313 may be physically disposed together or physically separated, that is, distributed base stations.
  • the baseband unit 313 may be configured by one or more single boards.
  • the multiple boards may jointly support a single access system radio access network, or may respectively support different access standards of the radio access network.
  • Baseband unit 313 includes a processor 312.
  • the processor 312 can be used to control the network device to perform the corresponding operations in the foregoing method embodiments.
  • baseband unit 313 may also include a memory 314 for storing the necessary instructions and data.
  • the processor 312 is configured to generate a first synchronization signal block group and a second synchronization signal block group, where the first synchronization signal block group includes m synchronization signal blocks, and the second synchronization signal block group includes n Sync block, where m and n are positive integers greater than or equal to 2.
  • mapping n synchronization signal blocks in the second synchronization signal block group into another y symbols, where y 7n, between any two synchronization signal blocks in the second synchronization signal block group after mapping
  • the number of symbols of the phase difference belongs to the first set, and between one of the mapped synchronization signal blocks in the second synchronization signal block group and one of the synchronization signal blocks in the first synchronization signal block group after the mapping
  • the number of symbols of the difference belongs to the second set, and the values in the second set do not coincide with the values in the first set.
  • the transceiver 311 is configured to send the synchronization signal block in the first synchronization signal block group and the synchronization signal block in the second synchronization signal block group by using the time-frequency resource mapped by the processor.
  • n and n have a value of 4
  • x and y have a value of 28.
  • the processor 312 adopts a uniform mapping manner as shown in FIG. 6 or FIG.
  • the sync signal block in a sync signal block packet and the sync signal block in the second sync signal block packet perform resource mapping.
  • the processor 312 uses the resource mapping manner shown in FIG. 20 to 27 of the second embodiment of the above method to the first synchronization signal.
  • the synchronization signal block in the block packet and the synchronization signal block in the second synchronization signal block packet perform resource mapping. For details, please refer to the description in the previous method embodiments, which will not be repeated here.
  • the processor 312 uses the resource mapping manner shown in FIG. 9 to FIG. 14 to perform resources on the synchronization signal block in the first synchronization signal block group and the synchronization signal block in the second synchronization signal block group. Mapping. For details, please refer to the description in the previous method embodiments, which will not be repeated here.
  • the embodiment of the present application further provides a network device.
  • the network device is a base station.
  • the structure and function of the network device will be described below by taking a base station as an example in conjunction with FIG. 32.
  • 32 is a schematic structural diagram of a network device, which is a network device in FIG. 4, and has the functions of the network device in the method embodiment.
  • the network device includes a transceiver unit 321 and a processing unit 322.
  • the transceiver unit 321 and the processing unit 322 may be implemented in software or in hardware.
  • the transceiver unit 321 can be the transceiver 311 in FIG. 31, and the processing unit 322 can be the processor 312 in FIG.
  • An embodiment of the present application provides a network device that takes a base station as an example. After the first synchronization signal block group and the second synchronization signal block group are generated, the network device performs resource mapping on two synchronization signal blocks by using a predetermined resource mapping manner. . After mapping, the number of symbols of the difference between two synchronization signal blocks in the same synchronization signal block group in the time domain belongs to the first set, and the number of symbols of the difference between the two synchronization signal blocks in different synchronization signal block groups does not belong to the first A collection.
  • the terminal device when the terminal device detects the plurality of synchronization signal blocks when receiving the synchronization signal, it can be confirmed whether the two synchronization signal blocks belong to the same synchronization signal block group according to the number of symbols of the difference between the two synchronization signal blocks.
  • the terminal device can then obtain a plurality of synchronization signal blocks belonging to the same synchronization signal block group, and simplify the processing of the plurality of synchronization signal blocks belonging to the same synchronization signal block group, thereby simplifying the signal processing flow and shortening the processing cost of processing the synchronization signal block. Time and processing resources.
  • the terminal device can thereby obtain the system information carried in the synchronization signal block more quickly, and shorten the network access time.
  • the embodiment of the present application further provides a terminal device.
  • the terminal device may be the UE in the foregoing method embodiments, and may have any function of the UE in each method embodiment.
  • Figure 33 is a block diagram showing the structure of the terminal device.
  • the terminal device functions as the terminal device in Figure 5 to implement the functions of the terminal devices shown in the above embodiments and the fourth embodiment.
  • the terminal device includes a processor 331 and a transceiver 332.
  • the transceiver 332 can include a control circuit and an antenna, wherein the control circuit can be used for converting baseband signals and radio frequency signals and processing the radio frequency signals, and the antenna can be used to transmit and receive radio frequency signals.
  • the device may also include other major components of the terminal device, such as memory, input and output devices, and the like.
  • the processor 331 can be configured to process the communication protocol and the communication data, and control the entire terminal device, execute the software program, and process the data of the software program, for example, to support the terminal device to perform the corresponding operations in the foregoing method embodiments.
  • the memory 333 is mainly used to store software programs and data. After the terminal device is powered on, the processor 331 can read the software program in the memory, interpret and execute the instructions of the software program, and process the data of the software program.
  • the transceiver 332 is configured to detect the first sync signal block and the second sync signal block in a transmission period of a synchronization signal pulse set.
  • the processor 331 is configured to determine a number of symbols that are different between a time domain resource occupied by the first synchronization signal block and a time domain resource occupied by the second synchronization signal block. If the number of symbols of the phase difference belongs to a predetermined set, it is determined that the first sync signal block and the second sync signal block belong to the same sync signal block packet.
  • the predetermined set is the first set in the method embodiment described in FIG. 6 to FIG. 7, and is included in the predetermined set.
  • the value is even.
  • the processor 331 may adopt a simplified judgment manner, that is, determine whether the number of symbols of the phase difference is an even number. If the number of difference symbols is an even number, the terminal device determines that the first sync signal block and the second sync signal block belong to the same sync signal block packet. If the number of symbols of the phase difference is not an even number, it is determined that the first sync signal block and the second sync signal block belong to different sync signal block packets.
  • the predetermined set is the first in the method embodiment described in FIG. 9 to FIG. 14 and FIG. A set of values included in the predetermined set is less than a predetermined threshold.
  • the processor 331 may adopt a simplified judgment manner, that is, determine whether the number of symbols of the phase difference exceeds a predetermined threshold. If the number of symbols of the phase difference does not exceed the predetermined threshold, the terminal device determines that the first sync signal block and the second sync signal block belong to the same sync signal block packet. If the number of symbols of the phase difference exceeds a predetermined threshold, it is determined that the first sync signal block and the second sync signal block belong to different sync signal block packets.
  • FIG. 34 is a block diagram showing the structure of a terminal device, the base station processing unit 341 and the transceiver unit 342.
  • the processing unit 341 and the transceiver unit 342 may be implemented in software or in hardware.
  • the processing unit 341 can be the processor 331 of FIG. 33, which can be the transceiver 332 of FIG.
  • An embodiment of the present application provides a terminal device, when a terminal device detects multiple synchronization signal blocks in a transmission period of a synchronization signal pulse set, according to whether the number of symbols of the difference between the two synchronization signal blocks belongs to a predetermined set. It is confirmed whether the two sync signal blocks belong to the same sync signal block group, thereby further obtaining a plurality of sync signal blocks belonging to the same sync signal block group.
  • the terminal device can perform a simplified signal processing procedure on a plurality of synchronization signal blocks belonging to the same synchronization signal block group. Since the signal processing flow is simplified, the time and processing resources for processing the synchronization signal block are shortened, so that the system information carried in the synchronization signal block can be obtained more quickly, and the network access time is shortened.
  • the embodiment of the invention further provides a communication system, which comprises the network device and the terminal device in the above embodiment.
  • a communication system which comprises the network device and the terminal device in the above embodiment.
  • Embodiment 1 and Embodiment 2 provide a method for propagating a synchronization signal, and specifically, when transmitting a synchronization signal, the first synchronization signal block group and the second synchronization signal block group respectively include four synchronization signal blocks.
  • multiple resource mapping methods of the synchronization signal block That is, when the value of m and n is 4, a plurality of resource mapping modes of the synchronization signal block are used.
  • the method of propagating the synchronization signal shown in the first embodiment of FIG. 4 and FIG. 5 is applicable to the case where the values of m and n are other positive integers.
  • the values of m and n are other values, for example, when the value of m and n is 8, the resource mapping manner of the synchronization signal block will be described.
  • step 42 of FIG. 4 when the value of m and n is 8, the value of x and y is 56.
  • the network device maps the first synchronization signal block group to 4 when transmitting the first synchronization signal block packet and the second synchronization signal block packet.
  • the second sync signal block is mapped onto the other four consecutive time slots on consecutive time slots, and the two consecutive two time slots are separated by at least one time slot.
  • the specific resource mapping manner is as shown in FIG. 35, FIG. 36 and FIG.
  • the arrangement manner of the OFDM symbols corresponding to the PSS, the SSS, and the PBCH in the SS block is the second arrangement in FIG. 2, that is, the PSS occupies the first symbol in the SS block, and the SSS occupies the SS block.
  • the third symbol in the PBCH occupies the 2nd and 4th symbols in the SS block.
  • the arrangement of the OFDM symbols corresponding to the PSS, the SSS, and the PBCH in the SS block may be other arrangements in FIG. 2, and will not be exemplified herein.
  • Slot j to slot j+8 represent nine consecutive time slots.
  • the network device maps ss burst k in 4 consecutive time slots of slot j to slot j+3, and ss burst k+1 is mapped in 4 consecutive time slots of slot j+5 to slot j+8.
  • the network device maps the ss block 1 in the ss burst k on the 3-6th symbol of the 1st slot slot j of the consecutive 9 slots, and maps the ss block 2 in the ss burst k to the consecutive 9 slots.
  • the ss block 3 in the ss burst k is mapped on the 3rd to 6th symbols of the second slot slot j+1 of the consecutive 9 slots, and the ss block 4 in the ss burst k is mapped to 9 consecutive
  • the second time slot in the time slot is on the 7-10th symbol of slot j+1.
  • the ss block 5 in the ss burst k is mapped on the 3rd to 6th symbols of the 3rd slot slot j+2 of the consecutive 9 slots, and the ss block 6 in the ss burst k is mapped in 9 consecutive
  • the third time slot in the time slot is on the 7-10th symbol of slot j+2.
  • the ss block 7 in the ss burst k is mapped on the 3rd to 6th symbols of the 4th slot slot j+3 of the consecutive 9 slots, and the ss block 8 in the ss burst k is mapped in 9 consecutive times.
  • the 4th time slot in the slot is on the 7-10th symbol of slot j+3.
  • the network device maps ss block 1 of ss burst k+1 to the 4th to 7th symbols of the sixth slot slot j+5 of the consecutive 9 slots, and ss block 2 of ss burst k+1 It is mapped on the 8th-11th symbols of the sixth slot slot j+5 of the consecutive 9 slots.
  • the number of symbols that differ between the sync signal blocks belonging to the same sync signal block group is an even number.
  • ss block 1 differs from ss block 2 by 4 symbols
  • ss block 1 differs from ss block 3 by 14 symbols
  • ss block 1 differs from ss block 4 by 18 symbols
  • Ss block 2 differs from ss block 4 by 10 symbols
  • Ss block 1 differs from ss block 5 by 28 symbols
  • ss block 1 differs from ss block 6 by 32 symbols
  • Ss block 1 differs from ss block 7 by 42 symbols
  • ss block 1 differs from ss block 8 by 46 symbols.
  • the number of symbols of the difference between each ss block in ss burst k+1 is similar to ss burst k, and is not repeated here.
  • the number of symbols that differ between the sync signal blocks belonging to different sync block groups is an odd number.
  • ss block 5 in ss burst k differs from ss block 1 in ss burst k+1 by 43 symbols
  • ss block 1 in ss burst k differs from ss block 2 in ss burst k+1 by 47 symbols
  • ss Ss block 7 in burst k is 29 symbols out of ss block 1 in ss burst k+1
  • ss block 8 in ss burst k is 25 symbols out of ss block 1 in ss burst k+1
  • ss burst k The ss block 7 in the ss block k s is different from the ss block 2 in the ss burst k+1 by 33 symbols
  • the ss block 7 in the ss burst k is 43 symbols out of the ss block 3 in the ss burs
  • the number of symbols difference between the sync signal blocks in different sync block groups may also be an odd number with a larger value, such as ss block 7 in ss burst k and ss block 5 in ss burst k+1. There are 57 symbols difference, which are not listed here.
  • the number of symbols of the difference between the synchronization signal blocks in the same synchronization signal block group belongs to the first set, and the values of the first set include: ⁇ 4, 10, 14, 18 , 28, 32, 42, 46 ⁇ .
  • the number of symbols of the difference between the sync signal blocks in the different sync block groups belongs to the second set, and the values of the second set include: ⁇ 25, 29, 33, 43, 47, 57 ⁇ .
  • the terminal device determines, in step 52 of FIG. 5, that the time domain resource of the first synchronization signal block is detected and detects the After the number of symbols of the difference between the time domain resources of the two sync signal blocks, if the number of symbols of the difference belongs to the first set, it is determined that the first sync signal block and the second sync signal block belong to the same sync signal block group.
  • the values in the first set are all even.
  • the terminal device may adopt a simplified judgment manner, that is, determine whether the number of symbols of the phase difference is an even number.
  • the terminal device determines that the first sync signal block and the second sync signal block belong to the same sync signal block packet. If the number of symbols of the phase difference is not an even number, it is determined that the first sync signal block and the second sync signal block belong to different sync signal block packets.
  • FIG. 36 is a schematic diagram of another resource mapping manner provided by an embodiment of the present application. The difference from FIG. 35 is that both the first set and the second set contain even numbers, but the values in the first set and the second set do not overlap each other.
  • Slot j to slot j+8 represent nine consecutive time slots.
  • the network device maps ss burst k in 4 consecutive time slots of slot j to slot j+3, and ss burst k+1 is mapped in 4 consecutive time slots of slot j+5 to slot j+8.
  • the network device maps the ss block 1 of the ss burst k on the 7-10th symbol of the first slot slot j of the consecutive 9 slots, and maps the ss block 2 of the ss burst k to the consecutive 9 slots.
  • the ss block 3 in the ss burst k is mapped on the 1-4th symbol of the second slot slot j+1 of the consecutive 9 slots, and the ss block 4 in the ss burst k is mapped in consecutive 9
  • the second time slot in the slot is on the 5-8th symbol of slot j+1.
  • the ss block 5 in the ss burst k is mapped on the 7-10th symbol of the 3rd slot slot j+2 of the consecutive 9 slots, and the ss block 6 in the ss burst k is mapped in 9 consecutive
  • the third time slot in the time slot is on the 11th-14th symbol of slot j+2.
  • the ss block 7 in the ss burst k is mapped on the 1-4th symbol of the 4th slot slot j+3 of the consecutive 9 slots, and the ss block 8 in the ss burst k is mapped in 9 consecutive times.
  • the 4th time slot in the slot is on the 5th-8th symbol of slot j+3.
  • the network device maps ss block 1 of ss burst k+1 to the 7-10th symbol of the sixth slot slot j+5 of the consecutive 9 slots, and ss block 2 of ss burst k+1 It is mapped on the 11th-14th symbols of the sixth slot slot j+5 of the consecutive 9 slots.
  • the 7th time slot of the 7th time slot of the consecutive 9 time slots is on the 5th-8th symbol of the slot j+6.
  • the number of symbols that differ between the synchronization signal blocks belonging to the same synchronization signal block group belongs to the first set.
  • ss block 1 is different from ss block 2 by 4 symbols
  • ss block 1 is different from ss block 3 by 8 symbols
  • ss block 1 is different from ss block 4 by 12 symbols
  • ss Block 4 differs from ss block 5 by 16 symbols
  • ss block 3 differs from ss block 7 by 28 symbols
  • ss block 3 differs from ss block 8 by 32 symbols
  • ss block1 differs from ss block 7 by 36 symbols
  • ss block 1 and The distance between ss block 8 is the farthest, with a difference of 40 symbols.
  • the number of symbols of the difference between each ss block in ss burst k+1 is similar to ss burst k, and is not repeated here.
  • the number of symbols that differ between the sync signal blocks belonging to different sync block groups belongs to the second set.
  • ss block 5 in ss burst k is 42 symbols out of ss block 1 in ss burst k+1
  • ss block 6 in ss burst k is 38 symbols different from ss block 1 in ss burst k+1
  • ss Ss block 7 in burst k differs from ss block 1 in ss burst k+1 by 34 symbols
  • ss block 8 in ss burst k differs from ss block 1 in ss burst k+1 by 30 symbols.
  • the number of symbols of the difference between the synchronization signal blocks in different synchronization signal block groups may also be other values larger than the above values, such as ss block 5 in ss burst k and ss block in ss burst k+1. 2 differs by 46 symbols and is not listed here.
  • the number of symbols difference between the synchronization signal blocks in the same synchronization signal block group belongs to the first set, and the values of the first set include: ⁇ 4, 8, 12, 16 , 36, 40 ⁇ .
  • the number of symbols of the difference between the sync signal blocks in the different sync block groups belongs to the second set, and the values of the second set include: ⁇ 30, 34, 38, 42 ⁇ .
  • the terminal device determines, in step 52 of FIG. 5, that the time domain resource of the first synchronization signal block is detected and detects the After the number of symbols of the difference between the time domain resources of the two sync signal blocks, if the number of symbols of the difference belongs to the first set, it is determined that the first sync signal block and the second sync signal block belong to the same sync signal block group.
  • the same synchronization signal block after mapping The number of symbols of the difference between any two synchronization signal blocks in the packet belongs to the first set, and the number of symbols of the difference between the synchronization signal blocks in the different synchronization signal block groups belongs to the second set that does not overlap with the first set, and The value in the first set is less than the set threshold, and the value in the second set is greater than the set threshold.
  • the mapping manner of the first synchronization signal block in four consecutive time slots may not be limited, and the mapping manner of the second synchronization signal block group in the other four consecutive time slots may be defined.
  • the first sync signal block in the first sync signal block packet can start at any symbol position in the first one of the four consecutive time slots, FIG. 37 is only one of them. Example.
  • the arrangement manner of the OFDM symbols corresponding to the PSS, the SSS, and the PBCH in the SS block is the second arrangement in FIG. 2, that is, the PSS occupies the first symbol in the SS block, and the SSS occupies the SS block.
  • the third symbol in the PBCH occupies the 2nd and 4th symbols in the SS block.
  • the arrangement of the OFDM symbols corresponding to the PSS, the SSS, and the PBCH in the SS block may be other arrangements in FIG. 2, and will not be exemplified herein.
  • Slot j to slot j+9 represent 10 consecutive time slots.
  • the network device maps ss burst k in 4 consecutive time slots of slot j to slot j+3, and maps ss burst k+1 in 4 consecutive time slots of slot j+6 to slot j+9.
  • the network device maps ss block 1 of ss burst k on the 7-10th symbol of the first slot slot j of the consecutive 10 slots, and maps ss block 2 of ss burst k to 10 consecutive rows. The 11th to 14th symbols of the first slot slot j in the slot.
  • the ss block 3 in the ss burst k is mapped on the 1-4th symbol of the second slot slot j+1 of the consecutive 10 slots, and the ss block 4 in the ss burst k is mapped in consecutive 10
  • the second time slot in the slot is on the 5-8th symbol of slot j+1.
  • the ss block 5 in the ss burst k is mapped on the 7-10th symbol of the 3rd slot slot j+2 of the consecutive 10 slots, and the ss block 6 in the ss burst k is mapped in 10 consecutive
  • the third time slot in the time slot is on the 11th-14th symbol of slot j+2.
  • the ss block 7 in the ss burst k is mapped on the 1-4th symbol of the 4th slot slot j+3 of the consecutive 10 slots, and the ss block 8 in the ss burst k is mapped in 10 consecutive times.
  • the 4th time slot in the slot is on the 5th-8th symbol of slot j+3.
  • the network device maps ss block 1 of ss burst k+1 to the 7-10th symbol of the seventh slot slot j+6 of the consecutive 10 time slots, and ss block 2 of ss burst k+1 Mapped on the 11th-14th symbols of the 7th slot slot j+6 of the 10 consecutive time slots.
  • mapping ss block 3 in ss burst k+1 on the 1-4th symbol of the eighth slot slot j+7 of the consecutive 10 slots mapping ss block 4 in ss burst k+1 On the 5th to 8th symbols of the eighth time slot slot j+7 of the consecutive 10 time slots.
  • the predetermined threshold can be set to a positive integer greater than 40 and less than 44, such as 41.
  • the number of symbols that differ between the sync signal blocks belonging to the same sync signal block group is less than a predetermined threshold. For example, for each sync signal block in the ss burst k in FIG.
  • ss block 1 is different from ss block 2 by 4 symbols
  • ss block 1 is different from ss block 3 by 8 symbols
  • ss block 1 and ss block 4 The difference is 12 symbols
  • ss block 4 and ss block 5 are 16 symbols apart
  • ss block 1 and ss block 7 are 36 symbols apart
  • the distance between ss block 1 and ss block 8 is the farthest, which is 40 symbols. That is, the values of the first set include: ⁇ 4, 8, 12, 16, 36, 40 ⁇ , all smaller than the predetermined threshold 41.
  • the number of symbols that differ between the sync signal blocks belonging to different sync block groups exceeds a predetermined threshold.
  • ss block 7 in ss burst k in FIG. 37 differs from ss block 1 in ss burst k+1 by 48 symbols, and ss block 8 and ss burst k+ in ss burst k in FIG.
  • the distance between ss block 1 in 1 is the closest, and the difference between them is 44 symbols. That is, the value of the second set includes: ⁇ 44, 48 ⁇ , both exceeding a predetermined threshold 41.
  • the terminal device determines, in step 52 of FIG. 5, that the time domain resource of the first synchronization signal block is detected and detects the After the number of symbols of the difference between the time domain resources of the two sync signal blocks, if the number of symbols of the difference belongs to the first set, it is determined that the first sync signal block and the second sync signal block belong to the same sync signal block group.
  • the values in the first set are all smaller than a preset threshold. Therefore, after determining the number of symbols of the phase difference, the terminal device can adopt a simplified judgment manner, that is, whether the number of symbols of the phase difference exceeds a predetermined threshold.
  • the terminal device determines that the first synchronization signal block and the second synchronization signal block belong to the same synchronization signal block. Grouping. If the number of symbols of the phase difference exceeds a predetermined threshold, it is determined that the first sync signal block and the second sync signal block belong to different sync signal block packets.
  • the transmission method of the synchronization signal shown in FIG. 35, FIG. 36 and FIG. 37 is applicable to communication systems of various frequency points, for example, a communication system with a subcarrier spacing of 15 kHz, a communication system with a subcarrier spacing of 30 kHz, and a subcarrier spacing. It is a communication system with a frequency of 120 kHz and a communication system with a subcarrier spacing of 240 kHz.
  • the above embodiments it may be implemented in whole or in part by software, hardware, firmware, or any combination thereof.
  • software it may be implemented in whole or in part in the form of a computer program product.
  • the computer program product includes one or more computer instructions.
  • the computer program instructions When the computer program instructions are loaded and executed on a computer, the processes or functions described in accordance with embodiments of the present invention are generated in whole or in part.
  • the computer can be a general purpose computer, a special purpose computer, a computer network, or other programmable device.
  • the computer instructions can be stored in a computer readable storage medium or transferred from one computer readable storage medium to another computer readable storage medium, for example, the computer instructions can be from a website site, computer, server or data center Transfer to another website site, computer, server, or data center by wire (eg, coaxial cable, fiber optic, digital subscriber line (DSL), or wireless (eg, infrared, wireless, microwave, etc.).
  • the computer readable storage medium can be any available media that can be accessed by a computer or a data storage device such as a server, data center, or the like that includes one or more available media.
  • the usable medium may be a magnetic medium (eg, a floppy disk, a hard disk, a magnetic tape), an optical medium (eg, a DVD), or a semiconductor medium (such as a solid state disk (SSD)).

Landscapes

  • Engineering & Computer Science (AREA)
  • Computer Networks & Wireless Communication (AREA)
  • Signal Processing (AREA)
  • Mobile Radio Communication Systems (AREA)

Abstract

Disclosed in the present application a method for transmitting a synchronization signal, for resolving the problem of a long cell access time. The method comprises: generating a first synchronization signal block group and a second synchronization signal block group, and mapping m synchronization signal blocks of the first synchronization signal block group to x symbols, wherein a difference in symbol number between two synchronization signal blocks of the first synchronization signal block group after mapping belongs to a first set; mapping n synchronization signal blocks of the second synchronization signal block group to additional y symbols, wherein a difference in symbol number between two synchronization signal blocks of the second synchronization signal block group after mapping belongs to the first set, and a difference in symbol number between one synchronization signal block of the second synchronization signal block group after mapping and one synchronization signal block of the first synchronization signal block group after mapping belongs to a second set, and values in the second set do not overlap with values in the first set; and transmitting the first synchronization signal block group and the second synchronization signal block group.

Description

传输同步信号的方法和装置Method and apparatus for transmitting synchronization signals
本申请要求于2017年5月16日提交中国专利局、申请号为201710344557.0、发明名称为“传输同步信号的方法和装置”，2017年6月28日提交中国专利局、申请号为201710510737.1、发明名称为“传输同步信号的方法和装置”以及2017年6月16日提交中国专利局、申请号为201710459666.7、发明名称为“传输同步信号的方法和装置”的中国专利申请的优先权，其全部内容通过引用结合在本申请中。This application is required to be submitted to the China Patent Office on May 16, 2017, the application number is 201710344557.0, and the invention name is “method and device for transmitting synchronization signals”. It was submitted to the Chinese Patent Office on June 28, 2017, and the application number is 201710510737.1 The priority is "the method and device for transmitting the synchronization signal" and the priority of the Chinese patent application filed on June 16, 2017, the Chinese Patent Office, the application number is 201710459666.7, and the invention is entitled "method and device for transmitting synchronization signals". The content is incorporated herein by reference.
技术领域Technical field
本申请涉及通信技术领域，尤其涉及一种传输同步信号的方法、一种网络设备和一种终端设备。The present application relates to the field of communications technologies, and in particular, to a method for transmitting a synchronization signal, a network device, and a terminal device.
背景技术Background technique
在传统蜂窝通信系统中，网络侧通过基站周期性地以约定的方式向覆盖的区域广播下行同步信号，以便需要接入网络的终端设备可以在接入网络以前获得实现下行通信链路的同步，并正确获取接入网络所需的通信系统信息。In the traditional cellular communication system, the network side periodically broadcasts a downlink synchronization signal to the coverage area in a predetermined manner by the base station, so that the terminal equipment that needs to access the network can obtain synchronization of the downlink communication link before accessing the network. And correctly obtain the communication system information required to access the network.
在最新的关于5G的空中接口设计过程中，考虑到多波束技术的需求，提出了同步信号块(英文：Synchronization Signal block，SS block或SSB)的概念。波束与SS block具有可配置的映射关系，例如基站通过多波束中的每个波束发送不同的SS block，或者2个波束可以发送同一SS block。SS block中包含多个正交频分复用(英文：Orthogonal Frequency Division Multiplexing，OFDM)符号。一个同步信号脉冲(英文：Synchronization Signal burst，SS burst)包括多个SS block。换句话说SS block通过映射在SS burst中的时频资源传输。In the latest air interface design process for 5G, considering the requirements of multi-beam technology, the concept of Synchronization Signal Block (SS block or SSB) is proposed. The beam has a configurable mapping relationship with the SS block. For example, the base station transmits different SS blocks through each of the multiple beams, or two beams can transmit the same SS block. The SS block includes a plurality of Orthogonal Frequency Division Multiplexing (OFDM) symbols. A Synchronization Signal burst (SS burst) includes a plurality of SS blocks. In other words, the SS block is transmitted by time-frequency resources mapped in the SS burst.
用户设备(英文：User Equipment，UE)完成小区搜索过程之后，UE已经与小区取得下行同步，此时UE需要检测SS block，并通过从SS block中获取的系统信息才能知道小区是如何配置的，以便接入该小区并在该小区内正确地工作。After the user equipment (English: User Equipment, UE) completes the cell search process, the UE has obtained downlink synchronization with the cell. At this time, the UE needs to detect the SS block, and the system information obtained from the SS block can know how the cell is configured. In order to access the cell and work correctly within the cell.
一个SS burst中传输的多个SS block包含有相同的信息。然而UE在检测SS block时，无法确定检测到的多个SS block是否属于同一SS burst。因此终端设备需要对多个SS block中传输的数据分别进行解扰、循环移位、以及后续的协议处理。因此UE对检测到的多个SS block的进行信号处理的过程较为复杂，耗时较多，导致UE的小区接入时间较长。Multiple SS blocks transmitted in one SS burst contain the same information. However, when the UE detects the SS block, it cannot be determined whether the detected multiple SS blocks belong to the same SS burst. Therefore, the terminal device needs to separately perform descrambling, cyclic shifting, and subsequent protocol processing on data transmitted in multiple SS blocks. Therefore, the process of performing signal processing on the detected multiple SS blocks by the UE is complicated and time consuming, resulting in a long cell access time of the UE.
发明内容Summary of the invention
本申请实施例提供一种传输同步信号的方法，用以减轻由于UE无法确定多个SS block是否属于同一SS burst而造成的小区接入时间较长的问题。The embodiment of the present application provides a method for transmitting a synchronization signal, which is used to alleviate the problem that a cell access time is long because the UE cannot determine whether multiple SS blocks belong to the same SS burst.
第一方面，提供了一种传输同步信号的方法，包括：In a first aspect, a method of transmitting a synchronization signal is provided, comprising:
网络设备生成第一同步信号块分组和第二同步信号块分组，其中，所述第一同步信号块分组包括m个同步信号块，所述第二同步信号块分组包括n个同步信号块，其中m、n为大于等于2的正整数；The network device generates a first synchronization signal block packet and a second synchronization signal block packet, wherein the first synchronization signal block packet includes m synchronization signal blocks, and the second synchronization signal block packet includes n synchronization signal blocks, wherein m, n are positive integers greater than or equal to 2;
将所述第一同步信号块分组中的m个同步信号块映射到x个符号中，其中，x＝7m， 映射后的所述第一同步信号块分组中任意两个同步信号块之间相差的符号数目属于第一集合；Mapping m synchronization signal blocks in the first synchronization signal block group into x symbols, where x=7m, and difference between any two synchronization signal blocks in the first synchronization signal block group after mapping The number of symbols belongs to the first set;
将所述第二同步信号块分组中的n个同步信号块映射到另外y个符号中，其中，y＝7n，映射后的所述第二同步信号块分组中任意两个同步信号块之间相差的符号数目属于所述第一集合、且映射后的所述第二同步信号块分组中的一个同步信号块与所述映射后所述第一同步信号块分组中的一个同步信号块之间相差的符号数属于第二集合，所述第二集合中的数值与所述第一集合中的数值不重合；Mapping n synchronization signal blocks in the second synchronization signal block group into another y symbols, where y=7n, between any two synchronization signal blocks in the second synchronization signal block group after mapping The number of symbols of the phase difference belongs to the first set, and between one of the mapped synchronization signal blocks in the second synchronization signal block group and one of the synchronization signal blocks in the first synchronization signal block group after the mapping The number of symbols of the difference belongs to the second set, and the values in the second set do not coincide with the values in the first set;
所述网络设备通过映射的时频资源发送所述第一同步信号块分组中的同步信号块和第二同步信号块分组中的同步信号块。And the network device sends the synchronization signal block in the first synchronization signal block group and the synchronization signal block in the second synchronization signal block group by using the mapped time-frequency resource.
网络设备采用上述资源映射方式进行资源映射后，在时域上同一同步信号块分组中的两个同步信号块之间相差的符号数目属于第一集合，而不同同步信号块分组中的两个同步信号块之间相差的符号数目不属于第一集合。终端设备在接收同步信号时，在检测到多个同步信号块时，可以根据两个同步信号块之间相差的符号数目，确认这两个同步信号块是否属于同一同步信号块分组。终端设备继而可以获得属于同一同步信号块分组的多个同步信号块，并对属于同一同步信号块分组的多个同步信号块进行简化处理，从而简化信号处理流程，缩短了处理同步信号块耗费的时间和处理资源。终端设备从而能够更快地获得同步信号块中携带的系统信息，缩短了网络接入时间。After the network device performs resource mapping by using the foregoing resource mapping manner, the number of symbols that are different between two synchronization signal blocks in the same synchronization signal block group in the time domain belongs to the first set, and two synchronizations in different synchronization signal block groups The number of symbols that differ between signal blocks does not belong to the first set. When receiving the synchronization signal, the terminal device may confirm whether the two synchronization signal blocks belong to the same synchronization signal block group according to the number of symbols of the difference between the two synchronization signal blocks when detecting the plurality of synchronization signal blocks. The terminal device can then obtain a plurality of synchronization signal blocks belonging to the same synchronization signal block group, and simplify the processing of the plurality of synchronization signal blocks belonging to the same synchronization signal block group, thereby simplifying the signal processing flow and shortening the processing cost of processing the synchronization signal block. Time and processing resources. The terminal device can thereby obtain the system information carried in the synchronization signal block more quickly, and shorten the network access time.
在一种可能的实现方式中，所述第一集合中包括的数值为偶数，所述第二集合中包括的数值为奇数。In a possible implementation manner, the value included in the first set is an even number, and the value included in the second set is an odd number.
相应地，这种第一集合和第二集合的设置方式，有利于简化终端设备确认两个同步信号块是否属于同一个同步信号块分组。终端设备在确定出相差的符号数目之后，判断所述相差的符号数目是否为偶数。如果差的符号数目为偶数，则终端设备确定第一同步信号块和第二同步信号块属于同一同步信号块分组。Correspondingly, the arrangement of the first set and the second set is advantageous for simplifying the terminal device to confirm whether the two sync signal blocks belong to the same sync signal block group. After determining the number of symbols of the phase difference, the terminal device determines whether the number of symbols of the phase difference is an even number. If the number of difference symbols is an even number, the terminal device determines that the first sync signal block and the second sync signal block belong to the same sync signal block packet.
在一种可能的实现方式中，m、n取值为4，x、y的取值为28。In a possible implementation manner, m and n have a value of 4, and x and y have a value of 28.
如果m、n取值为4，x、y的取值为28，在一种可能的实现方式中，每个时隙包括7个符号，所述将所述第一同步信号块分组中的m个同步信号块映射到x个符号中，包括：If the values of x and n are 4, and the value of x and y is 28, in a possible implementation, each time slot includes 7 symbols, and the m in the first synchronization signal block group is grouped. The sync signal blocks are mapped into x symbols, including:
将所述第一同步信号块分组中第一同步信号块映射在连续的8个时隙中的第1个时隙的第2-5个符号上、将所述第一同步信号块分组中第二同步信号块映射在所述连续的8个时隙中的第3个时隙的第2-5个符号上、将所述第一同步信号块分组中第三同步信号块映射在所述连续的8个时隙中的第5个时隙的第2-5个符号上、将所述第一同步信号块分组中第四同步信号块映射在所述连续的8个时隙中的第7个时隙的第2-5个符号上；Mapping the first synchronization signal block in the first synchronization signal block group to the 2-5th symbol of the first time slot of the consecutive 8 time slots, and grouping the first synchronization signal block into Two synchronization signal block mapping on the 2-5th symbol of the 3rd time slot of the consecutive 8 time slots, mapping the third synchronization signal block in the first synchronization signal block group to the continuous Mapping the fourth synchronization signal block in the first synchronization signal block packet to the 7th of the consecutive 8 time slots on the 2-5th symbol of the 5th time slot of the 8 time slots On the 2-5th symbol of the time slot;
所述将所述第二同步信号块分组中的n个同步信号块映射到另外y个符号中，包括：And mapping the n synchronization signal blocks in the second synchronization signal block group to the other y symbols, including:
将所述第二同步信号块分组中第一同步信号块映射在所述连续的8个时隙中的第2个时隙的第2-5个符号上、将所述第二同步信号块分组中第二同步信号块映射在所述连续的8个时隙中的第4个时隙的第2-5个符号上、将所述第二同步信号块分组中第三同步信号块映射在所述连续的8个时隙中的第6个时隙的第2-5个符号上、将所述第二同步信号块分组中第四同步信号块映射在所述连续的8个时隙中的第8个时隙的第2-5个符号上。Mapping the first synchronization signal block in the second synchronization signal block group to the 2-5th symbol of the 2nd time slot of the consecutive 8 time slots, grouping the second synchronization signal block The second synchronization signal block maps the second synchronization signal block in the second synchronization signal block group on the 2-5th symbol of the 4th time slot of the consecutive 8 time slots Mapping the fourth synchronization signal block in the second synchronization signal block packet to the consecutive 8 time slots on the 2-5th symbol of the 6th time slot of the consecutive 8 time slots On the 2-5th symbol of the 8th time slot.
如果m、n取值为4，x、y的取值为28，在一种可能的实现方式中，每个时隙包括14个符号，所述将所述第一同步信号块分组中的m个同步信号块映射到x个符号中，包括：If the values of x and n are 4, and the value of x and y is 28, in a possible implementation, each time slot includes 14 symbols, and the m in the first synchronization signal block group is grouped. The sync signal blocks are mapped into x symbols, including:
将所述第一同步信号块分组中第一同步信号块映射在连续的4个时隙中的第1个时隙 的第2-5个符号上、将所述第一同步信号块分组中第二同步信号块映射在所述连续的4个时隙中的第2个时隙的第2-5个符号上、将所述第一同步信号块分组中第三同步信号块映射在所述连续的4个时隙中的第3个时隙的第2-5个符号上、将所述第一同步信号块分组中第四同步信号块映射在所述连续的4个时隙中的第4个时隙的第2-5个符号上；Mapping the first synchronization signal block in the first synchronization signal block group to the 2-5th symbol of the first time slot of the consecutive 4 time slots, and grouping the first synchronization signal block into Two synchronization signal block mapping on the 2-5th symbol of the 2nd time slot of the consecutive 4 time slots, mapping the third synchronization signal block in the first synchronization signal block group to the continuous Mapping the fourth synchronization signal block in the first synchronization signal block packet to the 4th of the consecutive 4 time slots on the 2-5th symbol of the 3rd time slot of the 4 time slots On the 2-5th symbol of the time slot;
所述将所述第二同步信号块分组中的n个同步信号块映射到另外y个符号中，包括：And mapping the n synchronization signal blocks in the second synchronization signal block group to the other y symbols, including:
将所述第二同步信号块分组中第一同步信号块映射在所述连续的4个时隙中的第1个时隙的第9-12个符号上、将所述第二同步信号块分组中第二同步信号块映射在所述连续的4个时隙中的第2个时隙的第9-12个符号上、将所述第二同步信号块分组中第三同步信号块映射在所述连续的4个时隙中的第3个时隙的第9-12个符号上、将所述第二同步信号块分组中第四同步信号块映射在所述连续的4个时隙中的第4个时隙的第9-12个符号上。Mapping the first synchronization signal block in the second synchronization signal block packet on the 9th to 12th symbols of the first time slot of the consecutive 4 time slots, and grouping the second synchronization signal block The second synchronization signal block maps the third synchronization signal block in the second synchronization signal block group on the 9th to 12th symbols of the second time slot of the consecutive 4 time slots Mapping the fourth synchronization signal block in the second synchronization signal block packet to the consecutive 4 time slots on the 9th to 12th symbols of the third time slot of the consecutive 4 time slots On the 9th to 12th symbols of the 4th time slot.
在一种可能的实现方式中，所述第一集合中包括以下数值14、28、42，所述第二集合中包括以下数值7、21、35、49。In a possible implementation, the first set includes the following values 14, 28, 42 including the following values 7, 21, 35, 49.
如果m、n取值为4，x、y的取值为28，在一种可能的实现方式中，每个时隙包括14个符号，所述将所述第一同步信号块分组中的m个同步信号块映射到x个符号中，包括：If the values of x and n are 4, and the value of x and y is 28, in a possible implementation, each time slot includes 14 symbols, and the m in the first synchronization signal block group is grouped. The sync signal blocks are mapped into x symbols, including:
将所述第一同步信号块分组中的第一同步信号块映射在所述第一时隙的第4-7个符号上、将所述第一同步信号块分组中的第二同步信号块映射在所述第一时隙的第8-11个符号上，将所述第一同步信号块分组中的第三同步信号块映射在所述第二时隙的第3-6个符号上、将所述第一同步信号块分组中的第四同步信号块映射在所述第二时隙的第7-10个符号上；Mapping a first synchronization signal block in the first synchronization signal block group on the 4th to 7th symbols of the first time slot, and mapping a second synchronization signal block in the first synchronization signal block group Mapping, on the 8th to 11th symbols of the first time slot, a third synchronization signal block in the first synchronization signal block group on the 3-6th symbol of the second time slot, The fourth synchronization signal block in the first synchronization signal block group is mapped on the 7-10th symbol of the second time slot;
所述将所述第二同步信号块分组中的n个同步信号块映射到另外y个符号中，包括：And mapping the n synchronization signal blocks in the second synchronization signal block group to the other y symbols, including:
将所述第二同步信号块分组中的第一同步信号块映射在所述第三时隙的第4-7个符号上、将所述第二同步信号块分组中的第二同步信号块映射在所述第三时隙的第8-11个符号上，将所述第二同步信号块分组中的第三同步信号块映射在所述第四时隙的第3-6个符号上、将所述第二同步信号块分组中的第四同步信号块映射在所述第四时隙的第7-10个符号上，所述第一时隙、所述第二时隙、所述第三时隙和所述第四时隙是4个连续的时隙。Mapping a first synchronization signal block in the second synchronization signal block group on the 4th to 7th symbols of the third time slot, and mapping a second synchronization signal block in the second synchronization signal block group Mapping the third synchronization signal block in the second synchronization signal block group to the 3-6th symbol of the fourth time slot on the 8th to 11th symbols of the third time slot, The fourth synchronization signal block in the second synchronization signal block group is mapped on the 7-10th symbol of the fourth time slot, the first time slot, the second time slot, and the third The time slot and the fourth time slot are 4 consecutive time slots.
在一种可能的实现方式中，所述第一集合中包括以下数值：4、9、13、17，所述第二集合包括以下数值：11、15和19。In a possible implementation manner, the first set includes the following values: 4, 9, 13, 17, and the second set includes the following values: 11, 15, and 19.
如果m、n取值为4，x、y的取值为28，在一种可能的实现方式中，每个时隙包括14个符号，所述将所述第一同步信号块分组中的m个同步信号块映射到x个符号中，包括：If the values of x and n are 4, and the value of x and y is 28, in a possible implementation, each time slot includes 14 symbols, and the m in the first synchronization signal block group is grouped. The sync signal blocks are mapped into x symbols, including:
将所述第一同步信号块分组中的第一同步信号块映射在所述第一时隙的第3-6个符号上、将所述第一同步信号块分组中的第二同步信号块映射在所述第一时隙的第7-10个符号上，将所述第一同步信号块分组中的第三同步信号块映射在所述第二时隙的第4-7个符号上、将所述第一同步信号块分组中的第四同步信号块映射在所述第二时隙的第8-11个符号上；Mapping a first synchronization signal block in the first synchronization signal block group to the 3-6th symbol of the first time slot, and mapping a second synchronization signal block in the first synchronization signal block group Mapping a third synchronization signal block in the first synchronization signal block packet on the 4th to 7th symbols of the second time slot on the 7-10th symbol of the first time slot, The fourth synchronization signal block in the first synchronization signal block group is mapped on the 8th to 11th symbols of the second time slot;
所述将所述第二同步信号块分组中的n个同步信号块映射到另外y个符号中，包括：And mapping the n synchronization signal blocks in the second synchronization signal block group to the other y symbols, including:
将所述第二同步信号块分组中的第一同步信号块映射在所述第三时隙的第3-6个符号上、将所述第二同步信号块分组中的第二同步信号块映射在所述第三时隙的第7-10个符号上，将所述第二同步信号块分组中的第三同步信号块映射在所述第四时隙的第4-7个符号上、将所述第二同步信号块分组中的第四同步信号块映射在所述第四时隙的第8-11个符号上，所述第一时隙、所述第二时隙、所述第三时隙和所述第四时隙是4个连续的时隙。Mapping a first synchronization signal block in the second synchronization signal block group to the 3-6th symbol of the third time slot, and mapping a second synchronization signal block in the second synchronization signal block group Mapping, on the 7-10th symbol of the third time slot, a third synchronization signal block in the second synchronization signal block group on the 4th to 7th symbols of the fourth time slot, The fourth synchronization signal block in the second synchronization signal block group is mapped on the 8th to 11th symbols of the fourth time slot, the first time slot, the second time slot, and the third time The time slot and the fourth time slot are 4 consecutive time slots.
在一种可能的实现方式中，所述第一集合中包括以下数值：4、11、15、19，所述第二集合包括以下数值：9、13和17。In a possible implementation manner, the first set includes the following values: 4, 11, 15, 19, and the second set includes the following values: 9, 13, and 17.
在一种可能的实现方式中，所述第一集合中包含的数值小于预定阈值，所述第二集合中包含的数值大于预定阈值。In a possible implementation manner, the value included in the first set is less than a predetermined threshold, and the value included in the second set is greater than a predetermined threshold.
相应地，这种第一集合和第二集合的设置方式，有利于简化终端设备确认两个同步信号块是否属于同一个同步信号块分组。终端设备在确定出相差的符号数目之后，判断所述相差的符号数目是否超过预定阈值。如果相差的符号数目不超过预定阈值，则终端设备确定第一同步信号块和第二同步信号块属于同一同步信号块分组。Correspondingly, the arrangement of the first set and the second set is advantageous for simplifying the terminal device to confirm whether the two sync signal blocks belong to the same sync signal block group. After determining the number of symbols of the phase difference, the terminal device determines whether the number of symbols of the phase difference exceeds a predetermined threshold. If the number of symbols of the phase difference does not exceed the predetermined threshold, the terminal device determines that the first sync signal block and the second sync signal block belong to the same sync signal block packet.
在一种可能的实现方式中，m、n取值为4，x、y的取值为28。In a possible implementation manner, m and n have a value of 4, and x and y have a value of 28.
如果m、n取值为4，x、y的取值为28，在一种可能的实现方式中，所述预定阈值为大于等于21的正整数。If m and n are 4, and x and y are 28, in a possible implementation, the predetermined threshold is a positive integer greater than or equal to 21.
如果m、n取值为4，x、y的取值为28，在一种可能的实现方式中，每个时隙包括7个符号，所述将所述第一同步信号块分组中的m个同步信号块映射到x个符号中，包括：If the values of x and n are 4, and the value of x and y is 28, in a possible implementation, each time slot includes 7 symbols, and the m in the first synchronization signal block group is grouped. The sync signal blocks are mapped into x symbols, including:
将所述第一同步信号块分组中的第一同步信号块映射在第一时隙的第2-5个符号上，将所述第一同步信号块分组中的第二同步信号块映射在第二时隙的第1-4个符号上，将所述第一同步信号块分组中的第三同步信号块映射在第三时隙的第2-5个符号上，将所述第一同步信号块分组中的第四同步信号块映射在第四时隙的第1-4个符号上，所述第一时隙、所述第二时隙、所述第三时隙和所述第四时隙为连续的时隙；Mapping the first synchronization signal block in the first synchronization signal block group to the 2-5th symbol of the first time slot, and mapping the second synchronization signal block in the first synchronization signal block group to the first Mapping the third synchronization signal block in the first synchronization signal block group to the 2-5th symbol of the third time slot on the 1-4th symbol of the second time slot, and using the first synchronization signal The fourth synchronization signal block in the block group is mapped on the 1-4th symbol of the fourth time slot, the first time slot, the second time slot, the third time slot, and the fourth time The slots are consecutive time slots;
所述将所述第二同步信号块分组中的n个同步信号块映射到另外y个符号中，包括：And mapping the n synchronization signal blocks in the second synchronization signal block group to the other y symbols, including:
将所述第一同步信号块分组中的第一同步信号块映射在第五时隙的第2-5个符号上，将所述第一同步信号块分组中的第二同步信号块映射在第六时隙的第1-4个符号上，将所述第一同步信号块分组中的第三同步信号块映射在第七时隙的第2-5个符号上，将所述第一同步信号块分组中的第四同步信号块映射在第八时隙的第1-4个符号上，其中所述第五时隙、所述第六时隙、所述第七时隙和所述第八时隙为连续的时隙、且第四时隙和第五时隙之间相隔至少2个时隙。Mapping the first synchronization signal block in the first synchronization signal block group to the 2-5th symbol of the fifth time slot, and mapping the second synchronization signal block in the first synchronization signal block group to the first Mapping the third synchronization signal block in the first synchronization signal block group to the 2-5th symbol of the seventh time slot on the 1-4th symbol of the six time slots, and using the first synchronization signal The fourth synchronization signal block in the block packet is mapped on the 1-4th symbol of the eighth time slot, wherein the fifth time slot, the sixth time slot, the seventh time slot, and the eighth The time slots are consecutive time slots, and the fourth time slot and the fifth time slot are separated by at least 2 time slots.
如果m、n取值为4，x、y的取值为28，在一种可能的实现方式中，每个时隙包括14个符号，所述将所述第一同步信号块分组中的m个同步信号块映射到x个符号中，包括：If the values of x and n are 4, and the value of x and y is 28, in a possible implementation, each time slot includes 14 symbols, and the m in the first synchronization signal block group is grouped. The sync signal blocks are mapped into x symbols, including:
将所述第一同步信号块分组中的第一同步信号块映射在第一时隙的第2-5个符号上，将所述第一同步信号块分组中的第二同步信号块映射在所述第一时隙的第8-11个符号上，将所述第一同步信号块分组中的第三同步信号块映射在第二时隙的第2-5个符号上，将所述第一同步信号块分组中的第四同步信号块映射在所述第二时隙的第8-11个符号上，所述第一时隙和所述第二时隙为连续的时隙；Mapping the first synchronization signal block in the first synchronization signal block group to the 2-5th symbol of the first time slot, and mapping the second synchronization signal block in the first synchronization signal block group to the Mapping the third synchronization signal block in the first synchronization signal block group to the 2-5th symbol of the second time slot on the 8th to 11th symbols of the first time slot, the first And a fourth synchronization signal block in the synchronization signal block group is mapped on the 8th to 11th symbols of the second time slot, where the first time slot and the second time slot are consecutive time slots;
所述将所述第二同步信号块分组中的n个同步信号块映射到另外y个符号中，包括：And mapping the n synchronization signal blocks in the second synchronization signal block group to the other y symbols, including:
将所述第二同步信号块分组中的第一同步信号块映射在第三时隙的第2-5个符号上，将所述第二同步信号块分组中的第二同步信号块映射在所述第三时隙的第8-11个符号上，将所述第二同步信号块分组中的第三同步信号块映射在第四时隙的第2-5个符号上，将所述第二同步信号块分组中的第四同步信号块映射在所述第四时隙的第8-11个符号上，其中所述第三时隙和所述第四时隙为连续的时隙、且所述第二时隙和所述第三时隙之间相隔至少1个时隙。Mapping the first synchronization signal block in the second synchronization signal block group to the 2-5th symbol of the third time slot, and mapping the second synchronization signal block in the second synchronization signal block group to the Mapping the third synchronization signal block in the second synchronization signal block group to the 2-5th symbol of the fourth time slot on the 8th to 11th symbols of the third time slot, and the second The fourth synchronization signal block in the synchronization signal block group is mapped on the 8th to 11th symbols of the fourth time slot, wherein the third time slot and the fourth time slot are consecutive time slots, and The second time slot and the third time slot are separated by at least one time slot.
如果m、n取值为4，x、y的取值为28，在一种可能的实现方式中，如果每个时隙包 括14个符号，所述将所述第一同步信号块分组中的m个同步信号块映射到x个符号中，包括：If the value of x and n is 4, and the value of x and y is 28, in a possible implementation, if each time slot includes 14 symbols, the first synchronization signal block is grouped. m sync signal blocks are mapped into x symbols, including:
将所述第一同步信号块分组中的第一同步信号块映射在第一时隙的第2-5个符号上，将所述第一同步信号块分组中的第二同步信号块映射在所述第一时隙的第7-10个符号上，将所述第一同步信号块分组中的第三同步信号块映射在第二时隙的第2-5个符号上，将所述第一同步信号块分组中的第四同步信号块映射在所述第二时隙的第7-10个符号上，所述第一时隙和所述第二时隙为连续的时隙；Mapping the first synchronization signal block in the first synchronization signal block group to the 2-5th symbol of the first time slot, and mapping the second synchronization signal block in the first synchronization signal block group to the Mapping the third synchronization signal block in the first synchronization signal block group to the 2-5th symbol of the second time slot on the 7-10th symbol of the first time slot, the first The fourth synchronization signal block in the synchronization signal block group is mapped on the 7-10th symbol of the second time slot, and the first time slot and the second time slot are consecutive time slots;
所述将所述第二同步信号块分组中的n个同步信号块映射到另外y个符号中，包括：And mapping the n synchronization signal blocks in the second synchronization signal block group to the other y symbols, including:
将所述第二同步信号块分组中的第一同步信号块映射在第三时隙的第2-5个符号上，将所述第二同步信号块分组中的第二同步信号块映射在所述第三时隙的第7-10个符号上，将所述第二同步信号块分组中的第三同步信号块映射在第四时隙的第2-5个符号上，将所述第二同步信号块分组中的第四同步信号块映射在所述第四时隙的第7-10个符号上，其中所述第三时隙和所述第四时隙为连续的时隙、且所述第二时隙和所述第三时隙之间至少相隔1个时隙。Mapping the first synchronization signal block in the second synchronization signal block group to the 2-5th symbol of the third time slot, and mapping the second synchronization signal block in the second synchronization signal block group to the Mapping the third synchronization signal block in the second synchronization signal block group to the 2-5th symbol of the fourth time slot on the 7-10th symbol of the third time slot, the second a fourth synchronization signal block in the synchronization signal block packet is mapped on the 7-10th symbol of the fourth time slot, wherein the third time slot and the fourth time slot are consecutive time slots, and At least one time slot is separated between the second time slot and the third time slot.
如果m、n取值为4，x、y的取值为28，在一种可能的实现方式中，如果每个时隙包括14个符号，所述将所述第一同步信号块分组中的m个同步信号块映射到x个符号中，包括：If the value of x and n is 4, and the value of x and y is 28, in a possible implementation, if each time slot includes 14 symbols, the first synchronization signal block is grouped. m sync signal blocks are mapped into x symbols, including:
将所述第一同步信号块分组中的第一同步信号块映射在第一时隙的第3-6个符号上，将所述第一同步信号块分组中的第二同步信号块映射在所述第一时隙的第8-11个符号上，将所述第一同步信号块分组中的第三同步信号块映射在第二时隙的第3-6个符号上，将所述第一同步信号块分组中的第四同步信号块映射在所述第二时隙的第8-11个符号上，所述第一时隙和所述第二时隙为连续的时隙；Mapping the first synchronization signal block in the first synchronization signal block group to the 3-6th symbol of the first time slot, and mapping the second synchronization signal block in the first synchronization signal block group to the Mapping the third synchronization signal block in the first synchronization signal block group to the 3-6th symbol of the second time slot on the 8th to 11th symbols of the first time slot, the first And a fourth synchronization signal block in the synchronization signal block group is mapped on the 8th to 11th symbols of the second time slot, where the first time slot and the second time slot are consecutive time slots;
所述将所述第二同步信号块分组中的n个同步信号块映射到另外y个符号中，包括：And mapping the n synchronization signal blocks in the second synchronization signal block group to the other y symbols, including:
将所述第二同步信号块分组中的第一同步信号块映射在第三时隙的第3-6个符号上，将所述第二同步信号块分组中的第二同步信号块映射在所述第三时隙的第8-11个符号上，将所述第二同步信号块分组中的第三同步信号块映射在第四时隙的第3-6个符号上，将所述第二同步信号块分组中的第四同步信号块映射在所述第四时隙的第8-11个符号上，其中所述第三时隙和所述第四时隙为连续的时隙、且所述第二时隙和所述第三时隙之间相隔至少1个时隙。Mapping the first synchronization signal block in the second synchronization signal block group to the 3-6th symbol of the third time slot, and mapping the second synchronization signal block in the second synchronization signal block group to the Mapping the third synchronization signal block in the second synchronization signal block group to the 3-6th symbol of the fourth time slot on the 8th to 11th symbols of the third time slot, and the second The fourth synchronization signal block in the synchronization signal block group is mapped on the 8th to 11th symbols of the fourth time slot, wherein the third time slot and the fourth time slot are consecutive time slots, and The second time slot and the third time slot are separated by at least one time slot.
如果m、n取值为4，x、y的取值为28，在一种可能的实现方式中，如果每个时隙包括14个符号，所述将所述第一同步信号块分组中的m个同步信号块映射到x个符号中，包括：If the value of x and n is 4, and the value of x and y is 28, in a possible implementation, if each time slot includes 14 symbols, the first synchronization signal block is grouped. m sync signal blocks are mapped into x symbols, including:
将所述第一同步信号块分组中的第一同步信号块映射在第一时隙的第3-6个符号上，将所述第一同步信号块分组中的第二同步信号块映射在所述第一时隙的第7-10个符号上，将所述第一同步信号块分组中的第三同步信号块映射在第二时隙的第3-6个符号上，将所述第一同步信号块分组中的第四同步信号块映射在所述第二时隙的第7-10个符号上，所述第一时隙和所述第二时隙为连续的时隙；Mapping the first synchronization signal block in the first synchronization signal block group to the 3-6th symbol of the first time slot, and mapping the second synchronization signal block in the first synchronization signal block group to the Mapping the third synchronization signal block in the first synchronization signal block group to the 3-6th symbol of the second time slot on the 7-10th symbol of the first time slot, the first The fourth synchronization signal block in the synchronization signal block group is mapped on the 7-10th symbol of the second time slot, and the first time slot and the second time slot are consecutive time slots;
所述将所述第二同步信号块分组中的n个同步信号块映射到另外y个符号中，包括：And mapping the n synchronization signal blocks in the second synchronization signal block group to the other y symbols, including:
将所述第二同步信号块分组中的第一同步信号块映射在第三时隙的第3-6个符号上，将所述第二同步信号块分组中的第二同步信号块映射在所述第三时隙的第7-10个符号上， 将所述第二同步信号块分组中的第三同步信号块映射在第四时隙的第3-6个符号上，将所述第二同步信号块分组中的第四同步信号块映射在所述第四时隙的第7-10个符号上，其中所述第三时隙和所述第四时隙为连续的时隙、且所述第二时隙和所述第三时隙之间相隔至少1个时隙。Mapping the first synchronization signal block in the second synchronization signal block group to the 3-6th symbol of the third time slot, and mapping the second synchronization signal block in the second synchronization signal block group to the Mapping the third synchronization signal block in the second synchronization signal block group to the 3-6th symbol of the fourth time slot on the 7-10th symbol of the third time slot, the second a fourth synchronization signal block in the synchronization signal block packet is mapped on the 7-10th symbol of the fourth time slot, wherein the third time slot and the fourth time slot are consecutive time slots, and The second time slot and the third time slot are separated by at least one time slot.
如果m、n取值为4，x、y的取值为28，在一种可能的实现方式中，如果每个时隙包括14个符号，所述将所述第一同步信号块分组中的m个同步信号块映射到x个符号中，包括：If the value of x and n is 4, and the value of x and y is 28, in a possible implementation, if each time slot includes 14 symbols, the first synchronization signal block is grouped. m sync signal blocks are mapped into x symbols, including:
将所述第一同步信号块分组中的第一同步信号块映射在第一时隙的第4-7个符号上，将所述第一同步信号块分组中的第二同步信号块映射在所述第一时隙的第8-11个符号上，将所述第一同步信号块分组中的第三同步信号块映射在第二时隙的第4-7个符号上，将所述第一同步信号块分组中的第四同步信号块映射在所述第二时隙的第8-11个符号上，所述第一时隙和所述第二时隙为连续的时隙；Mapping the first synchronization signal block in the first synchronization signal block group to the 4th to 7th symbols of the first time slot, and mapping the second synchronization signal block in the first synchronization signal block group to the Mapping the third synchronization signal block in the first synchronization signal block group to the 4th-7th symbol of the second time slot on the 8th to 11th symbols of the first time slot, the first And a fourth synchronization signal block in the synchronization signal block group is mapped on the 8th to 11th symbols of the second time slot, where the first time slot and the second time slot are consecutive time slots;
所述将所述第二同步信号块分组中的n个同步信号块映射到另外y个符号中，包括：And mapping the n synchronization signal blocks in the second synchronization signal block group to the other y symbols, including:
将所述第二同步信号块分组中的第一同步信号块映射在第三时隙的第4-7个符号上，将所述第二同步信号块分组中的第二同步信号块映射在所述第三时隙的第8-11个符号上，将所述第二同步信号块分组中的第三同步信号块映射在第四时隙的第4-7个符号上，将所述第二同步信号块分组中的第四同步信号块映射在所述第四时隙的第8-11个符号上，其中所述第三时隙和所述第四时隙为连续的时隙、且所述第二时隙和所述第三时隙之间相隔至少1个时隙。Mapping the first synchronization signal block in the second synchronization signal block group to the 4th-7th symbol of the third time slot, and mapping the second synchronization signal block in the second synchronization signal block group to the Mapping the third synchronization signal block in the second synchronization signal block group to the 4th to 7th symbols of the fourth time slot on the 8th to 11th symbols of the third time slot, and the second The fourth synchronization signal block in the synchronization signal block group is mapped on the 8th to 11th symbols of the fourth time slot, wherein the third time slot and the fourth time slot are consecutive time slots, and The second time slot and the third time slot are separated by at least one time slot.
在一种可能的实现方式中，所述预定阈值为大于12且小于18的一个正整数。In a possible implementation manner, the predetermined threshold is a positive integer greater than 12 and less than 18.
如果m、n取值为4，x、y的取值为28，在一种可能的实现方式中，每个时隙包括14个符号，所述将所述第一同步信号块分组中的m个同步信号块映射到x个符号中，包括：If the values of x and n are 4, and the value of x and y is 28, in a possible implementation, each time slot includes 14 symbols, and the m in the first synchronization signal block group is grouped. The sync signal blocks are mapped into x symbols, including:
将所述第一同步信号块分组中的第一同步信号块映射在第一时隙的第5-8个符号上，将所述第一同步信号块分组中的第二同步信号块映射在所述第一时隙的第9-12个符号上，将所述第一同步信号块分组中的第三同步信号块映射在第一时隙的第13-14个符号以及第二时隙的第1-2个符号上，将所述第一同步信号块分组中的第四同步信号块映射在所述第二时隙的第3-6个符号上；Mapping the first synchronization signal block in the first synchronization signal block group to the 5-8th symbol of the first time slot, and mapping the second synchronization signal block in the first synchronization signal block group to the Mapping the third synchronization signal block in the first synchronization signal block packet to the 13th to 14th symbols of the first time slot and the second time slot on the 9th to 12th symbols of the first time slot Mapping the fourth synchronization signal block in the first synchronization signal block group to the 3-6th symbol of the second time slot on 1-2 symbols;
所述将所述第二同步信号块分组中的n个同步信号块映射到另外y个符号中，包括：And mapping the n synchronization signal blocks in the second synchronization signal block group to the other y symbols, including:
将所述第二同步信号块分组中的第一同步信号块映射在第三时隙的第7-10个符号上，将所述第二同步信号块分组中的第二同步信号块映射在所述第三时隙的第11-14个符号上，将所述第二同步信号块分组中的第三同步信号块映射在第四时隙的第1-4个符号上，将所述第二同步信号块分组中的第四同步信号块映射在所述第四时隙的第5-8个符号上，其中所述第一时隙、所述第二时隙、所述第三时隙和所述第四时隙为连续的时隙。Mapping the first synchronization signal block in the second synchronization signal block group to the 7-10th symbol of the third time slot, and mapping the second synchronization signal block in the second synchronization signal block group to the location Mapping the third synchronization signal block in the second synchronization signal block group to the 1-4th symbol of the fourth time slot on the 11th to 14th symbols of the third time slot, and the second A fourth synchronization signal block in the synchronization signal block packet is mapped on the 5-8th symbol of the fourth time slot, wherein the first time slot, the second time slot, the third time slot, and The fourth time slot is a continuous time slot.
在一种可能的实现方式中，所述第一同步信号块分组和所述第二同步信号块分组所映射的符号占用所述第一同步信号块分组和所述第二同步信号块分组所在的同步信号脉冲集发送周期中的前5毫秒、且所述同步信号脉冲集的发送周期被配置为以下中的一种：5毫秒，10毫秒，20毫秒，40毫秒，80毫秒，160毫秒。In a possible implementation manner, the first synchronization signal block group and the second synchronization signal block group are mapped with symbols occupying the first synchronization signal block group and the second synchronization signal block group. The first 5 milliseconds in the synchronization signal pulse set transmission period, and the transmission period of the synchronization signal pulse set is configured as one of the following: 5 milliseconds, 10 milliseconds, 20 milliseconds, 40 milliseconds, 80 milliseconds, and 160 milliseconds.
第二方面，提供了一种传输同步信号的方法，包括：In a second aspect, a method of transmitting a synchronization signal is provided, including:
终端设备在一个同步信号脉冲集的发送周期中检测到第一同步信号块和第二同步信号块；The terminal device detects the first synchronization signal block and the second synchronization signal block in a transmission period of a synchronization signal pulse set;
所述终端设备确定所述第一同步信号块占用的时域资源与所述第二同步信号块占用的时域资源之间相差的符号数目；Determining, by the terminal device, a number of symbols that differ between a time domain resource occupied by the first synchronization signal block and a time domain resource occupied by the second synchronization signal block;
如果所述相差的符号数目属于预定集合，所述终端设备确定所述第一同步信号块和所述第二同步信号块属于同一同步信号块分组。If the number of symbols of the phase difference belongs to a predetermined set, the terminal device determines that the first synchronization signal block and the second synchronization signal block belong to the same synchronization signal block group.
在一种可能的实现方式中，所述预定集合中包括的数值为偶数。In a possible implementation manner, the value included in the predetermined set is an even number.
在一种可能的实现方式中，所述预定集合中包括的数值小于预定阈值。In a possible implementation manner, the value included in the predetermined set is less than a predetermined threshold.
在一种可能的实现方式中，所述同步信号脉冲集的发送周期被配置为以下中的一种：5毫秒，10毫秒，20毫秒，40毫秒，80毫秒，160毫秒，所述同步信号块和第二同步信号块是所述终端设备在所述同步信号脉冲集发送周期中的前5毫秒中检测到的。In a possible implementation manner, the sending period of the synchronization signal pulse set is configured as one of the following: 5 milliseconds, 10 milliseconds, 20 milliseconds, 40 milliseconds, 80 milliseconds, and 160 milliseconds, the synchronization signal block And the second synchronization signal block is detected by the terminal device in the first 5 milliseconds of the synchronization signal pulse set transmission period.
第三方面，提供了一种网络设备，该网络设备具有实现上述第一方面所述方法或上述第一方面的任意一种可能的实现方式的功能。所述功能可以通过硬件实现，也可以通过硬件执行相应的软件实现。所述硬件或软件包括一个或多个与上述功能相对应的模块。In a third aspect, a network device is provided, the network device having the functionality to implement the method of the first aspect described above or any one of the possible implementations of the first aspect described above. The functions may be implemented by hardware or by corresponding software implemented by hardware. The hardware or software includes one or more modules corresponding to the functions described above.
第四方面，提供了一种计算机存储介质，用于储存为上述网络设备所用的计算机软件指令，其包含用于执行上述第一方面或上述第一方面的任意一种可能的实现方式所设计的程序。In a fourth aspect, a computer storage medium is provided for storing computer software instructions for use in the network device, including any one of the possible implementations of the first aspect or the first aspect described above. program.
第五方面，提供了一种终端设备，该网络设备具有实现上述第二方面所述方法或上述第二方面的任意一种可能的实现方式的功能。所述功能可以通过硬件实现，也可以通过硬件执行相应的软件实现。所述硬件或软件包括一个或多个与上述功能相对应的模块。In a fifth aspect, a terminal device is provided, the network device having the function of implementing the method of the second aspect described above or any one of the possible implementations of the second aspect. The functions may be implemented by hardware or by corresponding software implemented by hardware. The hardware or software includes one or more modules corresponding to the functions described above.
第六方面，提供了一种计算机存储介质，用于储存为上述终端设备所用的计算机软件指令，其包含用于执行上述第二方面或上述第二方面的任意一种可能的实现方式所设计的程序。In a sixth aspect, a computer storage medium is provided for storing computer software instructions for use in the terminal device, including any one of the possible implementations of the second aspect or the second aspect above. program.
第七方面，本申请实施例提供了一种通信系统，包括第三方面或第三方面的任意一种可能的实现方式所述的网络设备，以及第五方面或第五方面的任意一种可能的实现方式所述的终端设备。In a seventh aspect, the embodiment of the present application provides a communication system, including the network device according to any one of the possible implementations of the third aspect or the third aspect, and any one of the fifth aspect or the fifth aspect The terminal device described in the implementation manner.
附图说明DRAWINGS
为了更清楚地说明本申请实施例的技术方案，下面将对实施例描述中所需要使用的附图作一简单地介绍，显而易见地，下面描述中的附图是本申请的一些实施例，对于本领域普通技术人员来讲，在不付出创造性劳动的前提下，还可以根据这些附图获得其他的附图。In order to more clearly illustrate the technical solutions of the embodiments of the present application, the drawings used in the description of the embodiments will be briefly described below. It is obvious that the drawings in the following description are some embodiments of the present application, Those skilled in the art can also obtain other drawings based on these drawings without paying any creative work.
图1为本申请实施例应用的一种网络系统的示意图；1 is a schematic diagram of a network system applied to an embodiment of the present application;
图2为本申请实施例提供的SS block分组的结构示意图；2 is a schematic structural diagram of an SS block packet according to an embodiment of the present application;
图3为本申请实施例提供的一种SS block分组的资源映射方式示意图；FIG. 3 is a schematic diagram of a resource mapping manner of an SS block packet according to an embodiment of the present disclosure;
图4为本申请实施例提供的一种传输同步信号的方法的流程图；4 is a flowchart of a method for transmitting a synchronization signal according to an embodiment of the present application;
图5为本申请实施例提供的另一种传输同步信号的方法的流程图；FIG. 5 is a flowchart of another method for transmitting a synchronization signal according to an embodiment of the present disclosure;
图6为本申请实施例提供的一种资源映射方式的示意图；FIG. 6 is a schematic diagram of a resource mapping manner according to an embodiment of the present disclosure;
图7为本申请实施例提供的另一种资源映射方式的示意图；FIG. 7 is a schematic diagram of another resource mapping manner provided by an embodiment of the present application;
图8为本申请实施例提供的另一种资源映射方式的示意图；FIG. 8 is a schematic diagram of another resource mapping manner according to an embodiment of the present disclosure;
图9为本申请实施例提供的另一种资源映射方式的示意图；FIG. 9 is a schematic diagram of another resource mapping manner according to an embodiment of the present disclosure;
图10为本申请实施例提供的另一种资源映射方式的示意图；FIG. 10 is a schematic diagram of another resource mapping manner according to an embodiment of the present disclosure;
图11为本申请实施例提供的另一种资源映射方式的示意图；FIG. 11 is a schematic diagram of another resource mapping manner according to an embodiment of the present disclosure;
图12为本申请实施例提供的另一种资源映射方式的示意图；FIG. 12 is a schematic diagram of another resource mapping manner according to an embodiment of the present disclosure;
图13为本申请实施例提供的另一种资源映射方式的示意图；FIG. 13 is a schematic diagram of another resource mapping manner according to an embodiment of the present disclosure;
图14为本申请实施例提供的另一种资源映射方式的示意图；FIG. 14 is a schematic diagram of another resource mapping manner according to an embodiment of the present disclosure;
图15为本申请实施例提供的带内干扰的示意图；15 is a schematic diagram of in-band interference provided by an embodiment of the present application;
图16为本申请实施例提供的另一种资源映射方式的示意图；FIG. 16 is a schematic diagram of another resource mapping manner according to an embodiment of the present disclosure;
图17为本申请实施例提供的另一种资源映射方式的示意图；FIG. 17 is a schematic diagram of another resource mapping manner according to an embodiment of the present disclosure;
图18为本申请实施例提供的另一种资源映射方式的示意图；FIG. 18 is a schematic diagram of another resource mapping manner according to an embodiment of the present disclosure;
图19为本申请实施例提供的一种传输同步信号的方法的流程图；FIG. 19 is a flowchart of a method for transmitting a synchronization signal according to an embodiment of the present application;
图20为本申请实施例提供的基站在发送SS block时的一种资源映射的示意图；FIG. 20 is a schematic diagram of a resource mapping of a base station when sending an SS block according to an embodiment of the present disclosure;
图21为本申请实施例提供的基站在发送SS block时的另一种资源映射的示意图；FIG. 21 is a schematic diagram of another resource mapping when a base station sends an SS block according to an embodiment of the present disclosure;
图22为本申请实施例提供的基站在发送SS block时的另一种资源映射的示意图；FIG. 22 is a schematic diagram of another resource mapping of a base station when sending an SS block according to an embodiment of the present disclosure;
图23为本申请实施例提供的基站在发送SS block时的另一种资源映射的示意图；FIG. 23 is a schematic diagram of another resource mapping of a base station when sending an SS block according to an embodiment of the present disclosure;
图24为本申请实施例提供的基站在发送SS block时的另一种资源映射的示意图；FIG. 24 is a schematic diagram of another resource mapping of a base station when sending an SS block according to an embodiment of the present disclosure;
图25为本申请实施例提供的基站在发送SS block时的另一种资源映射的示意图；FIG. 25 is a schematic diagram of another resource mapping of a base station when sending an SS block according to an embodiment of the present disclosure;
图26为本申请实施例提供的基站在发送SS block时的另一种资源映射的示意图；FIG. 26 is a schematic diagram of another resource mapping of a base station when sending an SS block according to an embodiment of the present disclosure;
图27为本申请实施例提供的基站在发送SS block时的另一种资源映射的示意图；FIG. 27 is a schematic diagram of another resource mapping of a base station when sending an SS block according to an embodiment of the present disclosure;
图28为本申请实施例提供的一种传输同步信号的方法的流程图；FIG. 28 is a flowchart of a method for transmitting a synchronization signal according to an embodiment of the present application;
图29为本申请实施例提供的带内干扰的示意图；29 is a schematic diagram of in-band interference provided by an embodiment of the present application;
图30为本申请实施例提供的基站在发送SS block时的另一种资源映射的示意图；FIG. 30 is a schematic diagram of another resource mapping when a base station sends an SS block according to an embodiment of the present disclosure;
图31为本申请实施例提供的一种网络设备的结构示意图；FIG. 31 is a schematic structural diagram of a network device according to an embodiment of the present disclosure;
图32为本申请实施例提供的另一种网络设备的结构示意图；FIG. 32 is a schematic structural diagram of another network device according to an embodiment of the present disclosure;
图33为本申请实施例提供的一种终端设备的结构示意图；FIG. 33 is a schematic structural diagram of a terminal device according to an embodiment of the present disclosure;
图34为本申请实施例提供的另一种终端设备的结构示意图；FIG. 34 is a schematic structural diagram of another terminal device according to an embodiment of the present application;
图35为本申请实施例提供的一种同步信号块的资源映射方式的示意图；FIG. 35 is a schematic diagram of a resource mapping manner of a synchronization signal block according to an embodiment of the present disclosure;
图36为本申请实施例提供的另一种同步信号块的资源映射方式的示意图；FIG. 36 is a schematic diagram of another resource mapping manner of a synchronization signal block according to an embodiment of the present disclosure;
图37为本申请实施例提供的另一种同步信号块的资源映射方式的示意图。FIG. 37 is a schematic diagram of another resource mapping manner of a synchronization signal block according to an embodiment of the present disclosure.
具体实施方式detailed description
下面将结合附图，对本申请中的技术方案进行描述。The technical solutions in the present application will be described below with reference to the accompanying drawings.
图1给出了本申请实施例应用的一种网络系统的示意图。如图1所示，网络系统100可以包括网络设备102以及终端设备104、106、108、110、112和114，其中，网络设备与终端设备之间通过无线连接。应理解，图1仅以网络系统包括一个网络设备为例进行说明，但本发明实施例并不限于此，例如，系统还可以包括更多的网络设备；类似地，系统也可以包括更多的终端设备。FIG. 1 is a schematic diagram of a network system to which the embodiment of the present application is applied. As shown in FIG. 1, network system 100 can include network device 102 and terminal devices 104, 106, 108, 110, 112, and 114, wherein the network device and the terminal device are connected by wireless. It should be understood that FIG. 1 is only an example in which the network system includes a network device, but the embodiment of the present invention is not limited thereto. For example, the system may further include more network devices; similarly, the system may also include more Terminal Equipment.
本说明书结合终端设备描述了各个实施例。终端设备也可以指UE、接入终端、移动台、远方站、远程终端、移动设备、用户终端、用户代理。终端设备也可以是具有无线通信功能的手持设备、计算设备或连接到无线调制解调器的其它处理设备、车载设备、可穿戴设备，未来5G网络中的终端设备或者未来演进的公共陆地移动网络(Public Land Mobile Network，PLMN)网络中的终端设备等。This specification describes various embodiments in connection with a terminal device. A terminal device may also refer to a UE, an access terminal, a mobile station, a remote station, a remote terminal, a mobile device, a user terminal, and a user agent. The terminal device may also be a handheld device with wireless communication capabilities, a computing device or other processing device connected to a wireless modem, an in-vehicle device, a wearable device, a terminal device in a future 5G network, or a future evolved public land mobile network (Public Land) Mobile network, PLMN) Terminal devices in the network, etc.
作为示例而非限定，在本发明实施例中，该终端设备还可以是可穿戴设备。可穿戴设 备也可以称为穿戴式智能设备，是应用穿戴式技术对日常穿戴进行智能化设计、开发出可以穿戴的设备的总称，如眼镜、手套、手表、服饰及鞋等。可穿戴设备即直接穿在身上，或是整合到用户的衣服或配件的一种便携式设备。可穿戴设备不仅仅是一种硬件设备，更是通过软件支持以及数据交互、云端交互来实现强大的功能。广义穿戴式智能设备包括功能全、尺寸大、可不依赖智能手机实现完整或者部分的功能，例如：智能手表或智能眼镜等，以及只专注于某一类应用功能，需要和其它设备如智能手机配合使用，如各类进行体征监测的智能手环、智能首饰等。在本申请各实施例中，以UE为例，对终端设备的结构和处理流程进行说明。By way of example and not limitation, in the embodiment of the present invention, the terminal device may also be a wearable device. Wearable devices, also known as wearable smart devices, are a general term for applying wearable technology to intelligently design everyday wearable devices and develop wearable devices such as glasses, gloves, watches, apparel, and shoes. A wearable device is a portable device that is worn directly on the body or integrated into the user's clothing or accessories. Wearable devices are more than just a hardware device, but they also implement powerful functions through software support, data interaction, and cloud interaction. Generalized wearable smart devices include full-featured, large-size, non-reliable smartphones for full or partial functions, such as smart watches or smart glasses, and focus on only one type of application, and need to work with other devices such as smartphones. Use, such as various smart bracelets for smart signs monitoring, smart jewelry, etc. In the embodiments of the present application, the structure and processing flow of the terminal device are described by taking the UE as an example.
本说明书结合网络设备描述了各个实施例。网络设备可以是用于与终端设备通信的设备，该网络设备可以是全球移动通讯(Global System of Mobile communication，GSM)或码分多址(Code Division Multiple Access，CDMA)系统中的基站(Base Transceiver Station，BTS)，也可以是宽带码分多址(Wideband Code Division Multiple Access，WCDMA)系统中的基站(NodeB，NB)，还可以是长期演进(Long Term Evolution，LTE)系统中的演进型基站(Evolutional Node B，eNB或eNodeB)，还可以是云无线接入网络(英文：Cloud Radio Access Network，CRAN)场景下的无线控制器，或者未来5G网络中的基站(gNB或gNodeB)。在本申请各实施例中，以基站为例，对网络设备的结构和处理流程进行说明。This description describes various embodiments in connection with a network device. The network device may be a device for communicating with the terminal device, and the network device may be a base station in a Global System of Mobile communication (GSM) or a Code Division Multiple Access (CDMA) system (Base Transceiver) Station, BTS), may also be a base station (NodeB, NB) in a Wideband Code Division Multiple Access (WCDMA) system, or an evolved base station in a Long Term Evolution (LTE) system. (Evolutional Node B, eNB or eNodeB), which may also be a wireless controller in a Cloud Radio Access Network (CRAN) scenario, or a base station (gNB or gNodeB) in a future 5G network. In the embodiments of the present application, the structure and processing flow of the network device are described by taking a base station as an example.
附图2是一种可能的SS block分组的结构示意图。一个SS block分组中包含多个SS block。可选地，一个SS block分组可以是一个同步信号脉冲(英文：Synchronization Signal burst，SS burst)。可选地，在时域上，一个SS block分组映射在至少2个时隙(英文：slot)上。2 is a schematic structural diagram of a possible SS block grouping. A SS block group contains multiple SS blocks. Optionally, an SS block packet may be a Synchronization Signal burst (SS burst). Optionally, in the time domain, one SS block packet is mapped on at least 2 slots (English: slot).
可选地，一个SS block中包含1个OFDM符号的主同步信号(英文：Primary Synchronization Signal，PSS)或者新无线主同步信号(英文：New Radio Primary Synchronization Signal，NR-PSS)、1个OFDM符号的辅同步信号(英文：Secondary Synchronization Signal，SSS)或者新无线辅同步信号(英文：New Radio Secondary Synchronization Signal，NR-SSS)和2个OFDM符号的物理广播信道(英文：Physical Broadcast Channel,PBCH)或者新无线物理广播信道(英文：New Radio Physical Broadcast Channel,NR-PBCH)。其中NR-PSS和NR-SSS可以分别具有传统标准(例如，LTE)中的PSS和SSS的功能。例如，NR-PSS可以用于确定OFDM符号定时、频率同步、时隙定时和小区组内的小区ID；NR-SSS可以用于确定帧定时、小区组等，或者，NR-PSS和NR-SSS也可以具有与目前的PSS和SSS不同的功能，本申请实施例对此并未限定。另外，NR-PSS和NR-SSS还可以采用分别与目前的PSS和SSS相同或不同的序列，本发明实施例对此也不限定。另外，在本申请实施例中，NR-PBCH可以具有与传统标准(例如，LTE)中的PBCH相同或不同的功能，本发明实施例对此也不限定。可选地，NR-PBCH中可以携带主信息块(Master Information Block，MIB)。需要说明的是PSS、SSS和PBCH分别对应的OFDM符号在SS block中的排列方式不限于图2所示的四种。Optionally, an SS block includes a primary synchronization signal (PSS) of 1 OFDM symbol or a new Radio Primary Synchronization Signal (NR-PSS), and 1 OFDM symbol. Secondary Synchronization Signal (SSS) or New Radio Secondary Synchronization Signal (NR-SSS) and physical broadcast channel of 2 OFDM symbols (English: Physical Broadcast Channel, PBCH) Or a new wireless physical broadcast channel (English: New Radio Physical Broadcast Channel, NR-PBCH). Among them, NR-PSS and NR-SSS can respectively have the functions of PSS and SSS in a legacy standard (for example, LTE). For example, NR-PSS can be used to determine OFDM symbol timing, frequency synchronization, slot timing, and cell ID within a cell group; NR-SSS can be used to determine frame timing, cell group, etc., or, NR-PSS and NR-SSS It can also have different functions from the current PSS and SSS, which is not limited by the embodiment of the present application. In addition, the NR-PSS and the NR-SSS may also adopt the same or different sequences as the current PSS and the SSS, and the embodiment of the present invention is not limited thereto. In addition, in the embodiment of the present application, the NR-PBCH may have the same or different functions as the PBCH in the traditional standard (for example, LTE), which is not limited by the embodiment of the present invention. Optionally, the NR-PBCH may carry a Master Information Block (MIB). It should be noted that the arrangement manner of the OFDM symbols corresponding to the PSS, the SSS, and the PBCH in the SS block is not limited to the four types shown in FIG. 2 .
如果终端设备在接收同步信号时，能够确认属于同一SS block分组中的多个SS block，则可以对属于同一SS block分组中的多个SS block进行简化的处理，例如对解调后的多个SS block进行合并(英文：easy soft combining)。然而网络设备在发送SS block时，在物理层对同一SS block分组中的SS block进行资源映射。网络设备在发送SS block时一些资源映射方式将导致UE在接收SS block时，无法确定接收到的两个SS block是属于同一SS block分 组，或是属于不同的SS block分组。如附图3所示，将第一SS block分组的4个SS block分别映射在slot 1的第2-5个OFDM符号、slot 1的第9-12个OFDM符号、slot 2的第2-5个OFDM符号、slot 2的第9-12个OFDM符号；将第二SS block分组的4个SS block分别映射在slot 3的第2-5个OFDM符号、slot 3的第9-12个OFDM符号、slot 4的第2-5个OFDM符号、slot 4的第9-12个OFDM符号。这样每两个SS block之间均相隔3个OFDM符号。例如，UE在解调后，无法对从两个SS block解调获得的软bit数据进行合并，而需要对每个SS block分别进行解码、循环移位(英文：cyclic shift)等等处理。上述资源映射方式将导致后续的信号处理较为复杂，进而影响通信系统性能。If the terminal device can confirm a plurality of SS blocks belonging to the same SS block packet when receiving the synchronization signal, the simplified processing may be performed on multiple SS blocks belonging to the same SS block packet, for example, multiple demodulated processes. SS block is merged (English: easy soft combining). However, when the network device sends the SS block, the physical layer performs resource mapping on the SS block in the same SS block group. Some resource mapping modes of the network device when sending the SS block will cause the UE to determine whether the two received SS blocks belong to the same SS block group or belong to different SS block packets when receiving the SS block. As shown in FIG. 3, the four SS blocks of the first SS block group are respectively mapped to the 2-5th OFDM symbol of slot 1, the 9th-12th OFDM symbol of slot 1, and the 2nd to 5th of slot 2. OFDM symbols, 9th-12th OFDM symbols of slot 2; 4 SS blocks of the second SS block group are mapped to the 2nd to 5th OFDM symbols of slot 3, and the 9th to 12th OFDM symbols of slot 3 The 2-5th OFDM symbol of slot 4 and the 9th-12th OFDM symbol of slot 4. Thus, every two SS blocks are separated by 3 OFDM symbols. For example, after the UE demodulates, the soft bit data obtained by demodulating the two SS blocks cannot be combined, and each SS block needs to be separately decoded, cyclically shifted, and the like. The above resource mapping method will cause subsequent signal processing to be more complicated, which in turn affects the performance of the communication system.
本申请实施例提供了一种传输同步信号的方法，网络设备在发送SS block时，按照预定的资源映射方式对一个SS block分组中的SS block进行资源映射。以便于终端设备在接收SS block时，根据多个SS block之间的相对位置关系，确认多个SS block是否属于同一SS block分组，从而简化后续处理。An embodiment of the present application provides a method for transmitting a synchronization signal. When a network device sends an SS block, the network device performs resource mapping on an SS block in an SS block group according to a predetermined resource mapping manner. Therefore, when the terminal device receives the SS block, it is confirmed whether the plurality of SS blocks belong to the same SS block group according to the relative positional relationship between the plurality of SS blocks, thereby simplifying subsequent processing.
下面结合各个附图对本发明实施例技术方案的主要实现原理、具体实施方式及其对应能够达到的有益效果进行详细的阐述。The main implementation principles, specific implementation manners, and the corresponding beneficial effects that can be achieved by the technical solutions of the embodiments of the present invention are described in detail below with reference to the accompanying drawings.
实施例一 Embodiment 1
附图4是本申请实施例提供的一种传输同步信号的方法的流程图。该流程图从基站的角度，描述了以基站为例的网络设备发送同步信号的过程。在本申请后续实施例中，以基站为例，对网络设备的工作原理和功能进行介绍。FIG. 4 is a flowchart of a method for transmitting a synchronization signal according to an embodiment of the present application. The flowchart describes a process of transmitting a synchronization signal by a network device taking a base station as an example from the perspective of a base station. In the following embodiments of the present application, the working principle and function of the network device are introduced by taking a base station as an example.
步骤41，网络设备生成第一同步信号块分组和第二同步信号块分组。其中，所述第一同步信号块分组包括m个同步信号块，所述第二同步信号块分组包括n个同步信号块，其中m、n为大于等于2的正整数。m、n的取值可以相同也可以不同，本申请对此不进行限定。Step 41: The network device generates a first synchronization signal block packet and a second synchronization signal block packet. The first synchronization signal block group includes m synchronization signal blocks, and the second synchronization signal block group includes n synchronization signal blocks, where m and n are positive integers greater than or equal to 2. The values of m and n may be the same or different, and are not limited in this application.
可选地，同步信号块的结构可以参照附图2，但不限于附图2所示的4种可能性。Alternatively, the structure of the sync signal block can be referred to FIG. 2, but is not limited to the four possibilities shown in FIG. 2.
步骤42，网络设备将所述第一同步信号块分组中的m个同步信号块映射到x个符号中，其中，x＝7m，映射后的所述第一同步信号块分组中任意两个同步信号块之间相差的符号数目属于第一集合。将所述第二同步信号块分组中的至少n个同步信号块映射到另外y个符号中，其中，y＝7n，映射后的所述第二同步信号块分组中任意两个同步信号块之间相差的符号数目也属于所述第一集合、且映射后的所述第二同步信号块分组中的一个同步信号块与所述映射后所述第一同步信号块分组中的一个同步信号块之间相差的符号数属于第二集合，所述第二集合中的数值与所述第一集合中的数值不重合。Step 42: The network device maps m synchronization signal blocks in the first synchronization signal block group into x symbols, where x=7m, any two synchronizations in the mapped first synchronization signal block group The number of symbols that differ between signal blocks belongs to the first set. Mapping at least n synchronization signal blocks in the second synchronization signal block group into another y symbols, where y=7n, any two synchronization signal blocks in the second synchronization signal block group after mapping The number of symbols of the phase difference also belongs to the first set, and one of the second synchronization signal block group after mapping and one of the first synchronization signal block groups after the mapping The number of symbols that differ between them belongs to the second set, and the values in the second set do not coincide with the values in the first set.
可选地，当m、n取值为2时，x、y的取值为14。Optionally, when m and n are 2, the value of x and y is 14.
可选地，当m、n取值为4时，x、y的取值为28。Optionally, when m and n are 4, the value of x and y is 28.
上述另外的y个符号是指不同于x个符号的其他符号，x个符号和y个符号中不存在重合的符号。The above additional y symbols refer to other symbols different from x symbols, and there are no coincident symbols in x symbols and y symbols.
第一集合中包含至少一个数值，第二集合中包含至少一个数值。第一集合中包含的数值的总数与第二集合中包含的数值的总数可以相等也可以不等。第二集合中的数值与第一集合中的数值不重合是指，不存在一个数值同时存在于第一集合和第二集合中。换句话说如果一个数值存在于第一集合中，在该数值不可能存在于第二集合中，反之亦然。也可以理解为第一集合和第二集合不存在交集。The first set contains at least one value, and the second set contains at least one value. The total number of values contained in the first set may or may not be equal to the total number of values contained in the second set. The fact that the values in the second set do not coincide with the values in the first set means that there is no value present in both the first set and the second set. In other words, if a value exists in the first set, it is unlikely that the value will exist in the second set, and vice versa. It can also be understood that there is no intersection between the first set and the second set.
步骤43，网络设备使用映射的时频资源发送所述第一同步信号块分组中的同步信号块和第二同步信号块分组中的同步信号块。Step 43: The network device sends the synchronization signal block in the first synchronization signal block group and the synchronization signal block in the second synchronization signal block group by using the mapped time-frequency resource.
可选地，同步信号块分组是同步信号脉冲(英文：ss burst)。在一个同步信号脉冲集(英文：ss burst set)中可以发送多个同步信号块分组。可选地，映射后第一同步信号块分组中的同步信号块和第二同步信号块分组中的同步信号块在时域上占用一个ss burst set发送周期中的前5ms。Optionally, the sync signal block packet is a sync signal pulse (English: ss burst). Multiple sync signal block packets can be transmitted in a ss burst set. Optionally, the synchronization signal block in the first synchronization signal block group and the synchronization signal block in the second synchronization signal block group occupy the first 5 ms in the ss burst set transmission period in the time domain.
在通信系统中ss burst set发送周期是可被配置的，可以被配置为以下中的一种：5毫秒(英文：ms)，10ms，20ms，40ms，80ms，160ms。The ss burst set transmission period in the communication system is configurable and can be configured as one of the following: 5 milliseconds (English: ms), 10 ms, 20 ms, 40 ms, 80 ms, 160 ms.
可选地，附图4所示的同步信号的发送方法适用于各种频点的通信系统，例如子载波间隔为15kHz的通信系统、子载波间隔为30kHz的通信系统、子载波间隔为120kHz的通信系统、子载波间隔为240kHz的通信系统。Optionally, the method for transmitting the synchronization signal shown in FIG. 4 is applicable to communication systems of various frequency points, for example, a communication system with a subcarrier spacing of 15 kHz, a communication system with a subcarrier spacing of 30 kHz, and a subcarrier spacing of 120 kHz. Communication system, communication system with subcarrier spacing of 240 kHz.
网络设备采用上述资源映射方式进行资源映射后，在时域上同一同步信号块分组中的两个同步信号块之间相差的符号数目属于第一集合，而不同同步信号块分组中的两个同步信号块之间相差的符号数目不属于第一集合。终端设备在接收同步信号时，在检测到多个同步信号块时，可以根据两个同步信号块之间相差的符号数目，确认这两个同步信号块是否属于同一同步信号块分组。终端设备继而可以获得属于同一同步信号块分组的多个同步信号块，并对属于同一同步信号块分组的多个同步信号块进行简化处理，从而简化信号处理流程，缩短了处理同步信号块耗费的时间和处理资源。终端设备从而能够更快地获得同步信号块中携带的系统信息，缩短了网络接入时间。After the network device performs resource mapping by using the foregoing resource mapping manner, the number of symbols that are different between two synchronization signal blocks in the same synchronization signal block group in the time domain belongs to the first set, and two synchronizations in different synchronization signal block groups The number of symbols that differ between signal blocks does not belong to the first set. When receiving the synchronization signal, the terminal device may confirm whether the two synchronization signal blocks belong to the same synchronization signal block group according to the number of symbols of the difference between the two synchronization signal blocks when detecting the plurality of synchronization signal blocks. The terminal device can then obtain a plurality of synchronization signal blocks belonging to the same synchronization signal block group, and simplify the processing of the plurality of synchronization signal blocks belonging to the same synchronization signal block group, thereby simplifying the signal processing flow and shortening the processing cost of processing the synchronization signal block. Time and processing resources. The terminal device can thereby obtain the system information carried in the synchronization signal block more quickly, and shorten the network access time.
附图5为本申请实施例提供的另一种传输同步信号的方法的流程图。该流程图从终端设备的角度，描述了以UE为例的终端设备接收同步信号的过程。在本申请后续实施例中，以UE为例，对终端设备的工作原理和功能进行介绍。FIG. 5 is a flowchart of another method for transmitting a synchronization signal according to an embodiment of the present application. The flowchart describes a process in which a terminal device receives a synchronization signal by using a UE as an example from the perspective of a terminal device. In the following embodiments of the present application, the working principle and function of the terminal device are introduced by taking the UE as an example.
步骤51，终端设备在一个ss burst set的发送周期中检测到第一同步信号块和第二同步信号块。Step 51: The terminal device detects the first synchronization signal block and the second synchronization signal block in a transmission period of an ss burst set.
可选地，终端设备通过盲检，检测到在一个ss burst set发送周期中的多个同步信号块。从盲检得到的多个同步信号块中挑选2个同步信号块，确认挑选出的2个同步信号块是否属于同一同步信号块分组。从而可以确定在一个同步信号脉冲集的发送周期中每个同步信号块分组分别包含的多个同步信号块。Optionally, the terminal device detects a plurality of synchronization signal blocks in an ss burst set transmission period by blind detection. Two synchronization signal blocks are selected from a plurality of synchronization signal blocks obtained by blind detection, and it is confirmed whether the selected two synchronization signal blocks belong to the same synchronization signal block group. Thereby, it is possible to determine a plurality of sync signal blocks respectively included in each sync signal block packet in the transmission period of one sync signal pulse set.
可选地，由于网络设备将两个同步信号块分组映射在同步信号脉冲集的发送周期中的前5微秒。因而终端设备在每个ss burst set的发送周期的前5ms检测到多个同步信号块。Alternatively, since the network device maps the two sync signal block packets to the first 5 microseconds in the transmission period of the sync signal pulse set. Thus, the terminal device detects a plurality of synchronization signal blocks in the first 5 ms of the transmission period of each ss burst set.
步骤52，终端设备确定所示第一同步信号块占用的时域资源与所述第二同步信号块占用的时域资源之间相差的符号数目。Step 52: The terminal device determines the number of symbols between the time domain resource occupied by the first synchronization signal block and the time domain resource occupied by the second synchronization signal block.
步骤53，终端设备判断步骤52确定出的所述相差的符号数目属于预定集合，如果相差的符号数目属于预定集合，执行步骤54。Step 53: The number of symbols of the phase difference determined by the terminal device determining step 52 belongs to a predetermined set. If the number of symbols of the difference belongs to a predetermined set, step 54 is performed.
在本实施例中，预定集合为附图4所示实施例中的第一集合。In the present embodiment, the predetermined set is the first set in the embodiment shown in FIG.
步骤54，终端设备确定所述第一同步信号块和所述第二同步信号块属于同一同步信号块分组。Step 54: The terminal device determines that the first synchronization signal block and the second synchronization signal block belong to the same synchronization signal block group.
可选地，终端设备对属于同一同步信号块分组中的多个同步信号块可以执行简化的处理，例如在对多个同步信号块的解调结果进行软合并，对软合并的结果进行后续协议处理等等，而无需对每个同步信号块分别执行解码、循环移位、以及后续协议处理。Optionally, the terminal device may perform simplified processing on multiple synchronization signal blocks belonging to the same synchronization signal block group, for example, soft combining the demodulation results of the multiple synchronization signal blocks, and performing subsequent protocol on the result of the soft combining Processing, etc., without performing separate decoding, cyclic shifting, and subsequent protocol processing for each sync block.
可选地，在步骤53中，如果相差的符号数目不属于预定集合，则执行步骤55，所述终端设备确定所述第一同步信号块和所述第二同步信号块属于不同的同步信号块分组。Optionally, in step 53, if the number of symbols of the phase difference does not belong to the predetermined set, step 55 is performed, the terminal device determines that the first synchronization signal block and the second synchronization signal block belong to different synchronization signal blocks. Grouping.
本申请实施例中，终端设备在一个同步信号脉冲集的发送周期中检测到多个同步信号块时，可以根据两个同步信号块之间相差的符号数目是否属于预定集合，确认两个同步信号块是否属于同一同步信号块分组，从而进一步获得属于同一同步信号块分组的多个同步信号块。终端设备可以对属于同一同步信号块分组中的多个同步信号块后续进行简化的信号处理流程。由于简化了信号处理流程，缩短了处理同步信号块耗费的时间和处理资源，从而能够更快地获得同步信号块中携带的系统信息，缩短了网络接入时间。In the embodiment of the present application, when the terminal device detects multiple synchronization signal blocks in a transmission period of a synchronization signal pulse set, it may confirm two synchronization signals according to whether the number of symbols of the difference between the two synchronization signal blocks belongs to a predetermined set. Whether the blocks belong to the same sync signal block group, thereby further obtaining a plurality of sync signal blocks belonging to the same sync signal block group. The terminal device can perform a simplified signal processing procedure on a plurality of synchronization signal blocks belonging to the same synchronization signal block group. Since the signal processing flow is simplified, the time and processing resources for processing the synchronization signal block are shortened, so that the system information carried in the synchronization signal block can be obtained more quickly, and the network access time is shortened.
下面结合附图6-30对本申请实施例提供的同步信号块的多种资源映射方式进行说明。这些资源映射方式可以应用于附图4的步骤42中。附图6-30所示的资源映射方式适用于每个同步信号块分组中包括4个同步信号块、每个同步信号块分组并映射到28个符号上的情况，即m、n取值为4，x、y的取值为28的情况。采用附图6-30中任意一种资源映射方式时，终端设备均能根据检测到的两个同步信号块之间相差的符号数目是否属于预定集合，确认这两个同步信号块是否属于同一同步信号块分组。A plurality of resource mapping manners of the synchronization signal block provided by the embodiment of the present application are described below with reference to FIG. 6-30. These resource mapping methods can be applied to step 42 of FIG. The resource mapping manner shown in Figures 6-30 is applicable to the case where each synchronization signal block packet includes 4 synchronization signal blocks, each synchronization signal block packet is mapped to 28 symbols, that is, the values of m and n are 4, the case where the value of x and y is 28. When any of the resource mapping modes in any of the following FIG. 6-30 is adopted, the terminal device can confirm whether the two synchronization signal blocks belong to the same synchronization according to whether the detected number of symbols of the difference between the two synchronization signal blocks belongs to a predetermined set. Signal block grouping.
附图6和附图7分别是本申请实施例提供的一种资源映射方式的示意图。这两种资源映射方案分别适用于不同的时隙格式，附图6所示的资源映射方案适用于通信系统使用的时隙包含7个符号的场景，附图7所示的资源映射方案适用于通信系统使用的时隙包含14个符号的场景。附图6或附图7所示的资源映射方案中同一同步信号块分组中任意两个同步信号块之间相差的符号数目属于第一集合，属于不同同步信号块分组的两个同步信号块之间相差的符号数目属于与第一集合互不重合的第二集合，并且第一集合中包含的数值为偶数，第二集合中包含的数值为奇数。FIG. 6 and FIG. 7 are schematic diagrams of a resource mapping manner provided by an embodiment of the present application. The two resource mapping schemes are applicable to different slot formats respectively. The resource mapping scheme shown in FIG. 6 is applicable to a scenario in which a time slot used by a communication system includes 7 symbols, and the resource mapping scheme shown in FIG. 7 is applicable to The time slot used by the communication system contains a scene of 14 symbols. In the resource mapping scheme shown in FIG. 6 or FIG. 7, the number of symbols of any two synchronization signal blocks in the same synchronization signal block group belongs to the first set, and the two synchronization signal blocks belonging to different synchronization signal block groups belong to the same. The number of symbols of the phase difference belongs to the second set that does not coincide with the first set, and the values contained in the first set are even numbers, and the values contained in the second set are odd numbers.
附图6提供的资源映射方案适用于通信系统使用的时隙包含7个符号的场景。网络设备将第一同步信号块分组和第二同步信号块分组映射到不同的4个时隙上，例如映射到8个连续时隙中间隔分布的4个时隙上。下面以ss burst作为同步信号块分组的示例对具体资源映射方式进行描述，可以理解在通信系统使用的时隙包含7个符号的情况下，通信系统在频域上支持的子载波间隔可以是15kHz、30kHz、120kHz、或240kHz。The resource mapping scheme provided in Figure 6 is applicable to scenarios in which the time slot used by the communication system contains 7 symbols. The network device maps the first synchronization signal block packet and the second synchronization signal block packet onto different 4 time slots, for example, onto 4 time slots distributed in an interval of 8 consecutive time slots. The following describes the specific resource mapping manner by using the ss burst as an example of the synchronization signal block grouping. It can be understood that in the case where the time slot used by the communication system includes 7 symbols, the subcarrier spacing supported by the communication system in the frequency domain may be 15 kHz. , 30 kHz, 120 kHz, or 240 kHz.
如附图6所示，slot j至slot j+7表示连续的8个时隙。网络设备将ss burst k中ss block 1映射在连续的8个时隙中的第1个时隙的第2-5个符号上、将ss burst k中ss block 2映射在所述连续的8个时隙中的第3个时隙的第2-5个符号上、将ss burst k中ss block 3映射在所述连续的8个时隙中的第5个时隙的第2-5个符号上、将ss burst k中ss block 4映射在所述连续的8个时隙中的第7个时隙的第2-5个符号上。As shown in Fig. 6, slot j to slot j+7 represent eight consecutive time slots. The network device maps the ss block 1 in the ss burst k on the 2-5th symbol of the 1st slot of the consecutive 8 slots, and maps the ss block 2 in the ss burst k to the consecutive 8 Mapping the ss block 3 of the ss burst k to the 2-5th symbol of the 5th slot of the consecutive 8 slots on the 2-5th symbol of the 3rd slot in the slot Up, the ss block 4 in the ss burst k is mapped on the 2-5th symbol of the 7th slot in the consecutive 8 slots.
网络设备将ss burst k+1中ss block 1映射在所述连续的8个时隙中的第2个时隙的第2-5个符号上、将ss burst k+1中ss block 2映射在所述连续的8个时隙中的第4个时隙的第2-5个符号上、将ss burst k+1中ss block 3映射在所述连续的8个时隙中的第6个时隙的第2-5个符号上、将ss burst k+1中ss block 4映射在所述连续的8个时隙中的第8个时隙的第2-5个符号上。The network device maps ss block 1 of ss burst k+1 to the 2-5th symbol of the 2nd slot of the consecutive 8 slots, and maps ss block 2 of ss burst k+1 to Mapping the ss block 3 of the ss burst k+1 to the sixth of the consecutive 8 slots on the 2-5th symbol of the 4th slot of the consecutive 8 slots On the 2-5th symbol of the slot, ss block 4 in ss burst k+1 is mapped on the 2-5th symbol of the 8th slot of the consecutive 8 slots.
附图6中用于传输ss burst k和ss burst k+1的8个slot总共占用一个ss burst set发送周期中的前4ms，用阴影表示。附图6是以ss burst set的发送周期为20ms为例进行图示的，可以理解ss burst set的发送周期也可以被配置为5ms，10ms，40ms，80ms，或160ms等等。The eight slots used to transmit ss burst k and ss burst k+1 in Figure 6 occupy a total of one ss burst set in the first 4 ms of the transmission period, indicated by hatching. 6 is a diagram illustrating an example in which the transmission period of the ss burst set is 20 ms. It can be understood that the transmission period of the ss burst set can also be configured to be 5 ms, 10 ms, 40 ms, 80 ms, or 160 ms, and the like.
附图7提供的资源映射方案适用于通信系统使用的时隙包含14个符号的场景。网络设备将第二同步信号块分组和第一同步信号块分组映射到相同的4个时隙中的不同符号上。下面以ss burst作为同步信号块分组的示例对具体资源映射方式进行描述，可以理解在通信系统使用的时隙包含14个符号的情况下，通信系统在频域上支持的子载波间隔可以是 15kHz、30kHz、120kHz、或240kHz。The resource mapping scheme provided in Figure 7 is applicable to scenarios in which the time slot used by the communication system contains 14 symbols. The network device maps the second synchronization signal block packet and the first synchronization signal block packet to different ones of the same 4 time slots. The following describes the specific resource mapping manner by using ss burst as an example of the synchronization signal block grouping. It can be understood that in the case where the time slot used by the communication system includes 14 symbols, the subcarrier spacing supported by the communication system in the frequency domain may be 15 kHz. , 30 kHz, 120 kHz, or 240 kHz.
如附图7所示，slot i至slot i+3表示连续的4个时隙。网络设备将ss burst k中ss block 1映射在连续的4个时隙中的第1个时隙的第2-5个符号上、将ss burst k中ss block 2映射在所述连续的4个时隙中的第2个时隙的第2-5个符号上、将ss burst k中ss block 3映射在所述连续的4个时隙中的第3个时隙的第2-5个符号上、将ss burst k中ss block 4映射在所述连续的4个时隙中的第4个时隙的第2-5个符号上。As shown in Fig. 7, slot i to slot i+3 represents four consecutive time slots. The network device maps the ss block 1 in the ss burst k on the 2-5th symbol of the 1st slot in the consecutive 4 slots, and maps the ss block 2 in the ss burst k to the consecutive 4 slots. Mapping the ss block 3 of the ss burst k to the 2-5th symbol of the 3rd slot of the consecutive 4 slots on the 2-5th symbol of the 2nd slot in the slot Up, the ss block 4 in the ss burst k is mapped on the 2-5th symbol of the 4th slot of the consecutive 4 slots.
网络设备将ss burst k+1中ss block 1映射在所述连续的4个时隙中的第1个时隙的第9-12个符号上、将ss burst k+1中ss block 2映射在所述连续的4个时隙中的第2个时隙的第9-12个符号上、将ss burst k+1中ss block 3映射在所述连续的4个时隙中的第3个时隙的第9-12个符号上、将ss burst k+1中ss block 4映射在所述连续的4个时隙中的第4个时隙的第9-12个符号上。The network device maps ss block 1 of ss burst k+1 to the 9th-12th symbol of the first time slot of the consecutive 4 time slots, and maps ss block 2 of ss burst k+1 to Mapping the ss block 3 of the ss burst k+1 to the third of the consecutive 4 slots on the 9th to 12th symbols of the second of the consecutive 4 slots On the 9th to 12th symbols of the slot, ss block 4 in ss burst k+1 is mapped on the 9th to 12th symbols of the 4th slot of the consecutive 4 slots.
附图7中用于传输ss burst k和ss burst k+1的4个slot总共占用一个ss burst set发送周期中的前4ms，用阴影表示。附图7是以ss burst set的发送周期为20ms为例进行图示的，可以理解ss burst set的发送周期也可以被配置为5ms，10ms，40ms，80ms，或160ms等。The four slots used to transmit ss burst k and ss burst k+1 in Figure 7 occupy a total of one ss burst set in the first 4 ms of the transmission period, indicated by hatching. 7 is an example in which the transmission period of the ss burst set is 20 ms. It can be understood that the transmission period of the ss burst set can also be configured to be 5 ms, 10 ms, 40 ms, 80 ms, or 160 ms.
从附图6和附图7所示的映射方式可以看出，在完成资源映射后，属于同一同步信号块分组中的各同步信号块之间相差的符号数为偶数。As can be seen from the mapping manners shown in FIG. 6 and FIG. 7, after the resource mapping is completed, the number of symbols that differ between the sync signal blocks belonging to the same sync signal block group is an even number.
例如对于附图6或附图7中的ss burst k而言，ss block 1与ss block 2相差14个符号，ss block 1与ss block 3相差28个符号，ss block 1与ss block 4相差42个符号。对于ss burst k+1而言，ss block 1与ss block 2相差14个符号，ss block 1与ss block 3相差28个符号，ss block 1与ss block 4相差42个符号。For example, for ss burst k in FIG. 6 or FIG. 7, ss block 1 is different from ss block 2 by 14 symbols, ss block 1 is different from ss block 3 by 28 symbols, and ss block 1 is different from ss block 4 by 42. Symbols. For ss burst k+1, ss block 1 differs from ss block 2 by 14 symbols, ss block 1 differs from ss block 3 by 28 symbols, and ss block 1 differs from ss block 4 by 42 symbols.
然而，属于不同的同步信号块分组中的各同步信号块之间相差的符号数为奇数。例如ss burst k中的ss block 1与ss burst k+1中的ss block 1相差7个符号，ss burst k中的ss block 1与ss burst k+1中的ss block 2相差21个符号，ss burst k中的ss block 1与ss burst k+1中的ss block 3相差35个符号，ss burst k中的ss block 1与ss burst k+1中的ss block 4相差49个符号。However, the number of symbols that differ between the sync signal blocks belonging to different sync block groups is an odd number. For example, ss block 1 in ss burst k is 7 symbols different from ss block 1 in ss burst k+1, and ss block 1 in ss burst k is 21 symbols out of ss block 2 in ss burst k+1, ss Ss block 1 in burst k differs from ss block 3 in ss burst k+1 by 35 symbols, and ss block 1 in ss burst k differs from ss block 4 in ss burst k+1 by 49 symbols.
在附图6和附图7所示的资源映射方式中，同一同步信号块分组中的各同步信号块之间相差的符号数目属于第一集合，第一集合的取值包含：{14、28、42}。不同同步信号块分组中的同步信号块之间相差的符号数目属于第二集合，第二集合的取值包含：{7、21、35、49}。In the resource mapping manner shown in FIG. 6 and FIG. 7, the number of symbols difference between the synchronization signal blocks in the same synchronization signal block group belongs to the first set, and the values of the first set include: {14, 28 , 42}. The number of symbols of the difference between the sync signal blocks in the different sync block groups belongs to the second set, and the values of the second set include: {7, 21, 35, 49}.
附图6和附图7提供的资源映射方案属于均匀映射。均匀映射是指在完成资源映射后，任意两个相邻的ss block之间相差的符号数目为一个固定值，例如附图6和附图7中，任意相邻的两个ss block之间相差的符号数目为7。The resource mapping scheme provided in Figures 6 and 7 is a uniform mapping. Uniform mapping refers to the number of symbols that are different between any two adjacent ss blocks after the resource mapping is completed. For example, in FIG. 6 and FIG. 7, the difference between any two adjacent ss blocks is The number of symbols is 7.
在本申请实施例提供的一种传输同步信号的方法中，网络设备在发送第一同步信号块分组和第二同步信号块分组时，在完成资源映射后，映射后的所述第一同步信号块分组中任意2个同步信号块之间相差的符号数目为偶数、映射后的所述第二同步信号块分组中任意2个同步信号块之间间隔的符号数目也为偶数、且映射后的第二同步信号块分组中的一个同步信号块与映射后所述第一同步信号块分组中的一个同步信号块之间相隔的符号数为奇数。这种映射方式能够保证终端设备在接收同步信号块时，可以根据两个同步信号块之间相差的符号数目，确认两个同步信号块是否属于同一同步信号块分组，从而对属于同一同步信号块分组中的多个同步信号块进行软合并处理，从而简化信号处理流程。In the method for transmitting a synchronization signal provided by the embodiment of the present application, when the network device sends the first synchronization signal block packet and the second synchronization signal block packet, after the resource mapping is completed, the first synchronization signal after mapping is performed. The number of symbols of the difference between any two synchronization signal blocks in the block group is even, and the number of symbols between any two synchronization signal blocks in the second synchronization signal block group after mapping is also an even number, and the mapped The number of symbols separated by one sync signal block in the second sync signal block packet and one sync signal block in the first sync signal block packet after mapping is an odd number. The mapping mode can ensure that when receiving the synchronization signal block, the terminal device can confirm whether the two synchronization signal blocks belong to the same synchronization signal block group according to the number of symbols of the difference between the two synchronization signal blocks, thereby belonging to the same synchronization signal block. Multiple sync blocks in the packet are soft merged to simplify the signal processing flow.
附图6和附图7所示的均匀映射只是资源映射的一个实例，实际上对附图6或附图7的映 射方式略作调整而改变为非均匀映射方式，只要满足同一同步信号块分组中任意两个同步信号块之间相差的符号数目属于第一集合、不同同步信号块分组中的同步信号块之间相差的符号数目属于与第一集合互不重叠的第二集合这一条件，终端设备仍然可以根据两个同步信号块之间相差的符号数目，确定属于同一同步信号块分组的多个同步信号块。例如，参考附图8，附图8所示的资源映射方式是在附图6的基础上，将第二同步信号块映射的符号后移1位。这样同一同步信号块分组中的各同步信号块之间相差的符号数目属于第一集合，第一集合的取值仍然是：{14、28、42}。此时，属于不同同步信号块分组中的两个同步信号块之间相差的符号数目属于第二集合，第二集合的取值改变为：{8、22、36、50}。在附图8所示的资源映射方案中，虽然第一集合和第二集合中包含的数值均为偶数，但第一集合和第二集合包含的数值互不重叠。The uniform mapping shown in FIG. 6 and FIG. 7 is only an example of the resource mapping. In fact, the mapping manner of FIG. 6 or FIG. 7 is slightly adjusted to be changed to a non-uniform mapping manner, as long as the same synchronization signal block grouping is satisfied. The number of symbols of the difference between any two synchronization signal blocks belongs to the first set, and the number of symbols of the difference between the synchronization signal blocks in the different synchronization signal block groups belongs to the second set that does not overlap with the first set. The terminal device can still determine a plurality of synchronization signal blocks belonging to the same synchronization signal block group according to the number of symbols of the difference between the two synchronization signal blocks. For example, referring to FIG. 8, the resource mapping manner shown in FIG. 8 is based on FIG. 6, and the symbol of the second synchronization signal block map is shifted back by one bit. Thus, the number of symbols difference between the sync signal blocks in the same sync signal block group belongs to the first set, and the values of the first set are still: {14, 28, 42}. At this time, the number of symbols that differ between the two sync signal blocks belonging to different sync signal block groups belongs to the second set, and the values of the second set are changed to: {8, 22, 36, 50}. In the resource mapping scheme shown in FIG. 8, although the values included in the first set and the second set are even numbers, the values included in the first set and the second set do not overlap each other.
对于终端设备而言，如果网络设备采用附图6或附图7所示的资源映射方式，则终端设备在附图5步骤52确定出检测到所述第一同步信号块的时域资源与检测到所述第二同步信号块的时域资源之间相差的符号数目之后，如果相差的符号数目属于第一集合，则确定第一同步信号块和第二同步信号块属于同一同步信号块分组。第一集合中的数值均为偶数。可选地，终端设备在确定出相差的符号数目之后，可以采用简化的判断方式，即判断所述相差的符号数目是否为偶数。如果差的符号数目为偶数，则终端设备确定第一同步信号块和第二同步信号块属于同一同步信号块分组。如果相差的符号数目不为偶数，则确定第一同步信号块和第二同步信号块属于不同同步信号块分组。For the terminal device, if the network device adopts the resource mapping manner shown in FIG. 6 or FIG. 7, the terminal device determines, in step 52 of FIG. 5, that the time domain resource and the detection of the first synchronization signal block are detected. After the number of symbols of the difference between the time domain resources of the second synchronization signal block, if the number of symbols of the phase difference belongs to the first set, it is determined that the first synchronization signal block and the second synchronization signal block belong to the same synchronization signal block group. The values in the first set are all even. Optionally, after determining the number of symbols of the phase difference, the terminal device may adopt a simplified judgment manner, that is, determine whether the number of symbols of the phase difference is an even number. If the number of difference symbols is an even number, the terminal device determines that the first sync signal block and the second sync signal block belong to the same sync signal block packet. If the number of symbols of the phase difference is not an even number, it is determined that the first sync signal block and the second sync signal block belong to different sync signal block packets.
如果网络设备采用附图8所示的资源映射方式，则终端设备在附图5步骤52确定出检测到所述第一同步信号块的时域资源与检测到所述第二同步信号块的时域资源之间相差的符号数目之后，则无法根据相差符号数是否为偶数直接确定出第一同步信号块和第二同步信号块属于同一同步信号块分组，而是需要判断所述相差的符号数目是否属于第一集合：{14、28、42}。如果属于第一集合，则确定第一同步信号块和第二同步信号块属于同一同步信号块分组。If the network device adopts the resource mapping manner shown in FIG. 8, the terminal device determines, in step 52 of FIG. 5, that the time domain resource of the first synchronization signal block is detected and the second synchronization signal block is detected. After the number of symbols of the phase difference between the domain resources, it is not possible to directly determine whether the first synchronization signal block and the second synchronization signal block belong to the same synchronization signal block group according to whether the number of phase difference symbols is even, but it is necessary to determine the number of symbols of the phase difference. Whether it belongs to the first set: {14, 28, 42}. If belonging to the first set, it is determined that the first sync signal block and the second sync signal block belong to the same sync signal block group.
附图9-附图14分别是本申请实施例提供的另一种资源映射方式的示意图。附图9所示的资源映射方案适用于通信系统使用的时隙包含7个符号的场景。附图10-附图14所示的资源映射方案适用于通信系统使用的时隙包含14个符号的场景。附图9-附图14所示的资源映射方式中同一同步信号块分组中任意两个同步信号块之间间隔的符号数目属于第一集合，不同同步信号块分组中两个同步信号块之间间隔的符号数目属于与第一集合互不重叠的第二集合，并且第一集合中包含的数值小于预定阈值、且所述第二集合中包含的数值大于预定阈值。FIG. 9 is a schematic diagram of another resource mapping manner provided by an embodiment of the present application. The resource mapping scheme shown in FIG. 9 is applicable to a scenario in which a time slot used by a communication system includes 7 symbols. The resource mapping scheme shown in Figures 10 - 14 is applicable to scenarios in which the time slot used by the communication system contains 14 symbols. In the resource mapping manner shown in FIG. 9 to FIG. 14, the number of symbols spaced between any two synchronization signal blocks in the same synchronization signal block group belongs to the first set, and between two synchronization signal blocks in different synchronization signal block groups The number of spaced symbols belongs to a second set that does not overlap the first set, and the value contained in the first set is less than a predetermined threshold, and the value contained in the second set is greater than a predetermined threshold.
附图9是本申请实施例提供的一种资源映射方式的示意图。附图9给出的资源映射方案适用于通信系统使用的时隙包含7个符号的场景。网络设备将第一同步信号块分组映射到4个连续的时隙上，将第二同步信号块分组映射到另外4个连续的时隙上，这两组连续的4个时隙之间相隔2个时隙。下面以ss burst作为同步信号块分组的示例，结合附图9对一种可能的具体资源映射方式进行描述，可以理解在通信系统使用的时隙包含7个符号的情况下，可能的资源映射方式并不限于附图9所示的映射方式。FIG. 9 is a schematic diagram of a resource mapping manner provided by an embodiment of the present application. The resource mapping scheme presented in Figure 9 is applicable to scenarios in which the time slot used by the communication system contains 7 symbols. The network device maps the first synchronization signal block group to 4 consecutive time slots, and maps the second synchronization signal block group to the other 4 consecutive time slots. The two consecutive four time slots are separated by 2 Time slots. The following uses ss burst as an example of synchronization signal block grouping, and describes a possible specific resource mapping manner in conjunction with FIG. 9. It can be understood that in the case where the time slot used by the communication system includes 7 symbols, possible resource mapping manner It is not limited to the mapping method shown in FIG.
如附图9所示，slot j至slot j+9表示连续的10个时隙。ss block起始于每个时隙的第1个或第2个符号。网络设备将ss burst k中ss block 1映射在连续的10个时隙中的第1个时隙slot j的第2-5个符号上、将ss burst k中ss block 2映射在所述连续的10个时隙中的第2个时隙slot j+1 的第1-4个符号上、将ss burst k中ss block 3映射在所述连续的10个时隙中的第3个时隙slot j+2的第2-5个符号上、将ss burst k中ss block 4映射在所述连续的10个时隙中的第4个时隙slot j+3的第1-4个符号上。As shown in Fig. 9, slot j to slot j+9 represent 10 consecutive time slots. The ss block starts at the 1st or 2nd symbol of each slot. The network device maps the ss block 1 in the ss burst k on the 2-5th symbol of the 1st slot slot j of the consecutive 10 slots, and maps the ss block 2 in the ss burst k to the consecutive On the 1-4th symbol of the second time slot slot j+1 of the 10 time slots, the ss block 3 in the ss burst k is mapped to the 3rd time slot slot in the consecutive 10 time slots. On the 2-5th symbol of j+2, the ss block 4 in the ss burst k is mapped on the 1-4th symbols of the 4th slot slot j+3 of the consecutive 10 slots.
网络设备将ss burst k+1中ss block 1映射在所述连续的10个时隙中的第7个时隙slot j+6的第2-5个符号上、将ss burst k+1中ss block 2映射在所述连续的10个时隙中的第8个时隙slot j+7的第1-4个符号上、将ss burst k+1中ss block 3映射在所述连续的10个时隙中的第9个时隙slot j+8的第2-5个符号上、将ss burst k+1中ss block 4映射在所述连续的10个时隙中的第10个时隙slot j+9的第1-4个符号上。The network device maps ss block 1 of ss burst k+1 to the 2-5th symbol of the 7th slot slot j+6 of the consecutive 10 time slots, and ss burst k+1 ss Block 2 maps the ss block 3 of ss burst k+1 in the contiguous 10th on the 1-4th symbol of the 8th slot slot j+7 of the consecutive 10 slots On the 2-5th symbol of the 9th slot slot j+8 in the slot, the ss block 4 in ss burst k+1 is mapped to the 10th slot slot in the consecutive 10 slots. On the 1-4th symbol of j+9.
附图9中用于传输ss burst k和ss burst k+1的10个时隙slot j至slot j+9总共占用一个ss burst set发送周期中的前2.5ms，用阴影表示。附图9是以ss burst set的发送周期为20ms为例进行图示的，可以理解ss burst set的发送周期也可以被配置为5ms，10ms，40ms，80ms，或160ms。The ten time slots slot j to slot j+9 used to transmit ss burst k and ss burst k+1 in Figure 9 occupy a total of one ss burst set transmission period of the first 2.5 ms, indicated by hatching. 9 is an example in which the transmission period of the ss burst set is 20 ms. It can be understood that the transmission period of the ss burst set can also be configured to be 5 ms, 10 ms, 40 ms, 80 ms, or 160 ms.
在通信系统所使用的时隙为包含14个符号的时隙的情况下，网络设备将第一同步信号块分组映射到2个连续的时隙上，将第二同步信号块分组映射到另外2个连续的时隙上，这两组连续的2个时隙之间相隔1个时隙。下面以ss burst作为同步信号块分组的示例结合附图10对具体资源映射方式进行描述，可以理解在通信系统使用的时隙包含14个符号的情况下，可能的资源映射方式并不限于附图10所示的映射方式。In the case where the time slot used by the communication system is a time slot containing 14 symbols, the network device maps the first synchronization signal block group to 2 consecutive time slots, and maps the second synchronization signal block group to the other 2 On two consecutive time slots, the two consecutive two time slots are separated by one time slot. The following describes the specific resource mapping manner with the ss burst as an example of the synchronization signal block grouping. It can be understood that in the case where the time slot used by the communication system includes 14 symbols, the possible resource mapping manner is not limited to the drawing. The mapping method shown in 10.
如附图10所示，slot i至slot i+4表示连续的5个时隙。网络设备将ss burst k中ss block 1映射在连续的5个时隙中的第1个时隙slot i的第2-5个符号上、将ss burst k中ss block 2映射在所述连续的5个时隙中的第1个时隙slot i的第8-11个符号上、将ss burst k中ss block 3映射在所述连续的5个时隙中的第2个时隙slot i+1的第2-5个符号上、将ss burst k中ss block 4映射在所述连续的5个时隙中的第2个时隙slot i+1的第8-11个符号上。As shown in Fig. 10, slot i to slot i+4 represents five consecutive time slots. The network device maps the ss block 1 in the ss burst k on the 2-5th symbol of the 1st slot slot i of the consecutive 5 slots, and maps the ss block 2 in the ss burst k to the consecutive On the 8th to 11th symbols of the first slot slot i of the 5 slots, the ss block 3 in the ss burst k is mapped to the second slot slot i+ of the consecutive 5 slots. On the 2-5th symbol of 1, the ss block 4 in the ss burst k is mapped on the 8th to 11th symbols of the second slot slot i+1 of the consecutive 5 slots.
网络设备将ss burst k+1中ss block 1映射在所述连续的5个时隙中的第4个时隙slot i+3的第2-5个符号上、将ss burst k+1中ss block 2映射在所述连续的5个时隙中的第4个时隙slot i+3的第8-11个符号上、将ss burst k+1中ss block 3映射在所述连续的5个时隙中的第5个时隙slot i+4的第2-5个符号上、将ss burst k+1中ss block 4映射在所述连续的5个时隙中的第5个时隙slot i+4的第8-11个符号上。The network device maps ss block 1 of ss burst k+1 to the 2-5th symbol of the 4th slot slot i+3 of the consecutive 5 slots, and ss burst k+1 ss Block 2 maps the 8th to 11th symbols of the 4th slot slot i+3 of the consecutive 5 slots, and maps ss block 3 of ss burst k+1 to the consecutive 5 On the 2-5th symbol of the 5th slot slot i+4 in the slot, the ss block 4 in ss burst k+1 is mapped to the 5th slot slot in the consecutive 5 slots. On the 8th to 11th symbols of i+4.
附图10中用于传输ss burst k和ss burst k+1的5个时隙slot i至slot i+4使用一个ss burst set发送周期中的前2.5ms，用阴影表示。附图10是以ss burst set的发送周期为20ms为例进行图示的，可以理解ss burst set的发送周期也可以被配置为5ms，10ms，40ms，80ms，或160ms。The five time slots slot i to slot i+4 used to transmit ss burst k and ss burst k+1 in Figure 10 are shaded using the first 2.5 ms of the ss burst set transmission period. 10 is an example in which the transmission period of the ss burst set is 20 ms. It can be understood that the transmission period of the ss burst set can also be configured to be 5 ms, 10 ms, 40 ms, 80 ms, or 160 ms.
从附图9和附图10所示的映射方式可以看出，预定阈值可以设置为21。在完成资源映射后，属于同一同步信号块分组中的各同步信号块之间相差的符号数小于预定阈值。例如对于附图9或附图10中的ss burst k中的各同步信号块而言，ss block 1与ss block 2相差6个符号，ss block 1与ss block 3相差14个符号，ss block 1与ss block 4相差20个符号，均小于预定阈值21。对于附图9或附图10中的ss burst k+1中的各同步信号块而言，ss block 1与ss block 2相差6个符号，ss block 1与ss block 3相差14个符号，ss block 1与ss block 4相差20个符号，均小于预定阈值21。As can be seen from the mapping manners shown in FIG. 9 and FIG. 10, the predetermined threshold can be set to 21. After the resource mapping is completed, the number of symbols that differ between the sync signal blocks belonging to the same sync signal block group is less than a predetermined threshold. For example, for each sync signal block in ss burst k in FIG. 9 or FIG. 10, ss block 1 and ss block 2 are different by 6 symbols, and ss block 1 and ss block 3 are 14 symbols apart, ss block 1 It differs from ss block 4 by 20 symbols, both of which are smaller than a predetermined threshold 21. For each sync signal block in ss burst k+1 in FIG. 9 or FIG. 10, ss block 1 is different from ss block 2 by 6 symbols, and ss block 1 is different from ss block 3 by 14 symbols, ss block 1 differs from ss block 4 by 20 symbols, both of which are less than a predetermined threshold 21.
然而，属于不同的同步信号块分组中的各同步信号块之间相差的符号数超过预定阈值。例如附图9或附图10中的ss burst k中的ss block 4与ss burst k+1中的ss block 1之间的距离 最近，二者相差22个符号，超过预定阈值21。However, the number of symbols that differ between the sync signal blocks belonging to different sync block groups exceeds a predetermined threshold. For example, the distance between ss block 4 in ss burst k and ss block 1 in ss burst k+1 in Fig. 9 or Fig. 10 is the closest, which is 22 symbols apart, exceeding a predetermined threshold 21.
采用附图10所示的资源映射方式的优点是不妨碍通信系统在同一频带内采用附图9所示的资源映射方式传输数据，避免带来带内干扰。The advantage of using the resource mapping method shown in FIG. 10 is that the communication system does not prevent the communication system from transmitting data in the same frequency band using the resource mapping method shown in FIG. 9 to avoid in-band interference.
可选地，与附图10应用场景类似地，对于通信系统所使用的时隙为包含14个符号的时隙的情况下，还至少可以有其他4种资源映射方式。为了简明起见，仅以在一个时隙中的资源映射方式为例进行介绍。在一个同步信号脉冲发送周期中多个时隙之间的分布方式与附图10类似。即将第一同步信号块分组映射到2个连续的时隙上，将第二同步信号块分组映射到另外2个连续的时隙上，这两组连续的2个时隙之间相隔1个时隙。其中在5个连续的时隙中，第1、2、4、5个时隙中的每个时隙中的资源映射方式分别如附图11-14所示。与附图10类似地，附图11-14所示的映射方案中，同一同步信号块分组中任意两个同步信号块之间间隔的符号数目属于第一集合，不同同步信号块分组中两个同步信号块之间间隔的符号数目属于与第一集合互不重叠的第二集合，并且第一集合中包含的数值小于预定阈值，所述第二集合中包含的数值大于预定阈值。可选地，预定阈值可以设置为21。Optionally, similar to the application scenario of FIG. 10, in the case that the time slot used by the communication system is a time slot containing 14 symbols, there are at least four other resource mapping modes. For the sake of brevity, the resource mapping manner in one time slot is taken as an example for introduction. The manner of distribution between a plurality of time slots in a synchronization signal pulse transmission period is similar to that of FIG. That is, the first synchronization signal block group is mapped onto two consecutive time slots, and the second synchronization signal block group is mapped to the other two consecutive time slots. When the two consecutive two time slots are separated by one. Gap. Among the five consecutive time slots, the resource mapping manner in each of the first, second, fourth, and fifth time slots is as shown in FIG. 11-14. Similarly to FIG. 10, in the mapping scheme shown in FIGS. 11-14, the number of symbols spaced between any two synchronization signal blocks in the same synchronization signal block group belongs to the first set, and two of the different synchronization signal block groups. The number of symbols spaced between the sync signal blocks belongs to a second set that does not overlap the first set, and the value contained in the first set is less than a predetermined threshold, and the value contained in the second set is greater than a predetermined threshold. Alternatively, the predetermined threshold may be set to 21.
如附图11所示，网络设备将一个ss block映射在时隙中的第2-5个符号上、将另一个ss block映射在该时隙的第7-10个符号上。As shown in FIG. 11, the network device maps one ss block on the 2-5th symbol in the slot and the other ss block on the 7-10th symbol of the slot.
如附图12所示，网络设备将一个ss block映射在时隙中的第3-6个符号上、将另一个ss block映射在该时隙的第8-11个符号上。As shown in FIG. 12, the network device maps one ss block on the 3-6th symbol in the slot and the other ss block on the 8th-11th symbol of the slot.
如附图13所示，网络设备将一个ss block映射在时隙中的第3-6个符号上、将另一个ss block映射在该时隙的第7-10个符号上。As shown in FIG. 13, the network device maps one ss block on the 3-6th symbol in the slot and the other ss block on the 7-10th symbol of the slot.
如附图13所示，网络设备将一个ss block映射在时隙中的第4-7个符号上、将另一个ss block映射在该时隙的第8-11个符号上。As shown in FIG. 13, the network device maps one ss block on the 4th to 7th symbols in the slot and the other ss block on the 8th to 11th symbols of the slot.
从附图10-14可以看出，在通信系统时隙包含14个符号的频域资源的场景中，网络设备在进行资源映射时，可以采用非均匀映射的方式，即在一个时隙中，在前半个时隙中ss block映射的字符位置与在后半个时隙中ss block映射的字符位置不同。As shown in FIG. 10-14, in a scenario where the communication system time slot includes 14 symbols of frequency domain resources, the network device may perform non-uniform mapping when performing resource mapping, that is, in one time slot. The character position mapped by the ss block in the first half of the time slot is different from the character position mapped by the ss block in the second half of the time slot.
附图9-附图14所示的资源映射方案适用于各种频点的通信系统，例如子载波间隔为15kHz的通信系统、子载波间隔为30kHz的通信系统、子载波间隔为120kHz的通信系统、子载波间隔为240kHz的通信系统。进一步地，附图9-附图14所示的资源映射方案优选适用于子载波间隔为30kHz的通信系统。这是因为在子载波间隔为30kHz的场景下，网络设备优选采用非均匀映射的原因主要是为了满足上下行转换(英文：downlink/uplink switching,DL/UL switching)的需求。如图15所示，假设在子载波间隔为30kHz的场景中，仍然采用附图6所示的同步信号资源映射方式来发送同步信号块分组，则在15kHz的数据和30kHz的同步信号块共存于同一频带的情况下，网络设备没有执行DL/UL switching操作的时间。因此，如果将附图6所示的同步信号资源映射方式应用于子载波间隔为30kHz的场景，将导致发生带内(intra-band)上下行干扰。因此，针对在子载波间隔为30kHz、且时隙包含14个符号的场景中发送同步信号的需求，在每个时隙的起始处至少保留1个符号、以及在每个时隙的末尾至少要保留3个符号来避免带内干扰。附图10-14所示的各种同步信号块的资源映射方式均能避免带内干扰。The resource mapping scheme shown in FIG. 9 to FIG. 14 is applicable to communication systems of various frequency points, for example, a communication system with a subcarrier spacing of 15 kHz, a communication system with a subcarrier spacing of 30 kHz, and a communication system with a subcarrier spacing of 120 kHz. A communication system with a subcarrier spacing of 240 kHz. Further, the resource mapping scheme shown in FIG. 9 to FIG. 14 is preferably applied to a communication system with a subcarrier spacing of 30 kHz. This is because, in the scenario where the subcarrier spacing is 30 kHz, the reason why the network device preferably uses non-uniform mapping is mainly to meet the requirements of uplink/downlink switching (DL/UL switching). As shown in FIG. 15, it is assumed that in the scenario where the subcarrier spacing is 30 kHz, the synchronization signal resource mapping method shown in FIG. 6 is still used to transmit the synchronization signal block group, and the 15 kHz data and the 30 kHz synchronization signal block coexist in In the case of the same frequency band, the network device does not have time to perform a DL/UL switching operation. Therefore, if the synchronization signal resource mapping method shown in FIG. 6 is applied to a scenario in which the subcarrier spacing is 30 kHz, intra-band uplink and downlink interference will occur. Therefore, for the need to transmit a synchronization signal in a scenario where the subcarrier spacing is 30 kHz and the time slot contains 14 symbols, at least 1 symbol is reserved at the beginning of each time slot, and at least at the end of each time slot. Keep 3 symbols to avoid in-band interference. The resource mapping manner of the various sync signal blocks shown in Figures 10-14 can avoid in-band interference.
考虑到在时隙包含14个符号场景下对于同步信号块进行资源映射不妨碍包含7个符号的时隙中的操作。在附图10-14所示的5种资源映射方式中，只有附图10所示的资源映射方式允许在包含7个符号的时隙中执行DL/UL switching操作。Considering that resource mapping for a sync signal block in a slot containing 14 symbol scenarios does not prevent operation in a slot containing 7 symbols. Among the five resource mapping modes shown in FIGS. 10-14, only the resource mapping mode shown in FIG. 10 allows a DL/UL switching operation to be performed in a slot containing 7 symbols.
对于终端设备而言，如果网络设备采用附图9-附图14所示的资源映射方式，则终端设备在附图5步骤52确定出检测到所述第一同步信号块的时域资源与检测到所述第二同步信号块的时域资源之间相差的符号数目之后，如果相差的符号数目属于第一集合，则确定第一同步信号块和第二同步信号块属于同一同步信号块分组。其中，第一集合中的数值均小于预设阈值。因此终端设备在确定出相差的符号数目之后，可以采用简化的判断方式，即判断相差的符号数目是否超过预定阈值。由于在附图10-附图14所示的资源映射方案中，预定阈值21，相应地，如果相差的符号数目不超过预定阈值，则终端设备确定第一同步信号块和第二同步信号块属于同一同步信号块分组。如果相差的符号数目超过预定阈值，则确定第一同步信号块和第二同步信号块属于不同同步信号块分组。For the terminal device, if the network device adopts the resource mapping manner shown in FIG. 9 to FIG. 14, the terminal device determines, in step 52 of FIG. 5, that the time domain resource and the detection of the first synchronization signal block are detected. After the number of symbols of the difference between the time domain resources of the second synchronization signal block, if the number of symbols of the phase difference belongs to the first set, it is determined that the first synchronization signal block and the second synchronization signal block belong to the same synchronization signal block group. The values in the first set are all smaller than a preset threshold. Therefore, after determining the number of symbols of the phase difference, the terminal device can adopt a simplified judgment manner, that is, whether the number of symbols of the phase difference exceeds a predetermined threshold. Due to the predetermined threshold 21 in the resource mapping scheme shown in FIG. 10 to FIG. 14, correspondingly, if the number of symbols of the phase difference does not exceed the predetermined threshold, the terminal device determines that the first sync signal block and the second sync signal block belong to The same sync signal block is grouped. If the number of symbols of the phase difference exceeds a predetermined threshold, it is determined that the first sync signal block and the second sync signal block belong to different sync signal block packets.
在这里需要说明的是：附图9-附图14所示的2个同步信号块在一个包含7个符号时隙、或者在一个包含14个符号时隙中的映射方式也可以应用于其他场景，而不限于附图9或附图10所示的将两个同步信号块分组映射在ss burst set中的场景，即不限于分组映射的场景。单独将2个同步信号块映射在一个时隙中的映射方式也可以应用于非分组映射的场景，用于解决其他技术问题，例如如何在一个时隙中预留用于进行上下行控制的符号资源。It should be noted here that the mapping manners of the two synchronization signal blocks shown in FIG. 9 to FIG. 14 in one slot containing 7 symbols or in a slot containing 14 symbols can also be applied to other scenarios. It is not limited to the scenario in which two synchronization signal block groups are mapped in the ss burst set as shown in FIG. 9 or FIG. 10, that is, the scene is not limited to the group mapping. The mapping method of mapping the two synchronization signal blocks in one time slot separately can also be applied to the non-packet mapping scenario, and is used to solve other technical problems, such as how to reserve symbols for performing uplink and downlink control in one time slot. Resources.
附图16-附图18分别是本申请提供的另一种资源映射方案的示意图。与附图10-14所示的资源映射方案类似地，在通信系统使用的时隙包含14个符号的场景下，网络设备在进行资源映射时，将第一同步信号块分组中的4个同步信号块分别映射到2个连续的时隙中，将所述第二同步信号块分组中的4个同步信号块分别映射到另外2个连续的时隙中。与附图10-14相区别的是，这两组连续的时隙之间间隔0个时隙，即将第一同步信号块分组和第二同步信号块分组映射到4个连续的时隙中。其中映射后的同一同步信号块分组中任意两个同步信号块之间间隔的符号数目属于第一集合，不同同步信号块分组中两个同步信号块之间间隔的符号数目属于与第一集合互不重叠的第二集合，并且第一集合中包含的数值小于预定阈值，所述第二集合中包含的数值大于预定阈值。预定阈值的取值与附图9-附图14的映射方案有所差异。16 to FIG. 18 are respectively schematic diagrams of another resource mapping scheme provided by the present application. Similar to the resource mapping scheme shown in FIGS. 10-14, in the scenario where the time slot used by the communication system includes 14 symbols, the network device synchronizes 4 of the first synchronization signal block packets when performing resource mapping. The signal blocks are respectively mapped into two consecutive time slots, and the four synchronization signal blocks in the second synchronization signal block group are respectively mapped into two other consecutive time slots. Different from FIG. 10-14, the two sets of consecutive time slots are separated by 0 time slots, that is, the first synchronization signal block group and the second synchronization signal block group are mapped into 4 consecutive time slots. The number of symbols between any two synchronization signal blocks in the same synchronization signal block group after mapping belongs to the first set, and the number of symbols between two synchronization signal blocks in different synchronization signal block groups belongs to the first set. A second set that does not overlap, and the value contained in the first set is less than a predetermined threshold, and the value contained in the second set is greater than a predetermined threshold. The value of the predetermined threshold differs from the mapping scheme of Figures 9-14.
附图16-附图17分别从一个同步信号块分组映射到2个连续时隙的角度，对一个同步信号块可能的映射方式进行说明。附图18从两个步信号块分组映射到一个同步信号脉冲发送周期的角度，对资源映射方式进行说明。16 to FIG. 17 respectively illustrate the possible mapping manner of a sync signal block from the angle of one sync signal block packet to the angle of two consecutive time slots. Figure 18 illustrates the manner in which the resource is mapped from the two step signal block groupings to the angle of a synchronization signal pulse transmission period.
附图16-附图18所示的资源映射方式适用于各种频点的通信系统，例如子载波间隔为15kHz的通信系统、子载波间隔为30kHz的通信系统、子载波间隔为120kHz的通信系统、子载波间隔为240kHz的通信系统。进一步地，附图16-附图18所示的资源映射方案优选适用于子载波间隔为240kHz、一个时隙中包含14个符号的通信系统。这是因为在通信系统子载波间隔为240kHz、且所使用的时隙为包含14个符号的时隙的场景下，为了上下行控制，需要在连续两个时隙(即28个连续的符号)中第一个时隙的起始处、以及第二个时隙的末尾各预留4个符号。为了避免在同一个频带中上下行干扰，在获知间隔为240kHz的子载波定义的时隙后，在两个连续时隙中第二个时隙的末尾处至少预留6个符号。The resource mapping method shown in FIG. 16 to FIG. 18 is applicable to communication systems of various frequency points, for example, a communication system with a subcarrier spacing of 15 kHz, a communication system with a subcarrier spacing of 30 kHz, and a communication system with a subcarrier spacing of 120 kHz. A communication system with a subcarrier spacing of 240 kHz. Further, the resource mapping scheme shown in FIG. 16 to FIG. 18 is preferably applied to a communication system having a subcarrier spacing of 240 kHz and a slot containing 14 symbols. This is because in the scenario where the communication system subcarrier spacing is 240 kHz and the used time slot is a time slot containing 14 symbols, two uplink time slots (ie, 28 consecutive symbols) are required for uplink and downlink control. Four symbols are reserved at the beginning of the first time slot and at the end of the second time slot. In order to avoid uplink and downlink interference in the same frequency band, at least 6 symbols are reserved at the end of the second time slot in two consecutive time slots after learning the time slot defined by the subcarriers with an interval of 240 kHz.
附图16是本申请实施例提供的第一种一个同步信号块分组的映射方式的示意图。网络设备将一个同步信号块分组中的第一同步信号块映射在第一时隙的第5-8个符号上，将该同步信号块分组中的第二同步信号块映射在所述第一时隙的第9-12个符号上，将该同步信号块分组中的第三同步信号块映射在第一时隙的第13-14个符号以及第二时隙的第1-2个符号上，将该同步信号块分组中的第四同步信号块映射在所述第二时隙的第3-6个符号上。即将 一个同步信号块分组映射在从第一个时隙的第5个符号开始的连续16个符号中。FIG. 16 is a schematic diagram of a mapping manner of a first synchronization signal block group according to an embodiment of the present application. The network device maps the first synchronization signal block in one synchronization signal block group to the 5-8th symbol of the first time slot, and maps the second synchronization signal block in the synchronization signal block group to the first time On the 9th to 12th symbols of the slot, the third synchronization signal block in the synchronization signal block group is mapped on the 13th to 14th symbols of the first time slot and the 1-2th symbol of the second time slot, The fourth synchronization signal block in the synchronization signal block packet is mapped on the 3-6th symbol of the second time slot. That is, one sync signal block packet is mapped in consecutive 16 symbols starting from the 5th symbol of the first slot.
附图17是本申请实施例提供的第二种一个同步信号块分组的映射方式的示意图。与附图16的区别在于，将一个同步信号块分组映射在从第一个时隙的第7个符号开始的连续16个符号中。FIG. 17 is a schematic diagram of a second mapping manner of a synchronization signal block group according to an embodiment of the present application. The difference from Fig. 16 is that one sync signal block packet is mapped in consecutive 16 symbols starting from the 7th symbol of the first slot.
附图18是本申请实施例提供的将两个同步信号块分组映射到一个同步信号脉冲发送周期中的示意图。网络设备将两个同步信号块分组映射到4个连续的时隙slot i至slot i+3中，采用附图16所示的映射方式将第一个同步信号块映射到4个连续的时隙中的第1个和第2个时隙slot i至slot i+1中，采用附图17所示的映射方式将第二个同步信号块映射到4个连续的时隙中的第3个和第4个时隙slot i+2至slot i+3中。FIG. 18 is a schematic diagram of mapping two synchronization signal block groups into one synchronization signal pulse transmission period according to an embodiment of the present application. The network device maps two sync signal block packets into four consecutive time slots slot i to slot i+3, and maps the first sync signal block to four consecutive time slots using the mapping method shown in FIG. In the first and second time slots slot i to slot i+1, the second synchronization signal block is mapped to the third of the four consecutive time slots by the mapping method shown in FIG. The 4th time slot is slot i+2 to slot i+3.
附图18以ss burst作为同步信号块分组的示例。将ss burst k中的ss block 1映射在slot i的第5-8个符号上，将ss burst k中的ss block 2映射在slot i的第9-12个符号上，将ss burst k中的ss block 3映射在slot i的第13-14个符号以及slot i+1的第1-2个符号上，将ss burst k中的ss block 4映射在slot i+1的第3-6个符号上。Figure 18 shows an example of ss burst as a grouping of sync signal blocks. Map ss block 1 in ss burst k on the 5th to 8th symbols of slot i, and map ss block 2 in ss burst k on the 9th to 12th symbols of slot i, in ss burst k Ss block 3 maps the 13th to 14th symbols of slot i and the 1-2th symbol of slot i+1, and maps ss block 4 in ss burst k to the 3-6th symbol of slot i+1 on.
将ss burst k+1中的ss block 1映射在slot i+2的第7-10个符号上，将ss burst k+1中的ss block 2映射在slot i+2第11-14个符号上，将ss burst k+1中的ss block 3映射在slot i+3的第1-4个符号上，将ss burst k+1中的ss block 4映射在slot i+3的第5-8个符号上。 Map ss block 1 in ss burst k+1 to the 7-10th symbol of slot i+2, and map ss block 2 in ss burst k+1 to the 11-14th symbol of slot i+2 Map ss block 3 in ss burst k+1 to the 1-4th symbol of slot i+3, and map ss block 4 in ss burst k+1 to the 5th-8th of slot i+3 On the symbol.
从附图18所示的映射方式可以看出，预定阈值可以设置为大于12且小于18中的一个正整数，例如14。在完成资源映射后，属于同一同步信号块分组中的各同步信号块之间相差的符号数小于预定阈值。例如对于ss burst k中的各同步信号块而言，ss block 1与ss block 2相差4个符号，ss block 1与ss block 3相差8个符号，ss block 1与ss block 4相差12个符号，均小于预定阈值21。对于ss burst k+1中的各同步信号块而言，ss block 1与ss block 2相差4个符号，ss block 1与ss block 3相差8个符号，ss block 1与ss block 4相差12个符号，均小于预定阈值14。As can be seen from the mapping manner shown in FIG. 18, the predetermined threshold may be set to be greater than 12 and less than one of the positive integers of 18, such as 14. After the resource mapping is completed, the number of symbols that differ between the sync signal blocks belonging to the same sync signal block group is less than a predetermined threshold. For example, for each sync signal block in ss burst k, ss block 1 is different from ss block 2 by 4 symbols, ss block 1 and ss block 3 are 8 symbols apart, and ss block 1 and ss block 4 are 12 symbols apart. Both are less than a predetermined threshold 21. For each sync signal block in ss burst k+1, ss block 1 is different from ss block 2 by 4 symbols, ss block 1 is different from ss block 3 by 8 symbols, and ss block 1 is different from ss block 4 by 12 symbols. Both are less than a predetermined threshold 14.
然而，属于不同的同步信号块分组中的各同步信号块之间相差的符号数超过预定阈值。例如ss burst k中的ss block 4与ss burst k+1中的ss block 1之间的距离最近，二者相差18个符号，超过预定阈值14。However, the number of symbols that differ between the sync signal blocks belonging to different sync block groups exceeds a predetermined threshold. For example, the distance between ss block 4 in ss burst k and ss block 1 in ss burst k+1 is the closest, and the difference between them is 18 symbols, exceeding a predetermined threshold 14.
网络设备采样附图16-附图18所示的资源映射方式对同步信号块分组进行资源映射后，网络设备在发送同步信号脉冲集时，在同步信号脉冲集发送周期中的前1微秒中发送上述用于传输第一同步信号块分组和第二同步信号块分组的4个连续的时隙slot i至slot i+3，如阴影所示。附图18是以ss burst set的发送周期为20ms为例进行图示的，可以理解ss burst set的发送周期也可以被配置为5ms，10ms，40ms，80ms，或160ms。The network device samples the resource mapping manner shown in FIG. 16 to FIG. 18, and after the resource mapping is performed on the synchronization signal block group, the network device sends the synchronization signal pulse set in the first 1 microsecond in the synchronization signal pulse set transmission period. The above four consecutive time slots slot i to slot i+3 for transmitting the first sync signal block packet and the second sync signal block packet are transmitted as indicated by hatching. 18 is an example in which the transmission period of the ss burst set is 20 ms. It can be understood that the transmission period of the ss burst set can also be configured to be 5 ms, 10 ms, 40 ms, 80 ms, or 160 ms.
对于终端设备而言，如果网络设备采用附图16-附图18所示的资源映射方式，则终端设备在附图5步骤52确定出检测到所述第一同步信号块的时域资源与检测到所述第二同步信号块的时域资源之间相差的符号数目之后，如果属于第一集合，则确定第一同步信号块和第二同步信号块属于同一同步信号块分组。其中，第一集合中的数值均小于预设阈值。For the terminal device, if the network device adopts the resource mapping manner shown in FIG. 16 to FIG. 18, the terminal device determines, in step 52 of FIG. 5, that the time domain resource and the detection of the first synchronization signal block are detected. After the number of symbols that differ between the time domain resources of the second synchronization signal block, if it belongs to the first set, it is determined that the first synchronization signal block and the second synchronization signal block belong to the same synchronization signal block group. The values in the first set are all smaller than a preset threshold.
可选地，终端设备在确定出相差的符号数目之后，可以采用简化的判断方式，即终端设备判断所述相差的符号数目是否小于预定阈值。由于在附图16-附图18所示的资源映射方案中，预定阈值为大于12且小于18中的一个正整数，例如14，相应地，若相差的符号数目小于预定阈值，则终端设备确定所述第一同步信号块和所述第二同步信号块属于同一同步信号块分组。若相差的符号数目大于预定阈值，则终端设备确定所述第一同步信号块和所 述第二同步信号块属于不同同步信号块分组。Optionally, after determining the number of symbols of the phase difference, the terminal device may adopt a simplified judgment manner, that is, the terminal device determines whether the number of symbols of the phase difference is less than a predetermined threshold. Since in the resource mapping scheme shown in FIG. 16 to FIG. 18, the predetermined threshold is greater than 12 and less than one positive integer of 18, for example 14, correspondingly, if the number of symbols of the phase difference is less than a predetermined threshold, the terminal device determines The first synchronization signal block and the second synchronization signal block belong to the same synchronization signal block group. If the number of symbols of the phase difference is greater than a predetermined threshold, the terminal device determines that the first sync signal block and the second sync signal block belong to different sync signal block packets.
在附图18的基础上还可以构建其他同步信号块的资源映射方式，例如在附图18的第2个时隙slot i+1和第3个时隙slot i+2之间插入至少1个时隙。预定阈值的取值范围也应适应性改变，在这里不再一一列举。The resource mapping manner of other synchronization signal blocks can also be constructed on the basis of FIG. 18, for example, at least one is inserted between the second time slot slot i+1 and the third time slot slot i+2 of FIG. Time slot. The range of values of the predetermined threshold should also be adaptive, and will not be enumerated here.
附图19是本申请实施例提供的一种同步信号传输方法的流程图。附图20-附图27、附图30分别是本申请实施例提供的另一种资源映射方式的示意图。这些资源映射方案适用于通信系统使用的时隙包含14个符号的场景。与附图6-8类似地，附图20-附图27所示的资源映射方案中同一同步信号块分组中任意两个同步信号块之间相差的符号数目属于所述第一集合，不同同步信号块分组中两个同步信号块之间相差的符号数目属于第一集合互不重合的第二集合。与附图6-8相区别的是，第一集合可能既包含偶数和包含奇数，第二集合也可能既包含偶数和包含奇数，但第一集合和第二集合中不包含相同的数值。FIG. 19 is a flowchart of a synchronization signal transmission method provided by an embodiment of the present application. FIG. 20 is a schematic diagram of another resource mapping manner provided by an embodiment of the present application. These resource mapping schemes are applicable to scenarios in which the time slot used by the communication system contains 14 symbols. Similarly to FIG. 6-8, in the resource mapping scheme shown in FIG. 20 to FIG. 27, the number of symbols of any two synchronization signal blocks in the same synchronization signal block group belongs to the first set, and different synchronizations The number of symbols of the difference between the two sync signal blocks in the signal block group belongs to the second set in which the first set does not coincide with each other. Different from FIG. 6-8, the first set may contain both even and odd numbers, and the second set may contain both even and odd numbers, but the first set and the second set do not contain the same value.
具体地，附图20-附图23给出的资源映射方案适用于通信系统使用的时隙包含14个符号的场景。映射后属于同一同步信号块分组的各同步信号块相差的符号数目属于第一集合，第一集合包括{4、9、13、17}；映射后属于不同同步信号块分组的各同步信号块相差的符号数目属于第二集合，第二集合包括{11、15、19}。Specifically, the resource mapping schemes shown in Figures 20 - 23 are applicable to scenarios in which the time slot used by the communication system contains 14 symbols. The number of symbols of each synchronization signal block belonging to the same synchronization signal block group after mapping belongs to the first set, and the first set includes {4, 9, 13, 17}; the synchronization signal blocks belonging to different synchronization signal block groups after mapping are different. The number of symbols belongs to the second set, and the second set includes {11, 15, 19}.
附图24-附图27给出的资源映射方案适用于通信系统使用的时隙包含14个符号的场景。映射后属于同一同步信号块分组的各同步信号块相差的符号数目属于第一集合，第一集合包括{4、11、15、19}；映射后属于不同同步信号块分组的各同步信号块相差的符号数目属于第二集合，第二集合包括{9、13、17}。The resource mapping scheme presented in Figures 24-27 is applicable to scenarios in which the time slot used by the communication system contains 14 symbols. The number of symbols of each synchronization signal block belonging to the same synchronization signal block group after mapping belongs to the first set, and the first set includes {4, 11, 15, 19}; the synchronization signal blocks belonging to different synchronization signal block groups after mapping are different. The number of symbols belongs to the second set, and the second set includes {9, 13, 17}.
实施例二 Embodiment 2
附图19是本申请实施例提供的一种传输同步信号的方法的流程图。该流程图从基站的角度，描述了以基站为例的网络设备发送同步信号的过程。在本申请后续实施例中，以基站为例，对网络设备的工作原理和功能进行介绍。FIG. 19 is a flowchart of a method for transmitting a synchronization signal according to an embodiment of the present application. The flowchart describes a process of transmitting a synchronization signal by a network device taking a base station as an example from the perspective of a base station. In the following embodiments of the present application, the working principle and function of the network device are introduced by taking a base station as an example.
步骤191，基站生成一个同步信号脉冲，其中，所述同步信号脉冲包括第一同步信号块、第二同步信号块、第三同步信号块和第四同步信号块。Step 191: The base station generates a synchronization signal pulse, wherein the synchronization signal pulse includes a first synchronization signal block, a second synchronization signal block, a third synchronization signal block, and a fourth synchronization signal block.
本申请实施例以一个同步信号脉冲包含至少4个同步信号块，一个同步信号脉冲的时域资源包括2个slot为例对发送同步信号进行说明。需要说明的是，一个同步信号脉冲中可以包含更多同步信号块，如6个、8个同步信号块，只要其中的4个同步信号块映射的资源位置满足本申请实施例中的要求，则属于本申请的保护范围。The embodiment of the present application includes at least four synchronization signal blocks in one synchronization signal pulse, and the time domain resource of one synchronization signal pulse includes two slots as an example to describe the transmission synchronization signal. It should be noted that a synchronization signal pulse may include more synchronization signal blocks, such as six or eight synchronization signal blocks, as long as the resource locations of the four synchronization signal block mappings meet the requirements in the embodiment of the present application. It belongs to the scope of protection of this application.
步骤192，基站将所述第一同步信号块和所述第二同步信号块在第一时隙上连续发送，将所述第三同步信号块和所述第四同步信号块在第二时隙上连续发送。在本申请中，连续发送是指通过连续的OFDM符号发送。Step 192: The base station continuously transmits the first synchronization signal block and the second synchronization signal block on a first time slot, and the third synchronization signal block and the fourth synchronization signal block are in a second time slot. Send continuously. In the present application, continuous transmission refers to transmission through consecutive OFDM symbols.
其中，所述第一同步信号块映射在第一资源，所述第二同步信号块映射在第二资源，所述第三同步信号块映射在第三资源，所述第四同步信号块映射在第四资源，所述第一资源在第一时隙中的位置与所述第三资源在第二时隙中的位置不同、且所述第二资源在第一时隙中的位置与所述第四资源在第二时隙中的位置不同。The first synchronization signal block is mapped to the first resource, the second synchronization signal block is mapped to the second resource, the third synchronization signal block is mapped to the third resource, and the fourth synchronization signal block is mapped to a fourth resource, where a location of the first resource in the first time slot is different from a location of the third resource in the second time slot, and a location of the second resource in the first time slot and the location The fourth resource has a different location in the second time slot.
可选地，第一时隙和所述第二时隙是连续的时隙。Optionally, the first time slot and the second time slot are consecutive time slots.
根据本申请实施例提供的传输同步信号的方法，基站在发送同一SS burst中的多个SS block时，将多个SS block映射在不同slot中的不同资源位置上。以便于UE在接收SS block时，根据各SS block在slot中的资源位置，确定多个SS block属于同一SS burst后，对多个SS block 中的信息执行简化处理，从而提高通信系统的性能。According to the method for transmitting a synchronization signal provided by the embodiment of the present application, when transmitting a plurality of SS blocks in the same SS burst, the base station maps multiple SS blocks to different resource locations in different slots. When the SS block is received, the UE determines that the plurality of SS blocks belong to the same SS burst according to the resource location of each SS block in the slot, and performs simplified processing on the information in the multiple SS blocks, thereby improving the performance of the communication system.
附图20是本申请实施例提供的基站在发送SS block时的一种资源映射的示意图。如图20所示共有2个SS burst，记为SS burst k和SS burst k+1。其中，slot i和slot j是SS burst k中的两个时隙，slot m和slot n是SS burst k+1中的两个时隙。slot i和slot j可以是两个连续的时隙，也可以不是两个连续的时隙，在本实例中仅以slot i和slot j是两个连续的时隙为例进行说明。FIG. 20 is a schematic diagram of a resource mapping of a base station according to an embodiment of the present disclosure when transmitting an SS block. As shown in Fig. 20, there are two SS bursts, which are denoted as SS burst k and SS burst k+1. Among them, slot i and slot j are two slots in SS burst k, and slot m and slot n are two slots in SS burst k+1. Slot i and slot j may be two consecutive time slots, or may not be two consecutive time slots. In this example, only slot i and slot j are two consecutive time slots as an example.
每个SS burst中传输4个SS block，分别记为SS block 1、SS block 2、SS block 3和SS block4。对于一个SS burst来说，该SS burst中传输的4个SS block中的系统信息、同步信息等信息是相同的。不同SS burst中传输的SS block中的系统信息、同步信息等信息是不同的。例如，SS burst k中的4个SS block中的上述信息相同，但SS burst k中的SS block 1和SS burst k+1中的SS block 1的上述信息不同。Four SS blocks are transmitted in each SS burst, which are respectively recorded as SS block 1, SS block 2, SS block 3, and SS block 4. For an SS burst, the system information, synchronization information, and the like in the four SS blocks transmitted in the SS burst are the same. The system information, synchronization information, and the like in the SS block transmitted in different SS bursts are different. For example, the above information in the four SS blocks in the SS burst k is the same, but the above information of the SS block 1 in the SS burst k and the SS block 1 in the SS burst k+1 are different.
以SS burst k为例，slot i和slot j是两个连续的时隙。其中SS block 1和SS block 2在slot i上连续的8个符号上发送，SS block 3和SS block 4在slot j上连续的8个符号上发送。可选地，SS block 1在slot i的第4-7个符号上发送，SS block 2在slot i的第8-11个符号上发送。SS block3在slot j的第3-6个符号上发送，SS block 4在slot i的第7-10个符号上发送Taking SS burst k as an example, slot i and slot j are two consecutive time slots. SS block 1 and SS block 2 are transmitted on consecutive 8 symbols on slot i, and SS block 3 and SS block 4 are transmitted on consecutive 8 symbols on slot j. Alternatively, SS block 1 is transmitted on the 4th to 7th symbols of slot i, and SS block 2 is transmitted on the 8th to 11th symbols of slot i. SS block3 is sent on the 3rd to 6th symbols of slot j, and SS block 4 is sent on the 7th to 10th symbols of slot i.
在一个SS block中包括PSS、SSS和PBCH。可选地，PSS、SSS和PBCH分别对应的OFDM符号的排序可以有多种方式。PSS, SSS, and PBCH are included in one SS block. Optionally, there may be multiple ways of ordering the OFDM symbols corresponding to the PSS, SSS, and PBCH, respectively.
如图20所示，SS block 1中的PSS在slot i的第4个符号上发送，SS block 1的SSS在slot i的第5个符号上发送，SS block 1的PBCH在slot i的第6-7个符号上发送。SS block 2中的PSS在slot i的第8个符号上发送，SS block 1的SSS在slot i的第9个符号上发送，SS block 1的PBCH在slot i的第10-11个符号上发送。As shown in FIG. 20, the PSS in SS block 1 is transmitted on the fourth symbol of slot i, the SSS of SS block 1 is transmitted on the fifth symbol of slot i, and the PBCH of SS block 1 is in the sixth of slot i. Send on -7 symbols. The PSS in SS block 2 is sent on the 8th symbol of slot i, the SSS of SS block 1 is sent on the 9th symbol of slot i, and the PBCH of SS block 1 is sent on the 10th to 11th symbols of slot i. .
SS block 3中的PSS在slot j的第3个符号上发送，SS block 3的SSS在slot i的第4个符号上发送，SS block 3的PBCH在slot i的第5-6个符号上发送。SS block 4中的PSS在slot j的第7个符号上发送，SS block 4的SSS在slot i的第8个符号上发送，SS block 4的PBCH在slot i的第9-10个符号上发送。The PSS in SS block 3 is sent on the third symbol of slot j, the SSS of SS block 3 is sent on the fourth symbol of slot i, and the PBCH of SS block 3 is sent on the 5-6th symbol of slot i. . The PSS in SS block 4 is sent on the 7th symbol of slot j, the SSS of SS block 4 is sent on the 8th symbol of slot i, and the PBCH of SS block 4 is sent on the 9-10th symbol of slot i. .
SS burst k+1中的4个SS block的资源映射方式与SS burst k基本类似，请参照附图20。The resource mapping manner of the four SS blocks in SS burst k+1 is basically similar to that of SS burst k, please refer to FIG.
据此，UE在检测同步信号块时，可以根据不同同步信号块之间的符号位置，确认不同的同步信号块是否属于同一SS burst。仍以附图20的资源映射方式为例，SS burst k中的SS block 1中的PSS与SS burst k中的SS block 2中的PSS相距4个符号，SS burst k中的SS block 1中的PSS与SS burst k中的SS block 3中的PSS相距13个符号，SS burst k中的SS block 1中的PSS与SS burst k中的SS block 4中的PSS相距17个符号。SS burst k中的SS block 2中的PSS与SS burst k中的SS block 3中的PSS相距9个符号。换句话说，如果两个同步信号块之间的相差4、9、13、17个符号，则这两个同步信号块属于同一SS burst。如果两个同步信号块之间相距的符号数目不是4、9、13、17中的任意一个，则这两个同步信号块属于不同SS burst。According to this, when detecting the synchronization signal block, the UE can confirm whether different synchronization signal blocks belong to the same SS burst according to the symbol position between different synchronization signal blocks. Taking the resource mapping method of FIG. 20 as an example, the PSS in SS block 1 in SS burst k is 4 symbols apart from the PSS in SS block 2 in SS burst k, and SS block 1 in SS burst k The PSS is 13 symbols apart from the PSS in SS block 3 in SS burst k, and the PSS in SS block 1 in SS burst k is 17 symbols apart from the PSS in SS block 4 in SS burst k. The PSS in SS block 2 in SS burst k is 9 symbols apart from the PSS in SS block 3 in SS burst k. In other words, if the two sync signal blocks differ by 4, 9, 13, 17 symbols, then the two sync signal blocks belong to the same SS burst. If the number of symbols between two sync signal blocks is not any one of 4, 9, 13, 17, then the two sync signal blocks belong to different SS bursts.
仍以附图20的资源映射方式为例，通过不同SS burst中的同步信号块之间相隔的符号数来验证上述结论。SS burst k中的SS block 3中的PSS与SS burst k+1中的SS block 1中的PSS相距15个符号，SS burst k中的SS block 3中的PSS与SS burst k+1中的SS block 2中的PSS相距19个符号，SS burst k中的SS block 4中的PSS与SS burst k+1中的SS block 1中的PSS相距11个符号，SS burst k中的SS block 4中的PSS与SS burst k+1中的SS block 2中的PSS相距15个符号。可见，在附图20中，不同SS burst中的同步信号块之间相差的符号数为11、15、19，与上述4、9、13、17中的任意一个均不相同。Still taking the resource mapping manner of FIG. 20 as an example, the above conclusion is verified by the number of symbols separated by the sync signal blocks in different SS bursts. The PSS in SS block 3 in SS burst k is 15 symbols from the PSS in SS block 1 in SS burst k+1, the PSS in SS block 3 in SS burst k and the SS in SS burst k+1 The PSS in block 2 is 19 symbols apart, the PSS in SS block 4 in SS burst k is 11 symbols apart from the PSS in SS block 1 in SS burst k+1, and SS block 4 in SS burst k The PSS is 15 symbols apart from the PSS in SS block 2 in SS burst k+1. It can be seen that in FIG. 20, the number of symbols of the difference between the sync signal blocks in the different SS bursts is 11, 15, 19, which is different from any of the above 4, 9, 13, and 17.
附图20是以第一种排序方式为例，提供的资源映射方式示意图。第一种排序方式是指在一个SS block中，PSS占用第1个符号、SSS占用第2个符号、PBCH占用第3-4个符号。FIG. 20 is a schematic diagram of a resource mapping manner provided by taking the first sorting manner as an example. The first sorting method means that in an SS block, the PSS occupies the first symbol, the SSS occupies the second symbol, and the PBCH occupies the 3-4th symbol.
附图21是以第二种排序方式为例，提供的资源映射方式示意图。第二种排序方式是指在一个SS block中，PSS占用第1个符号、SSS占用第3个符号、PBCH占用第2个和第4个符号。附图21与附图20仅是一个SS block中各种信号占用的符号排序方式不同，同一个SS burst中各个SS block的映射方式，以及各个SS block之间相距的符号数与附图20相同，在这里不再重复。FIG. 21 is a schematic diagram of a resource mapping manner provided by taking a second sorting manner as an example. The second sorting method means that in an SS block, the PSS occupies the first symbol, the SSS occupies the third symbol, and the PBCH occupies the second and fourth symbols. 21 and FIG. 20 are only different manners in which the symbols occupied by various signals in one SS block are different, the mapping manner of each SS block in the same SS burst, and the number of symbols between the respective SS blocks are the same as those in FIG. , no longer repeated here.
附图22是以第三种排序方式为例，提供的资源映射方式示意图。第三种排序方式是指在一个SS block中，PSS占用第2个符号、SSS占用第3个符号、PBCH占用第1个和第4个符号。附图22与附图20仅是一个SS block中各种信号占用的符号排序方式不同，同一个SS burst中各个SS block的映射方式，以及各个SS block之间相距的符号数与附图20相同，在这里不再重复。FIG. 22 is a schematic diagram of a resource mapping manner provided by taking a third sorting manner as an example. The third sorting method means that in one SS block, the PSS occupies the second symbol, the SSS occupies the third symbol, and the PBCH occupies the first and fourth symbols. FIG. 22 and FIG. 20 are only different manners of symbol sorting occupied by various signals in an SS block, mapping manners of respective SS blocks in the same SS burst, and the number of symbols between the respective SS blocks are the same as those in FIG. 20 , no longer repeated here.
附图23是以第四种排序方式为例，提供的资源映射方式示意图。第四种排序方式是指在一个SS block中，PSS占用第1个符号、SSS占用第4个符号、PBCH占用第2个和第3个符号。附图22与附图20仅是一个SS block中各种信号占用的符号排序方式不同，同一个SS burst中各个SS block的映射方式，以及各个SS block之间相距的符号数与附图20相同，在这里不再重复。FIG. 23 is a schematic diagram of a resource mapping manner provided by taking a fourth sorting manner as an example. The fourth sorting method means that in one SS block, the PSS occupies the first symbol, the SSS occupies the fourth symbol, and the PBCH occupies the second and third symbols. FIG. 22 and FIG. 20 are only different manners of symbol sorting occupied by various signals in an SS block, mapping manners of respective SS blocks in the same SS burst, and the number of symbols between the respective SS blocks are the same as those in FIG. 20 , no longer repeated here.
附图24是本申请实施例提供的另一种基站在发送SS block时资源映射的示意图。如图24所示共有2个SS burst，记为SS burst k和SS burst k+1。其中，slot i和slot j是SS burst k中的两个时隙，slot m和slot n是SS burst k+1中的两个时隙。FIG. 24 is a schematic diagram of resource mapping of another base station according to an embodiment of the present disclosure when transmitting an SS block. As shown in Fig. 24, there are two SS bursts, which are denoted as SS burst k and SS burst k+1. Among them, slot i and slot j are two slots in SS burst k, and slot m and slot n are two slots in SS burst k+1.
每个SS burst中传输4个SS block，分别记为SS block 1、SS block 2、SS block 3和SS block4。对于一个SS burst来说，该SS burst中传输的4个SS block中的系统信息、同步信息等信息是相同的。不同SS burst中传输的SS block的系统信息、同步信息等信息是不同的。例如，SS burst k中的4个SS block中的上述信息相同，SS burst k中的SS block 1和SS burst k+1中的SS block 1的上述信息不同。Four SS blocks are transmitted in each SS burst, which are respectively recorded as SS block 1, SS block 2, SS block 3, and SS block 4. For an SS burst, the system information, synchronization information, and the like in the four SS blocks transmitted in the SS burst are the same. The system information and synchronization information of the SS block transmitted in different SS bursts are different. For example, the above information in the four SS blocks in the SS burst k is the same, and the above information of the SS block 1 in the SS burst k and the SS block 1 in the SS burst k+1 are different.
以SS burst k为例，slot i和slot j是两个连续的时隙。其中SS block 1和SS block 2在slot i上连续的8个符号上发送，SS block 3和SS block 4在slot j上连续的8个符号上发送。可选地，SS block 1在slot i的第3-6个符号上发送，SS block 2在slot i的第7-10个符号上发送。SS block3在slot j的第4-7个符号上发送，SS block 4在slot i的第8-11个符号上发送Taking SS burst k as an example, slot i and slot j are two consecutive time slots. SS block 1 and SS block 2 are transmitted on consecutive 8 symbols on slot i, and SS block 3 and SS block 4 are transmitted on consecutive 8 symbols on slot j. Alternatively, SS block 1 is transmitted on the 3rd to 6th symbols of slot i, and SS block 2 is transmitted on the 7th to 10th symbols of slot i. SS block3 is sent on the 4th to 7th symbols of slot j, and SS block 4 is sent on the 8th to 11th symbols of slot i.
在一个SS block中包括PSS、SSS和PBCH。可选地，PSS、SSS和PBCH分别对应的OFDM符号的排序可以有多种方式。PSS, SSS, and PBCH are included in one SS block. Optionally, there may be multiple ways of ordering the OFDM symbols corresponding to the PSS, SSS, and PBCH, respectively.
如图24所示，SS block 1中的PSS在slot i的第3个符号上发送，SS block 1的SSS在slot i的第4个符号上发送，SS block 1的PBCH在slot i的第5-6个符号上发送。SS block 2中的PSS在slot i的第7个符号上发送，SS block 1的SSS在slot i的第8个符号上发送，SS block 1的PBCH在slot i的第9-10个符号上发送。As shown in FIG. 24, the PSS in SS block 1 is transmitted on the third symbol of slot i, the SSS of SS block 1 is transmitted on the fourth symbol of slot i, and the PBCH of SS block 1 is in the fifth of slot i. Send on -6 symbols. The PSS in SS block 2 is sent on the 7th symbol of slot i, the SSS of SS block 1 is sent on the 8th symbol of slot i, and the PBCH of SS block 1 is sent on the 9-10th symbol of slot i. .
SS block 3中的PSS在slot j的第4个符号上发送，SS block 3的SSS在slot i的第5个符号上发送，SS block 3的PBCH在slot i的第6-7个符号上发送。SS block 4中的PSS在slot j的第8个符号上发送，SS block 4的SSS在slot i的第9个符号上发送，SS block 4的PBCH在slot i的第10-11个符号上发送。The PSS in SS block 3 is sent on the 4th symbol of slot j, the SSS of SS block 3 is sent on the 5th symbol of slot i, and the PBCH of SS block 3 is sent on the 6th to 7th symbols of slot i . The PSS in SS block 4 is sent on the eighth symbol of slot j, the SSS of SS block 4 is sent on the ninth symbol of slot i, and the PBCH of SS block 4 is sent on the 10th to 11th symbols of slot i. .
SS burst k+1中的4个SS block的资源映射方式与SS burst k基本类似，请参照附图24。The resource mapping manner of the four SS blocks in SS burst k+1 is basically similar to that of SS burst k, please refer to FIG.
据此，UE在检测同步信号块时，可以根据不同同步信号块之间的符号位置，确认不同的同步信号块是否属于同一SS burst。仍以附图24的资源映射方式为例，SS burst k中的SS burst 1中的PSS与SS burst k中的SS burst 2中的PSS相距4个符号，SS burst k中的SS burst 1中的PSS与SS burst k中的SS burst 3中的PSS相距15个符号，SS burst k中的SS burst 1中的PSS与SS burst k中的SS burst 4中的PSS相距19个符号。SS burst k中的SS burst 2中的PSS与SS burst k中的SS burst 3中的PSS相距11个符号。换句话说，如果两个同步信号块之间的相差4、11、15、或19个符号，则这两个同步信号块属于同一SS burst。如果两个同步信号块之间相距的符号数目不是4、11、15、19中的任意一个，则这两个同步信号块属于不同SS burst。According to this, when detecting the synchronization signal block, the UE can confirm whether different synchronization signal blocks belong to the same SS burst according to the symbol position between different synchronization signal blocks. Taking the resource mapping method of FIG. 24 as an example, the PSS in SS burst 1 in SS burst k is 4 symbols apart from the PSS in SS burst 2 in SS burst k, and SS burst 1 in SS burst k The PSS is 15 symbols apart from the PSS in the SS burst 3 in the SS burst k, and the PSS in the SS burst 1 in the SS burst k is 19 symbols apart from the PSS in the SS burst 4 in the SS burst k. The PSS in SS burst 2 in SS burst k is 11 symbols apart from the PSS in SS burst 3 in SS burst k. In other words, if the two sync signal blocks differ by 4, 11, 15, or 19 symbols, the two sync signal blocks belong to the same SS burst. If the number of symbols between two sync signal blocks is not any one of 4, 11, 15, 19, the two sync signal blocks belong to different SS bursts.
仍以附图24的资源映射方式为例，通过不同SS burst中的同步信号块之间相隔的符号数来验证上述结论。SS burst k中的SS burst 3中的PSS与SS burst k+1中的SS burst 1中的PSS相距13个符号，SS burst k中的SS burst 3中的PSS与SS burst k+1中的SS burst 2中的PSS相距17个符号，SS burst k中的SS burst 4中的PSS与SS burst k+1中的SS burst 1中的PSS相距9个符号，SS burst k中的SS burst 4中的PSS与SS burst k+1中的SS burst 2中的PSS相距13个符号。可见，在附图24中，不同SS burst中的同步信号块之间相隔为9、13、17，与上述4、11、15、19中的任意一个均不相同。Still taking the resource mapping method of FIG. 24 as an example, the above conclusion is verified by the number of symbols separated by the sync signal blocks in different SS bursts. The PSS in SS burst 3 in SS burst k is 13 symbols away from the PSS in SS burst 1 in SS burst k+1, the PSS in SS burst 3 in SS burst k and the SS in SS burst k+1 The PSS in burst 2 is 17 symbols apart, the PSS in SS burst 4 in SS burst k is 9 symbols apart from the PSS in SS burst 1 in SS burst k+1, and SS burst 4 in SS burst k The PSS is 13 symbols apart from the PSS in SS burst 2 in SS burst k+1. It can be seen that in FIG. 24, the sync signal blocks in different SS bursts are separated by 9, 13, and 17, which are different from any of the above 4, 11, 15, and 19.
附图24是以第一种排序方式为例，提供的资源映射方式示意图。第一种排序方式是指在一个SS block中，PSS占用第1个符号、SSS占用第2个符号、PBCH占用第3-4个符号。FIG. 24 is a schematic diagram of a resource mapping manner provided by taking the first sorting manner as an example. The first sorting method means that in an SS block, the PSS occupies the first symbol, the SSS occupies the second symbol, and the PBCH occupies the 3-4th symbol.
附图25是以第二种排序方式为例，提供的资源映射方式示意图。第二种排序方式是指在一个SS block中，PSS占用第1个符号、SSS占用第3个符号、PBCH占用第2个和第4个符号。附图25与附图24仅是一个SS block中各种信号占用的符号排序方式不同，同一个SS burst中各个SS block的映射方式，以及各个SS block之间相距的符号数与附图24相同，在这里不再重复。FIG. 25 is a schematic diagram of a resource mapping manner provided by taking a second sorting manner as an example. The second sorting method means that in an SS block, the PSS occupies the first symbol, the SSS occupies the third symbol, and the PBCH occupies the second and fourth symbols. 25 and FIG. 24 are only different ways of sorting symbols occupied by various signals in an SS block, mapping manners of respective SS blocks in the same SS burst, and the number of symbols between the respective SS blocks are the same as those in FIG. , no longer repeated here.
附图26是以第三种排序方式为例，提供的资源映射方式示意图。第三种排序方式是指在一个SS block中，PSS占用第2个符号、SSS占用第3个符号、PBCH占用第1个和第4个符号。附图26与附图24仅是一个SS block中各种信号占用的符号排序方式不同，同一个SS burst中各个SS block的映射方式，以及各个SS block之间相距的符号数与附图24相同，在这里不再重复。FIG. 26 is a schematic diagram of a resource mapping manner provided by taking a third sorting manner as an example. The third sorting method means that in one SS block, the PSS occupies the second symbol, the SSS occupies the third symbol, and the PBCH occupies the first and fourth symbols. 26 and FIG. 24 are only different ways of sorting symbols occupied by various signals in an SS block, mapping manners of respective SS blocks in the same SS burst, and the number of symbols between the respective SS blocks are the same as those in FIG. , no longer repeated here.
附图27是以第四种排序方式为例，提供的资源映射方式示意图。第四种排序方式是指在一个SS block中，PSS占用第1个符号、SSS占用第4个符号、PBCH占用第2个和第3个符号。附图27与附图24仅是一个SS block中各种信号占用的符号排序方式不同，同一个SS burst中各个SS block的映射方式，以及各个SS block之间相距的符号数与附图24相同，在这里不再重复。FIG. 27 is a schematic diagram of a resource mapping manner provided by taking a fourth sorting manner as an example. The fourth sorting method means that in one SS block, the PSS occupies the first symbol, the SSS occupies the fourth symbol, and the PBCH occupies the second and third symbols. 27 and FIG. 24 are only different manners in which the symbols occupied by various signals in an SS block are different, the mapping manner of each SS block in the same SS burst, and the number of symbols between the respective SS blocks are the same as those in FIG. , no longer repeated here.
附图28是本申请实施例提供的一种传输同步信号的方法的流程图。该流程图从UE的角度，描述了以UE为例的终端设备接收同步信号的过程。在本申请后续实施例中，以基站为例，对网络设备的工作原理和功能进行介绍。FIG. 28 is a flowchart of a method for transmitting a synchronization signal according to an embodiment of the present application. The flowchart describes a process in which a terminal device receiving a synchronization signal by using a UE as an example from the perspective of a UE. In the following embodiments of the present application, the working principle and function of the network device are introduced by taking a base station as an example.
步骤281，UE检测一个同步信号脉冲，其中，所述同步信号脉冲包括第一同步信号块、第二同步信号块、第三同步信号块和第四同步信号块。Step 281: The UE detects a synchronization signal pulse, wherein the synchronization signal pulse includes a first synchronization signal block, a second synchronization signal block, a third synchronization signal block, and a fourth synchronization signal block.
所述第一同步信号块和所述第二同步信号块在第一时隙上连续传输，所述第三同步信号块和所述第四同步信号块在第二时隙上连续传输。在本申请中，连续传输是指通过连续的OFDM符号传输。The first synchronization signal block and the second synchronization signal block are continuously transmitted on a first time slot, and the third synchronization signal block and the fourth synchronization signal block are continuously transmitted on a second time slot. In the present application, continuous transmission refers to transmission through consecutive OFDM symbols.
其中所述第一同步信号块映射在第一资源，所述第二同步信号块映射在第二资源，所述第三同步信号块映射在第三资源，所述第四同步信号块映射在第四资源，所述第一资源在第一时隙中的位置与所述第三资源在第二时隙中的位置不同、且所述第二资源在第一时隙中的位置与所述第四资源在第二时隙中的位置不同。The first synchronization signal block is mapped to the first resource, the second synchronization signal block is mapped to the second resource, the third synchronization signal block is mapped to the third resource, and the fourth synchronization signal block is mapped to the first resource. a fourth resource, where a location of the first resource in the first time slot is different from a location of the third resource in the second time slot, and a location of the second resource in the first time slot and the first The four resources have different positions in the second time slot.
可选地，第一时隙和所述第二时隙是连续的时隙。Optionally, the first time slot and the second time slot are consecutive time slots.
各同步信号块在SS burst中的具体资源映射方式请参照前面实施例中的描述，在这里不再重复。For the specific resource mapping manner of each synchronization signal block in the SS burst, please refer to the description in the previous embodiment, and will not be repeated here.
步骤282，UE获取所述同步信号脉冲中的信号。Step 282: The UE acquires a signal in the synchronization signal pulse.
可选地，UE根据接收同步信号块时，不同同步信号块之间相距的符号数目，确认两个同步信号块是否属于同一SS burst，从而获得属于同一SS burst的多个同步信号块。对属于同一SS burst的多个同步信号块进行简化处理，例如分别对各同步信号块进行解调，对解调得到的软bit数据进行合并，对合并结果进行解码，从而获得各同步信号块中包含的信息，如系统信息，同步信号块的排序等等。这里的排序可以是在SS burst中的序号。Optionally, the UE confirms whether the two synchronization signal blocks belong to the same SS burst according to the number of symbols between different synchronization signal blocks when receiving the synchronization signal block, thereby obtaining a plurality of synchronization signal blocks belonging to the same SS burst. Sequencing a plurality of synchronization signal blocks belonging to the same SS burst, for example, demodulating each synchronization signal block separately, combining the demodulated soft bit data, and decoding the combined result, thereby obtaining each synchronization signal block Contains information such as system information, sequencing of sync blocks, and more. The ordering here can be the sequence number in the SS burst.
UE判断两个同步信号块是否属于SS burst的方式请参照前面实施例中的描述。例如假设资源映射方式为图20所示，如果两个同步信号块之间的相差4、9、13、或17个符号，则这两个同步信号块属于同一SS burst；如果两个同步信号块之间的相差的符号数不是4、9、13、或17中的任意一个，则这两个同步信号块属于不同SS burst。例如假设资源映射方式为图24所示，如果两个同步信号块之间的相差4、11、15、或19个符号，则这两个同步信号块属于同一SS burst；如果两个同步信号块之间的相差的符号数不是4、11、15、19中的任意一个，则这两个同步信号块属于不同SS burst。For the manner in which the UE determines whether two synchronization signal blocks belong to the SS burst, refer to the description in the previous embodiment. For example, if the resource mapping mode is as shown in FIG. 20, if the two synchronization signal blocks have a phase difference of 4, 9, 13, or 17 symbols, the two synchronization signal blocks belong to the same SS burst; if two synchronization signal blocks The number of symbols of the phase difference is not any one of 4, 9, 13, or 17, and the two sync signal blocks belong to different SS bursts. For example, if the resource mapping mode is as shown in FIG. 24, if the difference between the two sync signal blocks is 4, 11, 15, or 19 symbols, the two sync signal blocks belong to the same SS burst; if two sync signal blocks The number of symbols between the phase differences is not any one of 4, 11, 15, or 19, and the two sync signal blocks belong to different SS bursts.
本申请实施例提供的传输同步信号的方法，UE在接收多个SS block时，根据任意两个同步信号块之间的资源位置，例如任意两个同步信号块之间相差的符号数目，确认两个同步信号块是否属于同一SS burst。以便于UE根据确认结果进行后续简化的信号处理，从而提高通信系统的性能。In the method for transmitting a synchronization signal provided by the embodiment of the present application, when receiving multiple SS blocks, the UE confirms two according to the resource position between any two synchronization signal blocks, for example, the number of symbols of any two synchronization signal blocks. Whether the sync signal blocks belong to the same SS burst. Therefore, the UE performs subsequent simplified signal processing according to the confirmation result, thereby improving the performance of the communication system.
需要进行说明的是，附图20-附图27所示的资源映射方式适用于各种频点的通信系统，例如子载波间隔为15kHz的通信系统、子载波间隔为30kHz的通信系统、子载波间隔为120kHz的通信系统、子载波间隔为240kHz的通信系统。进一步地，附图20-附图27所示的资源映射方案优选适用于子载波间隔为120kHz、且时隙包含14个符号的通信系统。这是因为在子载波间隔为120kHz、且时隙包含14个符号的场景下，为了保证上下行控制，在时隙的起始处和末尾需要保留至少2个符号。然而，如附图29所示，为了避免在同一频带中的子载波间隔为60kHz的数据与子载波间隔为120kHz的同步信号发生上下行干扰，在子载波间隔为120kHz的时隙末尾处至少需要保留3个时隙。这样对于附图10-14所示的5种同步信号块在一个包含14符号的时隙内的资源映射方案，附图12-14所示的方案满足该要求。此外，由于将两个同步信号块连续发送可以节省能量，附图13-14所示的方案进一步符合节能要求。因此，将附图13-14所示的时隙内的资源映射方案应用于包含多个时隙的同步信号脉冲中后得到的附图20-27所示的资源映射方案即为同时满足抗干扰和节能要求的资源映射方案。It should be noted that the resource mapping manner shown in FIG. 20 to FIG. 27 is applicable to communication systems of various frequency points, for example, a communication system with a subcarrier spacing of 15 kHz, a communication system with a subcarrier spacing of 30 kHz, and subcarriers. A communication system with an interval of 120 kHz and a communication system with a subcarrier spacing of 240 kHz. Further, the resource mapping scheme shown in FIG. 20 to FIG. 27 is preferably applied to a communication system in which the subcarrier spacing is 120 kHz and the time slot contains 14 symbols. This is because in the scenario where the subcarrier spacing is 120 kHz and the time slot contains 14 symbols, in order to ensure uplink and downlink control, at least 2 symbols need to be reserved at the beginning and the end of the time slot. However, as shown in FIG. 29, in order to avoid uplink and downlink interference of data having a subcarrier spacing of 60 kHz in the same frequency band and a synchronization signal having a subcarrier spacing of 120 kHz, at least at the end of the time slot with a subcarrier spacing of 120 kHz is required. Reserve 3 time slots. Thus, for the resource mapping schemes of the five sync signal blocks shown in Figures 10-14 in a time slot containing 14 symbols, the scheme shown in Figures 12-14 satisfies this requirement. In addition, since the two sync signal blocks are continuously transmitted to save energy, the schemes shown in Figures 13-14 further meet the energy saving requirements. Therefore, the resource mapping scheme shown in FIGS. 20-27 obtained by applying the resource mapping scheme in the time slot shown in FIG. 13-14 to the synchronization signal pulse including multiple time slots is to simultaneously satisfy the anti-interference. And resource mapping schemes for energy saving requirements.
进一步地，请参照附图30，网络设备采用附图20-27所示的资源映射方式对同步信号块分组进行资源映射后，网络设备在发送同步信号脉冲集时，在同步信号脉冲集中的前1微秒发送上述用于传输第一同步信号块分组和第二同步信号块分组的4个连续的时隙，如阴 影所示。附图30是以ss burst set的发送周期为20ms为例进行图示的，可以理解ss burst set的发送周期也可以被配置为5ms，10ms，40ms，80ms，或160ms。Further, referring to FIG. 30, after the network device performs resource mapping on the synchronization signal block group by using the resource mapping manner shown in FIG. 20-27, the network device sends the synchronization signal pulse set before the synchronization signal pulse set. The above-described four consecutive time slots for transmitting the first sync signal block packet and the second sync signal block packet are transmitted in 1 microsecond as indicated by hatching. FIG. 30 is an example in which the transmission period of the ss burst set is 20 ms. It can be understood that the transmission period of the ss burst set can also be configured to be 5 ms, 10 ms, 40 ms, 80 ms, or 160 ms.
实施例三 Embodiment 3
本申请实施例还提供了一种网络设备。示例性地，该网络设备可以是基站。下面结合附图31以基站为例，对网络设备的结构和功能进行描述。附图31是网络设备的结构示意图，该网络设备作为附图4中的网络设备，实现以上各实施例、以及实施例四中的网络设备的功能。如图31所示，该网络设备包括收发器311和处理器312。The embodiment of the present application further provides a network device. Illustratively, the network device can be a base station. The structure and function of the network device will be described below by taking a base station as an example in conjunction with FIG. FIG. 31 is a schematic structural diagram of a network device. The network device functions as the network device in FIG. 4, and implements the functions of the network devices in the foregoing embodiments and the fourth embodiment. As shown in FIG. 31, the network device includes a transceiver 311 and a processor 312.
可选地，收发器311可以称为远端射频单元(remote radio unit，RRU)、收发单元、收发机、或者收发电路等等。收发器311可以包括至少一个天线3111和射频单元3112，收发器311可以用于射频信号的收发以及射频信号与基带信号的转换。Alternatively, the transceiver 311 may be referred to as a remote radio unit (RRU), a transceiver unit, a transceiver, or a transceiver circuit or the like. The transceiver 311 can include at least one antenna 3111 and a radio frequency unit 3112. The transceiver 311 can be used for transceiving radio frequency signals and converting radio frequency signals with baseband signals.
可选地，网络设备包括一个或多个基带单元(英文：baseband unit，简称：BBU)313。该基带单元包括处理器312。基带单元313主要用于进行基带处理，如信道编码，复用，调制，扩频等，以及对基站进行控制。收发器311与该基带单元313可以是物理上设置在一起，也可以物理上分离设置的，即分布式基站。Optionally, the network device includes one or more baseband units (abbreviation: BBUs) 313. The baseband unit includes a processor 312. The baseband unit 313 is mainly used for performing baseband processing such as channel coding, multiplexing, modulation, spread spectrum, etc., and controlling the base station. The transceiver 311 and the baseband unit 313 may be physically disposed together or physically separated, that is, distributed base stations.
在一个示例中，基带单元313可以由一个或多个单板构成，多个单板可以共同支持单一接入制式的无线接入网，也可以分别支持不同接入制式的无线接入网。基带单元313包括处理器312。处理器312可以用于控制网络设备执行前述各方法实施例中的相应操作。可选地，基带单元313还可以包括存储器314，用以存储必要的指令和数据。In one example, the baseband unit 313 may be configured by one or more single boards. The multiple boards may jointly support a single access system radio access network, or may respectively support different access standards of the radio access network. Baseband unit 313 includes a processor 312. The processor 312 can be used to control the network device to perform the corresponding operations in the foregoing method embodiments. Optionally, baseband unit 313 may also include a memory 314 for storing the necessary instructions and data.
所述处理器312，用于生成第一同步信号块分组和第二同步信号块分组，其中，所述第一同步信号块分组包括m个同步信号块，所述第二同步信号块分组包括n个同步信号块，其中m、n为大于等于2的正整数。The processor 312 is configured to generate a first synchronization signal block group and a second synchronization signal block group, where the first synchronization signal block group includes m synchronization signal blocks, and the second synchronization signal block group includes n Sync block, where m and n are positive integers greater than or equal to 2.
所述处理器312，还用于将所述第一同步信号块分组中的m个同步信号块映射到x个符号中，其中，x＝7m，映射后的所述第一同步信号块分组中任意两个同步信号块之间相差的符号数目属于第一集合。The processor 312 is further configured to map the m synchronization signal blocks in the first synchronization signal block group into x symbols, where x=7m, and the mapped first synchronization signal block group The number of symbols that differ between any two sync signal blocks belongs to the first set.
将所述第二同步信号块分组中的n个同步信号块映射到另外y个符号中，其中，y＝7n，映射后的所述第二同步信号块分组中任意两个同步信号块之间相差的符号数目属于所述第一集合、且映射后的所述第二同步信号块分组中的一个同步信号块与所述映射后所述第一同步信号块分组中的一个同步信号块之间相差的符号数属于第二集合，所述第二集合中的数值与所述第一集合中的数值不重合。Mapping n synchronization signal blocks in the second synchronization signal block group into another y symbols, where y=7n, between any two synchronization signal blocks in the second synchronization signal block group after mapping The number of symbols of the phase difference belongs to the first set, and between one of the mapped synchronization signal blocks in the second synchronization signal block group and one of the synchronization signal blocks in the first synchronization signal block group after the mapping The number of symbols of the difference belongs to the second set, and the values in the second set do not coincide with the values in the first set.
所示收发器311，用于通过所述处理器映射的时频资源发送所述第一同步信号块分组中的同步信号块和第二同步信号块分组中的同步信号块。The transceiver 311 is configured to send the synchronization signal block in the first synchronization signal block group and the synchronization signal block in the second synchronization signal block group by using the time-frequency resource mapped by the processor.
可选地，m、n取值为4，x、y的取值为28。Optionally, m and n have a value of 4, and x and y have a value of 28.
可选地，当第一集合中包括的数值为偶数，所述第二集合中包括的数值为奇数时，所述处理器312采用附图6或附图7所示的均匀映射方式，对第一同步信号块分组中的同步信号块和第二同步信号块分组中的同步信号块进行资源映射。具体请参考前面方法实施例中的描述，在这里不再重复。Optionally, when the value included in the first set is an even number and the value included in the second set is an odd number, the processor 312 adopts a uniform mapping manner as shown in FIG. 6 or FIG. The sync signal block in a sync signal block packet and the sync signal block in the second sync signal block packet perform resource mapping. For details, please refer to the description in the previous method embodiments, which will not be repeated here.
可选地，当第一集合中可能既包含偶数和包含奇数，第二集合也可能既包含偶数和包含奇数，但第一集合和第二集合中不包含相同的数值时，例如第一集合包括{4、9、13、17}，第二集合包括{11、15、19}时，处理器312采用上面方法实施例二中附图20至或27所示的资源映射方式对第一同步信号块分组中的同步信号块和第二同步信号块分组中的同 步信号块进行资源映射。具体请参考前面方法实施例中的描述，在这里不再重复。Optionally, when the first set may contain both an even number and an odd number, the second set may also contain both an even number and an odd number, but the first set and the second set do not include the same value, for example, the first set includes {4, 9, 13, 17}, when the second set includes {11, 15, 19}, the processor 312 uses the resource mapping manner shown in FIG. 20 to 27 of the second embodiment of the above method to the first synchronization signal. The synchronization signal block in the block packet and the synchronization signal block in the second synchronization signal block packet perform resource mapping. For details, please refer to the description in the previous method embodiments, which will not be repeated here.
可选地，当第一集合中可能既包含偶数和包含奇数，第二集合也可能既包含偶数和包含奇数，并且第一集合中包含的数值小于预定阈值、且所述第二集合中包含的数值大于预定阈值时，处理器312采用附图9-附图14所示的资源映射方式，对第一同步信号块分组中的同步信号块和第二同步信号块分组中的同步信号块进行资源映射。具体请参考前面方法实施例中的描述，在这里不再重复。Optionally, when the first set may contain both an even number and an odd number, the second set may also contain both an even number and an odd number, and the value contained in the first set is less than a predetermined threshold, and the second set includes When the value is greater than the predetermined threshold, the processor 312 uses the resource mapping manner shown in FIG. 9 to FIG. 14 to perform resources on the synchronization signal block in the first synchronization signal block group and the synchronization signal block in the second synchronization signal block group. Mapping. For details, please refer to the description in the previous method embodiments, which will not be repeated here.
网络设备发送同步信号的更多详细过程，请参考前面方法实施例、以及实施例四中的描述，在这里不再重复。For more detailed procedures for the network device to send the synchronization signal, please refer to the previous method embodiment and the description in the fourth embodiment, which will not be repeated here.
本申请实施例还提供了一种网络设备，示例性地，该网络设备是基站。下面结合附图32以基站为例，对网络设备的结构和功能进行描述。附图32是网络设备的结构示意图，该网络设备作为附图4中的网络设备，具备方法实施例中网络设备的功能。如图32所示，该网络设备包括收发单元321和处理单元322。该收发单元321和该处理单元322可以是软件实现也可以是硬件实现。在硬件实现的情况下，该收发单元321可以是图31中的收发器311，该处理单元322可以是图31中的处理器312。The embodiment of the present application further provides a network device. Illustratively, the network device is a base station. The structure and function of the network device will be described below by taking a base station as an example in conjunction with FIG. 32. 32 is a schematic structural diagram of a network device, which is a network device in FIG. 4, and has the functions of the network device in the method embodiment. As shown in FIG. 32, the network device includes a transceiver unit 321 and a processing unit 322. The transceiver unit 321 and the processing unit 322 may be implemented in software or in hardware. In the case of hardware implementation, the transceiver unit 321 can be the transceiver 311 in FIG. 31, and the processing unit 322 can be the processor 312 in FIG.
本申请实施例提供了一种以基站为例的网络设备，该网络设备生成第一同步信号块分组和第二同步信号块分组后，采用预定的资源映射方式对两个同步信号块进行资源映射。映射后，在时域上同一同步信号块分组中的两个同步信号块之间相差的符号数目属于第一集合，而不同同步信号块分组中的两个同步信号块相差的符号数目不属于第一集合。这样以便于终端设备在接收同步信号时，在检测到多个同步信号块时，可以根据两个同步信号块之间相差的符号数目，确认这两个同步信号块是否属于同一同步信号块分组。终端设备继而可以获得属于同一同步信号块分组的多个同步信号块，并对属于同一同步信号块分组的多个同步信号块进行简化处理，从而简化信号处理流程，缩短了处理同步信号块耗费的时间和处理资源。终端设备从而能够更快地获得同步信号块中携带的系统信息，缩短了网络接入时间。An embodiment of the present application provides a network device that takes a base station as an example. After the first synchronization signal block group and the second synchronization signal block group are generated, the network device performs resource mapping on two synchronization signal blocks by using a predetermined resource mapping manner. . After mapping, the number of symbols of the difference between two synchronization signal blocks in the same synchronization signal block group in the time domain belongs to the first set, and the number of symbols of the difference between the two synchronization signal blocks in different synchronization signal block groups does not belong to the first A collection. In this way, when the terminal device detects the plurality of synchronization signal blocks when receiving the synchronization signal, it can be confirmed whether the two synchronization signal blocks belong to the same synchronization signal block group according to the number of symbols of the difference between the two synchronization signal blocks. The terminal device can then obtain a plurality of synchronization signal blocks belonging to the same synchronization signal block group, and simplify the processing of the plurality of synchronization signal blocks belonging to the same synchronization signal block group, thereby simplifying the signal processing flow and shortening the processing cost of processing the synchronization signal block. Time and processing resources. The terminal device can thereby obtain the system information carried in the synchronization signal block more quickly, and shorten the network access time.
本申请实施例还提供了一种终端设备。应理解，该终端设备可以是上述各方法实施例中的UE，可以具有各方法实施例中的UE的任意功能。附图33是终端设备的结构示意图，该终端设备作为附图5中的终端设备，实现以上各实施例、、以及实施例四所示的终端设备的功能。如图33所示，该终端设备包括处理器331和收发器332。The embodiment of the present application further provides a terminal device. It should be understood that the terminal device may be the UE in the foregoing method embodiments, and may have any function of the UE in each method embodiment. Figure 33 is a block diagram showing the structure of the terminal device. The terminal device functions as the terminal device in Figure 5 to implement the functions of the terminal devices shown in the above embodiments and the fourth embodiment. As shown in FIG. 33, the terminal device includes a processor 331 and a transceiver 332.
可选地，收发器332可以包括控制电路和天线，其中，控制电路可用于基带信号与射频信号的转换以及对射频信号的处理，天线可用于收发射频信号。Optionally, the transceiver 332 can include a control circuit and an antenna, wherein the control circuit can be used for converting baseband signals and radio frequency signals and processing the radio frequency signals, and the antenna can be used to transmit and receive radio frequency signals.
可选地，该装置还可以包括终端设备的其他主要部件，例如，存储器、输入输出装置等。Optionally, the device may also include other major components of the terminal device, such as memory, input and output devices, and the like.
处理器331可用于对通信协议以及通信数据进行处理，以及对整个终端设备进行控制，执行软件程序，处理软件程序的数据，例如用于支持终端设备执行前述方法实施例中的相应操作。存储器333主要用于存储软件程序和数据。当终端设备开机后，处理器331可以读取存储器中的软件程序，解释并执行软件程序的指令，处理软件程序的数据。The processor 331 can be configured to process the communication protocol and the communication data, and control the entire terminal device, execute the software program, and process the data of the software program, for example, to support the terminal device to perform the corresponding operations in the foregoing method embodiments. The memory 333 is mainly used to store software programs and data. After the terminal device is powered on, the processor 331 can read the software program in the memory, interpret and execute the instructions of the software program, and process the data of the software program.
在一个实施例中，收发器332，用于在一个同步信号脉冲集的发送周期中检测到第一同步信号块和第二同步信号块。In one embodiment, the transceiver 332 is configured to detect the first sync signal block and the second sync signal block in a transmission period of a synchronization signal pulse set.
处理器331用于确定所述第一同步信号块占用的时域资源与所述第二同步信号块占用的时域资源之间相差的符号数目。如果所述相差的符号数目属于预定集合，确定所述第一 同步信号块和所述第二同步信号块属于同一同步信号块分组。The processor 331 is configured to determine a number of symbols that are different between a time domain resource occupied by the first synchronization signal block and a time domain resource occupied by the second synchronization signal block. If the number of symbols of the phase difference belongs to a predetermined set, it is determined that the first sync signal block and the second sync signal block belong to the same sync signal block packet.
可选地，如果所述相差的符号数目不属于预定集合，则确定所述第一同步信号块和所述第二同步信号块属于不同的同步信号块分组。Optionally, if the number of symbols of the phase difference does not belong to a predetermined set, determining that the first synchronization signal block and the second synchronization signal block belong to different synchronization signal block groups.
可选地，对应上述方法实施例附图6-附图7所示的资源映射方式，预定集合为附图6-附图7所描述的方法实施例中的第一集合，预定集合中包括的数值为偶数。对应的，处理器331在确定出相差的符号数目之后，可以采用简化的判断方式，即判断所述相差的符号数目是否为偶数。如果差的符号数目为偶数，则终端设备确定第一同步信号块和第二同步信号块属于同一同步信号块分组。如果相差的符号数目不为偶数，则确定第一同步信号块和第二同步信号块属于不同同步信号块分组。Optionally, corresponding to the resource mapping manner shown in FIG. 6 to FIG. 7 of the foregoing method embodiment, the predetermined set is the first set in the method embodiment described in FIG. 6 to FIG. 7, and is included in the predetermined set. The value is even. Correspondingly, after determining the number of symbols of the phase difference, the processor 331 may adopt a simplified judgment manner, that is, determine whether the number of symbols of the phase difference is an even number. If the number of difference symbols is an even number, the terminal device determines that the first sync signal block and the second sync signal block belong to the same sync signal block packet. If the number of symbols of the phase difference is not an even number, it is determined that the first sync signal block and the second sync signal block belong to different sync signal block packets.
可选地，对应上述方法实施例附图9-附图14、附图18所示的资源映射方式，预定集合为附图9-附图14、附图18所描述的方法实施例中的第一集合，预定集合中包括的数值小于预定阈值。对应的，处理器331在确定出相差的符号数目之后，可以采用简化的判断方式，即判断相差的符号数目是否超过预定阈值。如果相差的符号数目不超过预定阈值，则终端设备确定第一同步信号块和第二同步信号块属于同一同步信号块分组。如果相差的符号数目超过预定阈值，则确定第一同步信号块和第二同步信号块属于不同同步信号块分组。Optionally, corresponding to the resource mapping manner shown in FIG. 9 to FIG. 14 and FIG. 18 of the foregoing method embodiment, the predetermined set is the first in the method embodiment described in FIG. 9 to FIG. 14 and FIG. A set of values included in the predetermined set is less than a predetermined threshold. Correspondingly, after determining the number of symbols of the phase difference, the processor 331 may adopt a simplified judgment manner, that is, determine whether the number of symbols of the phase difference exceeds a predetermined threshold. If the number of symbols of the phase difference does not exceed the predetermined threshold, the terminal device determines that the first sync signal block and the second sync signal block belong to the same sync signal block packet. If the number of symbols of the phase difference exceeds a predetermined threshold, it is determined that the first sync signal block and the second sync signal block belong to different sync signal block packets.
终端设备接受同步信号的更多详细过程，请参考前面方法实施例、以及实施例四中的描述，在这里不再重复。For more detailed procedures for the terminal device to accept the synchronization signal, please refer to the previous method embodiment and the description in the fourth embodiment, which will not be repeated here.
本申请实施例还提供了一种终端设备。应理解，该终端设备可以是上述各方法实施例中的终端设备，可以具有各方法实施例中的终端设备的任意功能。附图34是终端设备的结构示意图，该基站处理单元341和收发单元342。该处理单元341和该收发单元342可以是软件实现也可以是硬件实现。在硬件实现的情况下，该处理单元341可以是图33中的处理器331，该收发单元342可以是图33中的收发器332。The embodiment of the present application further provides a terminal device. It should be understood that the terminal device may be the terminal device in each of the foregoing method embodiments, and may have any function of the terminal device in each method embodiment. Figure 34 is a block diagram showing the structure of a terminal device, the base station processing unit 341 and the transceiver unit 342. The processing unit 341 and the transceiver unit 342 may be implemented in software or in hardware. In the case of a hardware implementation, the processing unit 341 can be the processor 331 of FIG. 33, which can be the transceiver 332 of FIG.
本申请实施例提供了一种终端设备，终端设备在一个同步信号脉冲集的发送周期中检测到多个同步信号块时，可以根据两个同步信号块之间相差的符号数目是否属于预定集合，确认两个同步信号块是否属于同一同步信号块分组，从而进一步获得属于同一同步信号块分组的多个同步信号块。终端设备可以对属于同一同步信号块分组中的多个同步信号块后续进行简化的信号处理流程。由于简化了信号处理流程，缩短了处理同步信号块耗费的时间和处理资源，从而能够更快地获得同步信号块中携带的系统信息，缩短了网络接入时间。An embodiment of the present application provides a terminal device, when a terminal device detects multiple synchronization signal blocks in a transmission period of a synchronization signal pulse set, according to whether the number of symbols of the difference between the two synchronization signal blocks belongs to a predetermined set. It is confirmed whether the two sync signal blocks belong to the same sync signal block group, thereby further obtaining a plurality of sync signal blocks belonging to the same sync signal block group. The terminal device can perform a simplified signal processing procedure on a plurality of synchronization signal blocks belonging to the same synchronization signal block group. Since the signal processing flow is simplified, the time and processing resources for processing the synchronization signal block are shortened, so that the system information carried in the synchronization signal block can be obtained more quickly, and the network access time is shortened.
本发明实施例还提供了一种通信系统，包括上述实施例中的网络设备和终端设备。网络设备和终端设备的功能，以及相互信息交互的详细过程，请参考前面实施例中的描述。The embodiment of the invention further provides a communication system, which comprises the network device and the terminal device in the above embodiment. For the functions of network devices and terminal devices, and the detailed process of mutual information interaction, please refer to the description in the previous embodiment.
所属领域的技术人员可以清楚地了解到，为描述的方便和简洁，上述描述的系统、装置和单元的具体工作过程，可以参考前述方法实施例中的对应过程，在此不再赘述。A person skilled in the art can clearly understand that for the convenience and brevity of the description, the specific working process of the system, the device and the unit described above can refer to the corresponding process in the foregoing method embodiment, and details are not described herein again.
实施例四 Embodiment 4
实施例一、实施例二提供了一种传播同步信号的方法，并且具体给出了在传输同步信号时，第一同步信号块分组和第二同步信号块分组中分别包括4个同步信号块的情况下，同步信号块的多种资源映射方式。即当m、n的取值为4时，同步信号块的多种资源映射方式。 Embodiment 1 and Embodiment 2 provide a method for propagating a synchronization signal, and specifically, when transmitting a synchronization signal, the first synchronization signal block group and the second synchronization signal block group respectively include four synchronization signal blocks. In this case, multiple resource mapping methods of the synchronization signal block. That is, when the value of m and n is 4, a plurality of resource mapping modes of the synchronization signal block are used.
正如在实施例一、实施例二中已进行说明的，实施例一附图4和附图5所示的传播同步信号的方法适用于m、n的取值为其他正整数的情况。本实施例将结合多个附图，介绍当m、 n的取值为其他数值时，例如m、n的取值为8时，同步信号块的资源映射方式。As described in the first embodiment and the second embodiment, the method of propagating the synchronization signal shown in the first embodiment of FIG. 4 and FIG. 5 is applicable to the case where the values of m and n are other positive integers. In this embodiment, when the values of m and n are other values, for example, when the value of m and n is 8, the resource mapping manner of the synchronization signal block will be described.
在附图4的步骤42中，当m、n的取值为8时，x、y的取值为56。在通信系统所使用的时隙为包含14个符号的时隙的情况下，网络设备在发送第一同步信号块分组和第二同步信号块分组时，将第一同步信号块分组映射到4个连续的时隙上，将第二同步信号块分组映射到另外4个连续的时隙上，这两组连续的2个时隙之间至少相隔1个时隙。具体的资源映射方式如附图35、附图36和附图37所示。In step 42 of FIG. 4, when the value of m and n is 8, the value of x and y is 56. In the case that the time slot used by the communication system is a time slot containing 14 symbols, the network device maps the first synchronization signal block group to 4 when transmitting the first synchronization signal block packet and the second synchronization signal block packet. The second sync signal block is mapped onto the other four consecutive time slots on consecutive time slots, and the two consecutive two time slots are separated by at least one time slot. The specific resource mapping manner is as shown in FIG. 35, FIG. 36 and FIG.
在第一同步信号块分组映射到的4个连续的时隙与第二同步信号块分组映射到的4个连续的时隙之间相隔1个时隙的情况下，为了保证完成资源映射后，映射后的同一同步信号块分组中任意2个同步信号块之间相差的符号数目属于第一集合、且不同同步信号块分组中的同步信号块之间相差的符号数目属于与第一集合互不重叠的第二集合，如附图35和附图36所示。In the case where the four consecutive time slots to which the first synchronization signal block group is mapped and the four consecutive time slots to which the second synchronization signal block group is mapped are separated by one time slot, in order to ensure completion of resource mapping, The number of symbols of any two synchronization signal blocks in the same synchronization signal block group after mapping belongs to the first set, and the number of symbols of the difference between the synchronization signal blocks in different synchronization signal block groups belongs to the first set. A second set of overlaps is shown in Figures 35 and 36.
下面以ss burst作为同步信号块分组的示例，结合附图35对一种可能的具体资源映射方式进行描述。在本实施例中，PSS、SSS和PBCH分别对应的OFDM符号在SS block中的排列方式采用图2中的第2种排列方式，即PSS占用SS block中的第1个符号，SSS占用SS block中的第3个符号，PBCH占用SS block中的第2、4个符号。显然，PSS、SSS和PBCH分别对应的OFDM符号在SS block中的排列方式可以采用图2中的其他排列方式，在这里不再一一举例。The following uses ss burst as an example of synchronization signal block grouping, and a possible specific resource mapping manner will be described with reference to FIG. In this embodiment, the arrangement manner of the OFDM symbols corresponding to the PSS, the SSS, and the PBCH in the SS block is the second arrangement in FIG. 2, that is, the PSS occupies the first symbol in the SS block, and the SSS occupies the SS block. The third symbol in the PBCH occupies the 2nd and 4th symbols in the SS block. Obviously, the arrangement of the OFDM symbols corresponding to the PSS, the SSS, and the PBCH in the SS block may be other arrangements in FIG. 2, and will not be exemplified herein.
slot j至slot j+8表示连续的9个时隙。网络设备将ss burst k映射在slot j至slot j+3的4个连续的时隙中，将ss burst k+1映射在slot j+5至slot j+8的4个连续的时隙中。Slot j to slot j+8 represent nine consecutive time slots. The network device maps ss burst k in 4 consecutive time slots of slot j to slot j+3, and ss burst k+1 is mapped in 4 consecutive time slots of slot j+5 to slot j+8.
网络设备将ss burst k中ss block 1映射在连续的9个时隙中的第1个时隙slot j的第3-6个符号上、将ss burst k中ss block 2映射在连续的9个时隙中的第1个时隙slot j的第7-10个符号上。The network device maps the ss block 1 in the ss burst k on the 3-6th symbol of the 1st slot slot j of the consecutive 9 slots, and maps the ss block 2 in the ss burst k to the consecutive 9 slots. The 7th-10th symbol of the first slot slot j in the slot.
将ss burst k中ss block 3映射在连续的9个时隙中的第2个时隙slot j+1的第3-6个符号上、将ss burst k中ss block 4映射在连续的9个时隙中的第2个时隙slot j+1的第7-10个符号上。The ss block 3 in the ss burst k is mapped on the 3rd to 6th symbols of the second slot slot j+1 of the consecutive 9 slots, and the ss block 4 in the ss burst k is mapped to 9 consecutive The second time slot in the time slot is on the 7-10th symbol of slot j+1.
将ss burst k中ss block 5映射在连续的9个时隙中的第3个时隙slot j+2的第3-6个符号上、将ss burst k中ss block 6映射在连续的9个时隙中的第3个时隙slot j+2的第7-10个符号上。The ss block 5 in the ss burst k is mapped on the 3rd to 6th symbols of the 3rd slot slot j+2 of the consecutive 9 slots, and the ss block 6 in the ss burst k is mapped in 9 consecutive The third time slot in the time slot is on the 7-10th symbol of slot j+2.
将ss burst k中ss block7映射在连续的9个时隙中的第4个时隙slot j+3的第3-6个符号上、将ss burst k中ss block 8映射在连续的9个时隙中的第4个时隙slot j+3的第7-10个符号上。The ss block 7 in the ss burst k is mapped on the 3rd to 6th symbols of the 4th slot slot j+3 of the consecutive 9 slots, and the ss block 8 in the ss burst k is mapped in 9 consecutive times. The 4th time slot in the slot is on the 7-10th symbol of slot j+3.
网络设备将ss burst k+1中ss block 1映射在连续的9个时隙中的第6个时隙slot j+5的第4-7个符号上、将ss burst k+1中ss block 2映射在连续的9个时隙中的第6个时隙slot j+5的第8-11个符号上。The network device maps ss block 1 of ss burst k+1 to the 4th to 7th symbols of the sixth slot slot j+5 of the consecutive 9 slots, and ss block 2 of ss burst k+1 It is mapped on the 8th-11th symbols of the sixth slot slot j+5 of the consecutive 9 slots.
将ss burst k+1中ss block 3映射在连续的9个时隙中的第7个时隙slot j+6的第4-7个符号上、将ss burst k+1中ss block 4映射在连续的9个时隙中的第7个时隙slot j+6的第8-11个符号上。 Mapping ss block 3 in ss burst k+1 on the 4th-7th symbol of the 7th slot slot j+6 of the consecutive 9 slots, mapping ss block 4 in ss burst k+1 On the 8th-11th symbol of the 7th slot slot j+6 of the consecutive 9 slots.
将ss burst k+1中ss block 5映射在连续的9个时隙中的第8个时隙slot j+7的第4-7个符号上、将ss burst k+1中ss block 6映射在连续的9个时隙中的第8个时隙slot j+7的第8-11个符号上。 Map ss block 5 of ss burst k+1 on the 4th to 7th symbols of the 8th slot slot j+7 of the consecutive 9 slots, and map ss block 6 in ss burst k+1 On the 8th-11th symbol of the 8th slot slot j+7 of the consecutive 9 slots.
将ss burst k+1中ss block 7映射在连续的9个时隙中的第9个时隙slot j+8的第4-7个符号上、将ss burst k+1中ss block 8映射在连续的9个时隙中的第9个时隙slot j+8的第8-11个符号上。 Map ss block 7 of ss burst k+1 on the 4th to 7th symbols of the 9th slot slot j+8 of the consecutive 9 slots, and map ss block 8 in ss burst k+1 On the 8th-11th symbol of the 9th slot slot j+8 of the 9 consecutive slots.
从附图35所示的映射方式可以看出，在完成资源映射后，属于同一同步信号块分组中的各同步信号块之间相差的符号数为偶数。As can be seen from the mapping manner shown in FIG. 35, after the resource mapping is completed, the number of symbols that differ between the sync signal blocks belonging to the same sync signal block group is an even number.
例如对于附图35中的ss burst k而言，ss block 1与ss block 2相差4个符号，ss block 1与ss block 3相差14个符号，ss block 1与ss block 4相差18个符号。ss block 2与ss block 4相差10个符号。ss block 1与ss block 5相差28个符号，ss block 1与ss block 6相差32个符号。ss block 1与ss block 7相差42个符号，ss block 1与ss block 8相差46个符号。For example, for ss burst k in FIG. 35, ss block 1 differs from ss block 2 by 4 symbols, ss block 1 differs from ss block 3 by 14 symbols, and ss block 1 differs from ss block 4 by 18 symbols. Ss block 2 differs from ss block 4 by 10 symbols. Ss block 1 differs from ss block 5 by 28 symbols, and ss block 1 differs from ss block 6 by 32 symbols. Ss block 1 differs from ss block 7 by 42 symbols, and ss block 1 differs from ss block 8 by 46 symbols.
ss burst k+1中各个ss block之间相差的符号数与ss burst k相似，在这里不再一一重复。The number of symbols of the difference between each ss block in ss burst k+1 is similar to ss burst k, and is not repeated here.
然而，属于不同的同步信号块分组中的各同步信号块之间相差的符号数为奇数。例如ss burst k中的ss block 5与ss burst k+1中的ss block 1相差43个符号，ss burst k中的ss block 1与ss burst k+1中的ss block 2相差47个符号，ss burst k中的ss block 7与ss burst k+1中的ss block 1相差29个符号，ss burst k中的ss block 8与ss burst k+1中的ss block 1相差25个符号，ss burst k中的ss block 7与ss burst k+1中的ss block 2相差33个符号，ss burst k中的ss block 7与ss burst k+1中的ss block 3相差43个符号，ss burst k中的ss block 7与ss burst k+1中的ss block 4相差47个符号。当然，不同的同步信号块分组中的各同步信号块之间相差的符号数还可以是取值更大的奇数，例如ss burst k中的ss block 7与ss burst k+1中的ss block 5相差57个符号，在这里不再列举。However, the number of symbols that differ between the sync signal blocks belonging to different sync block groups is an odd number. For example, ss block 5 in ss burst k differs from ss block 1 in ss burst k+1 by 43 symbols, and ss block 1 in ss burst k differs from ss block 2 in ss burst k+1 by 47 symbols, ss Ss block 7 in burst k is 29 symbols out of ss block 1 in ss burst k+1, ss block 8 in ss burst k is 25 symbols out of ss block 1 in ss burst k+1, ss burst k The ss block 7 in the ss block k s is different from the ss block 2 in the ss burst k+1 by 33 symbols, and the ss block 7 in the ss burst k is 43 symbols out of the ss block 3 in the ss burst k+1, in the ss burst k Ss block 7 differs from ss block 4 in ss burst k+1 by 47 symbols. Of course, the number of symbols difference between the sync signal blocks in different sync block groups may also be an odd number with a larger value, such as ss block 7 in ss burst k and ss block 5 in ss burst k+1. There are 57 symbols difference, which are not listed here.
在附图35所示的资源映射方式中，同一同步信号块分组中的各同步信号块之间相差的符号数目属于第一集合，第一集合的取值包含：{4、10、14、18、28、32、42、46}。不同同步信号块分组中的同步信号块之间相差的符号数目属于第二集合，第二集合的取值包含：{25、29、33、43、47、57}。In the resource mapping manner shown in FIG. 35, the number of symbols of the difference between the synchronization signal blocks in the same synchronization signal block group belongs to the first set, and the values of the first set include: {4, 10, 14, 18 , 28, 32, 42, 46}. The number of symbols of the difference between the sync signal blocks in the different sync block groups belongs to the second set, and the values of the second set include: {25, 29, 33, 43, 47, 57}.
对于终端设备而言，如果网络设备采用附图35所示的资源映射方式，则终端设备在附图5步骤52确定出检测到所述第一同步信号块的时域资源与检测到所述第二同步信号块的时域资源之间相差的符号数目之后，如果相差的符号数目属于第一集合，则确定第一同步信号块和第二同步信号块属于同一同步信号块分组。第一集合中的数值均为偶数。可选地，终端设备在确定出相差的符号数目之后，可以采用简化的判断方式，即判断所述相差的符号数目是否为偶数。如果差的符号数目为偶数，则终端设备确定第一同步信号块和第二同步信号块属于同一同步信号块分组。如果相差的符号数目不为偶数，则确定第一同步信号块和第二同步信号块属于不同同步信号块分组。For the terminal device, if the network device adopts the resource mapping manner shown in FIG. 35, the terminal device determines, in step 52 of FIG. 5, that the time domain resource of the first synchronization signal block is detected and detects the After the number of symbols of the difference between the time domain resources of the two sync signal blocks, if the number of symbols of the difference belongs to the first set, it is determined that the first sync signal block and the second sync signal block belong to the same sync signal block group. The values in the first set are all even. Optionally, after determining the number of symbols of the phase difference, the terminal device may adopt a simplified judgment manner, that is, determine whether the number of symbols of the phase difference is an even number. If the number of difference symbols is an even number, the terminal device determines that the first sync signal block and the second sync signal block belong to the same sync signal block packet. If the number of symbols of the phase difference is not an even number, it is determined that the first sync signal block and the second sync signal block belong to different sync signal block packets.
附图36是本申请实施例提供的另一种资源映射方式的示意图。与附图35不同的是第一集合和第二集合中均包含偶数，但是第一集合和第二集合中的数值互不重叠。FIG. 36 is a schematic diagram of another resource mapping manner provided by an embodiment of the present application. The difference from FIG. 35 is that both the first set and the second set contain even numbers, but the values in the first set and the second set do not overlap each other.
slot j至slot j+8表示连续的9个时隙。网络设备将ss burst k映射在slot j至slot j+3的4个连续的时隙中，将ss burst k+1映射在slot j+5至slot j+8的4个连续的时隙中。Slot j to slot j+8 represent nine consecutive time slots. The network device maps ss burst k in 4 consecutive time slots of slot j to slot j+3, and ss burst k+1 is mapped in 4 consecutive time slots of slot j+5 to slot j+8.
网络设备将ss burst k中ss block 1映射在连续的9个时隙中的第1个时隙slot j的第7-10个符号上、将ss burst k中ss block 2映射在连续的9个时隙中的第1个时隙slot j的第11-14个符号上。The network device maps the ss block 1 of the ss burst k on the 7-10th symbol of the first slot slot j of the consecutive 9 slots, and maps the ss block 2 of the ss burst k to the consecutive 9 slots. The 11th to 14th symbols of the first slot slot j in the slot.
将ss burst k中ss block 3映射在连续的9个时隙中的第2个时隙slot j+1的第1-4个符号上、将ss burst k中ss block 4映射在连续的9个时隙中的第2个时隙slot j+1的第5-8个符号上。The ss block 3 in the ss burst k is mapped on the 1-4th symbol of the second slot slot j+1 of the consecutive 9 slots, and the ss block 4 in the ss burst k is mapped in consecutive 9 The second time slot in the slot is on the 5-8th symbol of slot j+1.
将ss burst k中ss block 5映射在连续的9个时隙中的第3个时隙slot j+2的第7-10个符号上、将ss burst k中ss block 6映射在连续的9个时隙中的第3个时隙slot j+2的第11-14个符号上。The ss block 5 in the ss burst k is mapped on the 7-10th symbol of the 3rd slot slot j+2 of the consecutive 9 slots, and the ss block 6 in the ss burst k is mapped in 9 consecutive The third time slot in the time slot is on the 11th-14th symbol of slot j+2.
将ss burst k中ss block7映射在连续的9个时隙中的第4个时隙slot j+3的第1-4个符号上、将ss burst k中ss block 8映射在连续的9个时隙中的第4个时隙slot j+3的第5-8个符号上。The ss block 7 in the ss burst k is mapped on the 1-4th symbol of the 4th slot slot j+3 of the consecutive 9 slots, and the ss block 8 in the ss burst k is mapped in 9 consecutive times. The 4th time slot in the slot is on the 5th-8th symbol of slot j+3.
网络设备将ss burst k+1中ss block 1映射在连续的9个时隙中的第6个时隙slot j+5的第7-10个符号上、将ss burst k+1中ss block 2映射在连续的9个时隙中的第6个时隙slot j+5的第11-14个符号上。The network device maps ss block 1 of ss burst k+1 to the 7-10th symbol of the sixth slot slot j+5 of the consecutive 9 slots, and ss block 2 of ss burst k+1 It is mapped on the 11th-14th symbols of the sixth slot slot j+5 of the consecutive 9 slots.
将ss burst k+1中ss block 3映射在连续的9个时隙中的第7个时隙slot j+6的第1-4个符号上、将ss burst k+1中ss block 4映射在连续的9个时隙中的第7个时隙slot j+6的第5-8个符号上。 Map ss block 3 of ss burst k+1 to the 1-4th symbol of slot 7+6 of the 7th slot in consecutive 9 slots, and map ss block 4 in ss burst k+1 The 7th time slot of the 7th time slot of the consecutive 9 time slots is on the 5th-8th symbol of the slot j+6.
将ss burst k+1中ss block 5映射在连续的9个时隙中的第8个时隙slot j+7的第7-10个符号上、将ss burst k+1中ss block 6映射在连续的9个时隙中的第8个时隙slot j+7的第11-14个符号上。 Map ss block 5 of ss burst k+1 on the 7-10th symbol of the 8th slot slot j+7 of the consecutive 9 slots, and map ss block 6 in ss burst k+1 On the 11th-14th symbol of the eighth slot slot j+7 of the consecutive 9 slots.
将ss burst k+1中ss block 7映射在连续的9个时隙中的第9个时隙slot j+8的第1-4个符号上、将ss burst k+1中ss block 8映射在连续的9个时隙中的第9个时隙slot j+8的第5-8个符号上。 Map ss block 7 of ss burst k+1 to the 1-4th symbol of the 9th slot slot j+8 of the consecutive 9 slots, and map ss block 8 of ss burst k+1 to The ninth time slot of the nine consecutive time slots is on the 5th-8th symbol of slot j+8.
从附图36所示的映射方式可以看出，在完成资源映射后，属于同一同步信号块分组中的各同步信号块之间相差的符号数属于第一集合。As can be seen from the mapping manner shown in FIG. 36, after the resource mapping is completed, the number of symbols that differ between the synchronization signal blocks belonging to the same synchronization signal block group belongs to the first set.
例如对于附图36中的ss burst k而言，ss block 1与ss block 2相差4个符号，ss block 1与ss block 3相差8个符号，ss block 1与ss block 4相差12个符号，ss block 4与ss block 5相差16个符号，ss block 3与ss block 7相差28个符号，ss block 3与ss block 8相差32个符号，ss block1与ss block 7相差36个符号，ss block 1与ss block 8之间的距离最远，相差40个符号。For example, for ss burst k in Fig. 36, ss block 1 is different from ss block 2 by 4 symbols, ss block 1 is different from ss block 3 by 8 symbols, and ss block 1 is different from ss block 4 by 12 symbols, ss Block 4 differs from ss block 5 by 16 symbols, ss block 3 differs from ss block 7 by 28 symbols, ss block 3 differs from ss block 8 by 32 symbols, ss block1 differs from ss block 7 by 36 symbols, ss block 1 and The distance between ss block 8 is the farthest, with a difference of 40 symbols.
ss burst k+1中各个ss block之间相差的符号数与ss burst k相似，在这里不再一一重复。The number of symbols of the difference between each ss block in ss burst k+1 is similar to ss burst k, and is not repeated here.
属于不同的同步信号块分组中的各同步信号块之间相差的符号数属于第二集合。例如ss burst k中的ss block 5与ss burst k+1中的ss block 1相差42个符号，ss burst k中的ss block 6与ss burst k+1中的ss block 1相差38个符号，ss burst k中的ss block 7与ss burst k+1中的ss block 1相差34个符号，ss burst k中的ss block 8与ss burst k+1中的ss block 1相差30个符号。当然，不同的同步信号块分组中的各同步信号块之间相差的符号数还可以是大于上述取值的其他数值，例如ss burst k中的ss block 5与ss burst k+1中的ss block 2相差46个符号，在这里不再列举。The number of symbols that differ between the sync signal blocks belonging to different sync block groups belongs to the second set. For example, ss block 5 in ss burst k is 42 symbols out of ss block 1 in ss burst k+1, ss block 6 in ss burst k is 38 symbols different from ss block 1 in ss burst k+1, ss Ss block 7 in burst k differs from ss block 1 in ss burst k+1 by 34 symbols, and ss block 8 in ss burst k differs from ss block 1 in ss burst k+1 by 30 symbols. Of course, the number of symbols of the difference between the synchronization signal blocks in different synchronization signal block groups may also be other values larger than the above values, such as ss block 5 in ss burst k and ss block in ss burst k+1. 2 differs by 46 symbols and is not listed here.
在附图36所示的资源映射方式中，同一同步信号块分组中的各同步信号块之间相差的符号数目属于第一集合，第一集合的取值包含：{4、8、12、16、36、40}。不同同步信号块分组中的同步信号块之间相差的符号数目属于第二集合，第二集合的取值包含：{30、34、38、42}。In the resource mapping manner shown in FIG. 36, the number of symbols difference between the synchronization signal blocks in the same synchronization signal block group belongs to the first set, and the values of the first set include: {4, 8, 12, 16 , 36, 40}. The number of symbols of the difference between the sync signal blocks in the different sync block groups belongs to the second set, and the values of the second set include: {30, 34, 38, 42}.
对于终端设备而言，如果网络设备采用附图36所示的资源映射方式，则终端设备在附图5步骤52确定出检测到所述第一同步信号块的时域资源与检测到所述第二同步信号块的时域资源之间相差的符号数目之后，如果相差的符号数目属于第一集合，则确定第一同步信号块和第二同步信号块属于同一同步信号块分组。For the terminal device, if the network device adopts the resource mapping manner shown in FIG. 36, the terminal device determines, in step 52 of FIG. 5, that the time domain resource of the first synchronization signal block is detected and detects the After the number of symbols of the difference between the time domain resources of the two sync signal blocks, if the number of symbols of the difference belongs to the first set, it is determined that the first sync signal block and the second sync signal block belong to the same sync signal block group.
在第一同步信号块分组映射到的4个连续的时隙与第二同步信号块分组映射到的4个连续的时隙之间相隔多个时隙的情况下，映射后的同一同步信号块分组中任意2个同步信号块之间相差的符号数目属于第一集合、且不同同步信号块分组中的同步信号块之间相差的符号数目属于与第一集合互不重叠的第二集合，并且第一集合中的数值小于设定阈值， 第二集合中的数值大于设定阈值。可以不对第一同步信号块分组在4个连续的时隙中的映射方式，与第二同步信号块分组在另外4个连续的时隙中的映射方式进行限定。换句话说，第一同步信号块分组中的第一个同步信号块可以起始于4个连续时隙中的第一个时隙中的任意符号位置上，附图37仅作为其中的一种示例。In the case where the four consecutive time slots to which the first synchronization signal block group is mapped and the four consecutive time slots to which the second synchronization signal block group is mapped are separated by a plurality of time slots, the same synchronization signal block after mapping The number of symbols of the difference between any two synchronization signal blocks in the packet belongs to the first set, and the number of symbols of the difference between the synchronization signal blocks in the different synchronization signal block groups belongs to the second set that does not overlap with the first set, and The value in the first set is less than the set threshold, and the value in the second set is greater than the set threshold. The mapping manner of the first synchronization signal block in four consecutive time slots may not be limited, and the mapping manner of the second synchronization signal block group in the other four consecutive time slots may be defined. In other words, the first sync signal block in the first sync signal block packet can start at any symbol position in the first one of the four consecutive time slots, FIG. 37 is only one of them. Example.
下面以ss burst作为同步信号块分组的示例，结合附图37对一种可能的具体资源映射方式进行描述。在本实施例中，PSS、SSS和PBCH分别对应的OFDM符号在SS block中的排列方式采用图2中的第2种排列方式，即PSS占用SS block中的第1个符号，SSS占用SS block中的第3个符号，PBCH占用SS block中的第2、4个符号。显然，PSS、SSS和PBCH分别对应的OFDM符号在SS block中的排列方式可以采用图2中的其他排列方式，在这里不再一一举例。The following uses ss burst as an example of synchronization signal block grouping, and a possible specific resource mapping manner will be described with reference to FIG. In this embodiment, the arrangement manner of the OFDM symbols corresponding to the PSS, the SSS, and the PBCH in the SS block is the second arrangement in FIG. 2, that is, the PSS occupies the first symbol in the SS block, and the SSS occupies the SS block. The third symbol in the PBCH occupies the 2nd and 4th symbols in the SS block. Obviously, the arrangement of the OFDM symbols corresponding to the PSS, the SSS, and the PBCH in the SS block may be other arrangements in FIG. 2, and will not be exemplified herein.
slot j至slot j+9表示连续的10个时隙。网络设备将ss burst k映射在slot j至slot j+3的4个连续的时隙中，将ss burst k+1映射在slot j+6至slot j+9的4个连续的时隙中。Slot j to slot j+9 represent 10 consecutive time slots. The network device maps ss burst k in 4 consecutive time slots of slot j to slot j+3, and maps ss burst k+1 in 4 consecutive time slots of slot j+6 to slot j+9.
网络设备将ss burst k中ss block 1映射在连续的10个时隙中的第1个时隙slot j的第7-10个符号上、将ss burst k中ss block 2映射在连续的10个时隙中的第1个时隙slot j的第11-14个符号上。The network device maps ss block 1 of ss burst k on the 7-10th symbol of the first slot slot j of the consecutive 10 slots, and maps ss block 2 of ss burst k to 10 consecutive rows. The 11th to 14th symbols of the first slot slot j in the slot.
将ss burst k中ss block 3映射在连续的10个时隙中的第2个时隙slot j+1的第1-4个符号上、将ss burst k中ss block 4映射在连续的10个时隙中的第2个时隙slot j+1的第5-8个符号上。The ss block 3 in the ss burst k is mapped on the 1-4th symbol of the second slot slot j+1 of the consecutive 10 slots, and the ss block 4 in the ss burst k is mapped in consecutive 10 The second time slot in the slot is on the 5-8th symbol of slot j+1.
将ss burst k中ss block 5映射在连续的10个时隙中的第3个时隙slot j+2的第7-10个符号上、将ss burst k中ss block 6映射在连续的10个时隙中的第3个时隙slot j+2的第11-14个符号上。The ss block 5 in the ss burst k is mapped on the 7-10th symbol of the 3rd slot slot j+2 of the consecutive 10 slots, and the ss block 6 in the ss burst k is mapped in 10 consecutive The third time slot in the time slot is on the 11th-14th symbol of slot j+2.
将ss burst k中ss block7映射在连续的10个时隙中的第4个时隙slot j+3的第1-4个符号上、将ss burst k中ss block 8映射在连续的10个时隙中的第4个时隙slot j+3的第5-8个符号上。The ss block 7 in the ss burst k is mapped on the 1-4th symbol of the 4th slot slot j+3 of the consecutive 10 slots, and the ss block 8 in the ss burst k is mapped in 10 consecutive times. The 4th time slot in the slot is on the 5th-8th symbol of slot j+3.
网络设备将ss burst k+1中ss block 1映射在连续的10个时隙中的第7个时隙slot j+6的第7-10个符号上、将ss burst k+1中ss block 2映射在连续的10个时隙中的第7个时隙slot j+6的第11-14个符号上。The network device maps ss block 1 of ss burst k+1 to the 7-10th symbol of the seventh slot slot j+6 of the consecutive 10 time slots, and ss block 2 of ss burst k+1 Mapped on the 11th-14th symbols of the 7th slot slot j+6 of the 10 consecutive time slots.
将ss burst k+1中ss block 3映射在连续的10个时隙中的第8个时隙slot j+7的第1-4个符号上、将ss burst k+1中ss block 4映射在连续的10个时隙中的第8个时隙slot j+7的第5-8个符号上。 Mapping ss block 3 in ss burst k+1 on the 1-4th symbol of the eighth slot slot j+7 of the consecutive 10 slots, mapping ss block 4 in ss burst k+1 On the 5th to 8th symbols of the eighth time slot slot j+7 of the consecutive 10 time slots.
将ss burst k+1中ss block 5映射在连续的10个时隙中的第9个时隙slot j+8的第7-10个符号上、将ss burst k+1中ss block 6映射在连续的10个时隙中的第9个时隙slot j+8的第11-14个符号上。 Map ss block 5 of ss burst k+1 on the 7-10th symbol of slot 9+8 of the 9th slot in consecutive 10 slots, and map ss block 6 in ss burst k+1 On the 11th to 14th symbols of the ninth time slot slot j+8 of the 10 consecutive time slots.
将ss burst k+1中ss block 7映射在连续的10个时隙中的第10个时隙slot j+9的第1-4个符号上、将ss burst k+1中ss block 8映射在连续的10个时隙中的第10个时隙slot j+9的第5-8个符号上。 Map ss block 7 of ss burst k+1 to the 1-4th symbol of slot 10+9 of the 10th slot in consecutive 10 slots, and map ss block 8 of ss burst k+1 to The 10th time slot of the 10th time slot is on the 5th-8th symbol of slot j+9.
从附图37所示的映射方式可以看出，预定阈值可以设置为大于40且小于44的正整数，例如41。在完成资源映射后，属于同一同步信号块分组中的各同步信号块之间相差的符号数小于预定阈值。例如对于附图37中的ss burst k中的各同步信号块而言，ss block 1与ss block 2相差4个符号，ss block 1与ss block 3相差8个符号，ss block 1与ss block 4相差12个符号，ss block 4与ss block 5相差16个符号，ss block 1与ss block 7相差36个符号，ss block 1与ss block 8之间的距离最远，相差40个符号。即第一集合的取值包含：{4、8、12、16、36、 40}，均小于预定阈值41。As can be seen from the mapping manner shown in FIG. 37, the predetermined threshold can be set to a positive integer greater than 40 and less than 44, such as 41. After the resource mapping is completed, the number of symbols that differ between the sync signal blocks belonging to the same sync signal block group is less than a predetermined threshold. For example, for each sync signal block in the ss burst k in FIG. 37, ss block 1 is different from ss block 2 by 4 symbols, and ss block 1 is different from ss block 3 by 8 symbols, ss block 1 and ss block 4 The difference is 12 symbols, ss block 4 and ss block 5 are 16 symbols apart, ss block 1 and ss block 7 are 36 symbols apart, and the distance between ss block 1 and ss block 8 is the farthest, which is 40 symbols. That is, the values of the first set include: {4, 8, 12, 16, 36, 40}, all smaller than the predetermined threshold 41.
对于附图37中的ss burst k+1中的各同步信号块而言，ss burst k+1中各个ss block之间相差的符号数与ss burst k相似，在这里不再一一重复。For each sync signal block in ss burst k+1 in Fig. 37, the number of symbols of the difference between each ss block in ss burst k+1 is similar to ss burst k, and is not repeated here.
然而，属于不同的同步信号块分组中的各同步信号块之间相差的符号数超过预定阈值。例如附图37中的ss burst k中的ss block 7与ss burst k+1中的ss block 1之间相差48个符号，附图37中的ss burst k中的ss block 8与ss burst k+1中的ss block 1之间的距离最近，二者相差44个符号。即第二集合的取值包含：{44、48}，均超过预定阈值41。However, the number of symbols that differ between the sync signal blocks belonging to different sync block groups exceeds a predetermined threshold. For example, ss block 7 in ss burst k in FIG. 37 differs from ss block 1 in ss burst k+1 by 48 symbols, and ss block 8 and ss burst k+ in ss burst k in FIG. The distance between ss block 1 in 1 is the closest, and the difference between them is 44 symbols. That is, the value of the second set includes: {44, 48}, both exceeding a predetermined threshold 41.
对于终端设备而言，如果网络设备采用附图37所示的资源映射方式，则终端设备在附图5步骤52确定出检测到所述第一同步信号块的时域资源与检测到所述第二同步信号块的时域资源之间相差的符号数目之后，如果相差的符号数目属于第一集合，则确定第一同步信号块和第二同步信号块属于同一同步信号块分组。其中，第一集合中的数值均小于预设阈值。因此终端设备在确定出相差的符号数目之后，可以采用简化的判断方式，即判断相差的符号数目是否超过预定阈值。由于在附图37所示的资源映射方案中，预定阈值41，相应地，如果相差的符号数目不超过预定阈值，则终端设备确定第一同步信号块和第二同步信号块属于同一同步信号块分组。如果相差的符号数目超过预定阈值，则确定第一同步信号块和第二同步信号块属于不同同步信号块分组。For the terminal device, if the network device adopts the resource mapping manner shown in FIG. 37, the terminal device determines, in step 52 of FIG. 5, that the time domain resource of the first synchronization signal block is detected and detects the After the number of symbols of the difference between the time domain resources of the two sync signal blocks, if the number of symbols of the difference belongs to the first set, it is determined that the first sync signal block and the second sync signal block belong to the same sync signal block group. The values in the first set are all smaller than a preset threshold. Therefore, after determining the number of symbols of the phase difference, the terminal device can adopt a simplified judgment manner, that is, whether the number of symbols of the phase difference exceeds a predetermined threshold. Since the threshold value 41 is predetermined in the resource mapping scheme shown in FIG. 37, accordingly, if the number of symbols of the phase difference does not exceed the predetermined threshold, the terminal device determines that the first synchronization signal block and the second synchronization signal block belong to the same synchronization signal block. Grouping. If the number of symbols of the phase difference exceeds a predetermined threshold, it is determined that the first sync signal block and the second sync signal block belong to different sync signal block packets.
在附图36和附图37的方案中，由于将两个同步信号块连续发送可以节省能量，进一步符合节能要求。In the schemes of Fig. 36 and Fig. 37, energy can be saved by continuously transmitting two sync signal blocks, further complying with energy saving requirements.
附图35、附图36和附图37所示同步信号的发送方法适用于各种频点的通信系统，例如子载波间隔为15kHz的通信系统、子载波间隔为30kHz的通信系统、子载波间隔为120kHz的通信系统、子载波间隔为240kHz的通信系统。The transmission method of the synchronization signal shown in FIG. 35, FIG. 36 and FIG. 37 is applicable to communication systems of various frequency points, for example, a communication system with a subcarrier spacing of 15 kHz, a communication system with a subcarrier spacing of 30 kHz, and a subcarrier spacing. It is a communication system with a frequency of 120 kHz and a communication system with a subcarrier spacing of 240 kHz.
在上述实施例中，可以全部或部分地通过软件、硬件、固件或者其任意组合来实现。当使用软件实现时，可以全部或部分地以计算机程序产品的形式实现。所述计算机程序产品包括一个或多个计算机指令。在计算机上加载和执行所述计算机程序指令时，全部或部分地产生按照本发明实施例所述的流程或功能。所述计算机可以是通用计算机、专用计算机、计算机网络、或者其他可编程装置。所述计算机指令可以存储在计算机可读存储介质中，或者从一个计算机可读存储介质向另一个计算机可读存储介质传输，例如，所述计算机指令可以从一个网站站点、计算机、服务器或数据中心通过有线(例如同轴电缆、光纤、数字用户线(DSL))或无线(例如红外、无线、微波等)方式向另一个网站站点、计算机、服务器或数据中心进行传输。所述计算机可读存储介质可以是计算机能够存取的任何可用介质或者是包含一个或多个可用介质集成的服务器、数据中心等数据存储设备。所述可用介质可以是磁性介质，(例如，软盘、硬盘、磁带)、光介质(例如，DVD)、或者半导体介质(例如固态硬盘Solid State Disk(SSD))等。In the above embodiments, it may be implemented in whole or in part by software, hardware, firmware, or any combination thereof. When implemented in software, it may be implemented in whole or in part in the form of a computer program product. The computer program product includes one or more computer instructions. When the computer program instructions are loaded and executed on a computer, the processes or functions described in accordance with embodiments of the present invention are generated in whole or in part. The computer can be a general purpose computer, a special purpose computer, a computer network, or other programmable device. The computer instructions can be stored in a computer readable storage medium or transferred from one computer readable storage medium to another computer readable storage medium, for example, the computer instructions can be from a website site, computer, server or data center Transfer to another website site, computer, server, or data center by wire (eg, coaxial cable, fiber optic, digital subscriber line (DSL), or wireless (eg, infrared, wireless, microwave, etc.). The computer readable storage medium can be any available media that can be accessed by a computer or a data storage device such as a server, data center, or the like that includes one or more available media. The usable medium may be a magnetic medium (eg, a floppy disk, a hard disk, a magnetic tape), an optical medium (eg, a DVD), or a semiconductor medium (such as a solid state disk (SSD)).
以上所述，仅为本发明的具体实施方式，但本发明的保护范围并不局限于此，任何熟悉本技术领域的技术人员在本发明揭露的技术范围内，可轻易想到变化或替换，都应涵盖在本发明的保护范围之内。因此，本发明的保护范围应所述以权利要求的保护范围为准。The above is only a specific embodiment of the present invention, but the scope of the present invention is not limited thereto, and any person skilled in the art can easily think of changes or substitutions within the technical scope of the present invention. It should be covered by the scope of the present invention. Therefore, the scope of the invention should be determined by the scope of the claims.

Claims (76)

  1. 一种传输同步信号的方法，其特征在于，包括：A method for transmitting a synchronization signal, comprising:
    网络设备生成第一同步信号块分组和第二同步信号块分组，其中，所述第一同步信号块分组包括m个同步信号块，所述第二同步信号块分组包括n个同步信号块，其中m、n为大于等于2的正整数；The network device generates a first synchronization signal block packet and a second synchronization signal block packet, wherein the first synchronization signal block packet includes m synchronization signal blocks, and the second synchronization signal block packet includes n synchronization signal blocks, wherein m, n are positive integers greater than or equal to 2;
    将所述第一同步信号块分组中的m个同步信号块映射到x个符号中，其中，x＝7m，映射后的所述第一同步信号块分组中任意两个同步信号块之间相差的符号数目属于第一集合；Mapping m synchronization signal blocks in the first synchronization signal block group into x symbols, where x=7m, and difference between any two synchronization signal blocks in the first synchronization signal block group after mapping The number of symbols belongs to the first set;
    将所述第二同步信号块分组中的n个同步信号块映射到另外y个符号中，其中，y＝7n，映射后的所述第二同步信号块分组中任意两个同步信号块之间相差的符号数目属于所述第一集合、且映射后的所述第二同步信号块分组中的一个同步信号块与所述映射后所述第一同步信号块分组中的一个同步信号块之间相差的符号数属于第二集合，所述第二集合中的数值与所述第一集合中的数值不重合；Mapping n synchronization signal blocks in the second synchronization signal block group into another y symbols, where y=7n, between any two synchronization signal blocks in the second synchronization signal block group after mapping The number of symbols of the phase difference belongs to the first set, and between one of the mapped synchronization signal blocks in the second synchronization signal block group and one of the synchronization signal blocks in the first synchronization signal block group after the mapping The number of symbols of the difference belongs to the second set, and the values in the second set do not coincide with the values in the first set;
    所述网络设备通过映射的时频资源发送所述第一同步信号块分组中的同步信号块和第二同步信号块分组中的同步信号块。And the network device sends the synchronization signal block in the first synchronization signal block group and the synchronization signal block in the second synchronization signal block group by using the mapped time-frequency resource.
  2. 根据权利要求1所述的方法，其特征在于，所述第一集合中包括的数值为偶数，所述第二集合中包括的数值为奇数。The method of claim 1 wherein the values included in the first set are even and the values included in the second set are odd.
  3. 根据权利要求2所述的方法，其特征在于，m、n取值为4，x、y的取值为28。The method according to claim 2, wherein m and n have a value of 4, and x and y have a value of 28.
  4. 根据权利要求3所述的方法，其特征在于，每个时隙包括7个符号，所述将所述第一同步信号块分组中的m个同步信号块映射到x个符号中，包括：The method according to claim 3, wherein each time slot comprises 7 symbols, and the mapping of m synchronization signal blocks in the first synchronization signal block group into x symbols comprises:
    将所述第一同步信号块分组中第一同步信号块映射在连续的8个时隙中的第1个时隙的第2-5个符号上、将所述第一同步信号块分组中第二同步信号块映射在所述连续的8个时隙中的第3个时隙的第2-5个符号上、将所述第一同步信号块分组中第三同步信号块映射在所述连续的8个时隙中的第5个时隙的第2-5个符号上、将所述第一同步信号块分组中第四同步信号块映射在所述连续的8个时隙中的第7个时隙的第2-5个符号上；Mapping the first synchronization signal block in the first synchronization signal block group to the 2-5th symbol of the first time slot of the consecutive 8 time slots, and grouping the first synchronization signal block into Two synchronization signal block mapping on the 2-5th symbol of the 3rd time slot of the consecutive 8 time slots, mapping the third synchronization signal block in the first synchronization signal block group to the continuous Mapping the fourth synchronization signal block in the first synchronization signal block packet to the 7th of the consecutive 8 time slots on the 2-5th symbol of the 5th time slot of the 8 time slots On the 2-5th symbol of the time slot;
    所述将所述第二同步信号块分组中的n个同步信号块映射到另外y个符号中，包括：And mapping the n synchronization signal blocks in the second synchronization signal block group to the other y symbols, including:
    将所述第二同步信号块分组中第一同步信号块映射在所述连续的8个时隙中的第2个时隙的第2-5个符号上、将所述第二同步信号块分组中第二同步信号块映射在所述连续的8个时隙中的第4个时隙的第2-5个符号上、将所述第二同步信号块分组中第三同步信号块映射在所述连续的8个时隙中的第6个时隙的第2-5个符号上、将所述第二同步信号块分组中第四同步信号块映射在所述连续的8个时隙中的第8个时隙的第2-5个符号上。Mapping the first synchronization signal block in the second synchronization signal block group to the 2-5th symbol of the 2nd time slot of the consecutive 8 time slots, grouping the second synchronization signal block The second synchronization signal block maps the second synchronization signal block in the second synchronization signal block group on the 2-5th symbol of the 4th time slot of the consecutive 8 time slots Mapping the fourth synchronization signal block in the second synchronization signal block packet to the consecutive 8 time slots on the 2-5th symbol of the 6th time slot of the consecutive 8 time slots On the 2-5th symbol of the 8th time slot.
  5. 根据权利要求3所述的方法，其特征在于，每个时隙包括14个符号，所述将所述第一同步信号块分组中的m个同步信号块映射到x个符号中，包括：The method according to claim 3, wherein each time slot comprises 14 symbols, and the mapping of m synchronization signal blocks in the first synchronization signal block group into x symbols comprises:
    将所述第一同步信号块分组中第一同步信号块映射在连续的4个时隙中的第1个时隙的第2-5个符号上、将所述第一同步信号块分组中第二同步信号块映射在所述连续的4个时隙中的第2个时隙的第2-5个符号上、将所述第一同步信号块分组中第三同步信号块映射在所述连续的4个时隙中的第3个时隙的第2-5个符号上、将所述第一同步信号块分组中第四同步信号块映射在所述连续的4个时隙中的第4个时隙的第2-5个符号上；Mapping the first synchronization signal block in the first synchronization signal block group to the 2-5th symbol of the first time slot of the consecutive 4 time slots, and grouping the first synchronization signal block into Two synchronization signal block mapping on the 2-5th symbol of the 2nd time slot of the consecutive 4 time slots, mapping the third synchronization signal block in the first synchronization signal block group to the continuous Mapping the fourth synchronization signal block in the first synchronization signal block packet to the 4th of the consecutive 4 time slots on the 2-5th symbol of the 3rd time slot of the 4 time slots On the 2-5th symbol of the time slot;
    所述将所述第二同步信号块分组中的n个同步信号块映射到另外y个符号中，包括：And mapping the n synchronization signal blocks in the second synchronization signal block group to the other y symbols, including:
    将所述第二同步信号块分组中第一同步信号块映射在所述连续的4个时隙中的第1个 时隙的第9-12个符号上、将所述第二同步信号块分组中第二同步信号块映射在所述连续的4个时隙中的第2个时隙的第9-12个符号上、将所述第二同步信号块分组中第三同步信号块映射在所述连续的4个时隙中的第3个时隙的第9-12个符号上、将所述第二同步信号块分组中第四同步信号块映射在所述连续的4个时隙中的第4个时隙的第9-12个符号上。Mapping the first synchronization signal block in the second synchronization signal block packet on the 9th to 12th symbols of the first time slot of the consecutive 4 time slots, and grouping the second synchronization signal block The second synchronization signal block maps the third synchronization signal block in the second synchronization signal block group on the 9th to 12th symbols of the second time slot of the consecutive 4 time slots Mapping the fourth synchronization signal block in the second synchronization signal block packet to the consecutive 4 time slots on the 9th to 12th symbols of the third time slot of the consecutive 4 time slots On the 9th to 12th symbols of the 4th time slot.
  6. 根据权利要求4或5所述的方法，其特征在于，所述第一集合中包括以下数值14、28、42，所述第二集合中包括以下数值7、21、35、49。Method according to claim 4 or 5, characterized in that said first set comprises the following values 14, 28, 42, said second set comprising the following values 7, 21, 35, 49.
  7. 根据权利要求2所述的方法，其特征在于，m、n取值为8，x、y的取值为56。The method according to claim 2, wherein m and n have a value of 8, and x and y have a value of 56.
  8. 根据权利要求7所述的方法，其特征在于，每个时隙包括14个符号，所述将所述第一同步信号块分组中的m个同步信号块映射到x个符号中，包括：The method according to claim 7, wherein each time slot comprises 14 symbols, and the mapping of m synchronization signal blocks in the first synchronization signal block group into x symbols comprises:
    将所述第一同步信号块分组中的第一同步信号块映射在连续的9个时隙中的第1个时隙的第3-6个符号上、将所述第一同步信号块分组中的第二同步信号块映射在连续的9个时隙中的第1个时隙的第7-10个符号上、将所述第一同步信号块分组中的第三同步信号块映射在连续的9个时隙中的第2个时隙的第3-6个符号上、将所述第一同步信号块分组中的第四同步信号块映射在连续的9个时隙中的第2个时隙的第7-10个符号上；Mapping the first synchronization signal block in the first synchronization signal block group to the 3-6th symbol of the first time slot of the consecutive 9 time slots, grouping the first synchronization signal block into The second synchronization signal block maps the third synchronization signal block in the first synchronization signal block group on consecutive 7-10th symbols of the 1st time slot of the consecutive 9 time slots. Mapping the fourth synchronization signal block in the first synchronization signal block packet to the second of the consecutive nine time slots on the 3-6th symbol of the second time slot of the nine time slots On the 7th-10th sign of the gap;
    将所述第一同步信号块分组中的第五同步信号块映射在连续的9个时隙中的第3个时隙的第3-6个符号上、将所述第一同步信号块分组中的第六同步信号块映射在连续的9个时隙中的第3个时隙的第7-10个符号上、将所述第一同步信号块分组中的第七同步信号块映射在连续的9个时隙中的第4个时隙的第3-6个符号上、将所述第一同步信号块分组中的第八同步信号块映射在连续的9个时隙中的第4个时隙的第7-10个符号上；Mapping the fifth synchronization signal block in the first synchronization signal block group to the 3-6th symbol of the 3rd time slot of the consecutive 9 time slots, grouping the first synchronization signal block into The sixth synchronization signal block maps the seventh synchronization signal block in the first synchronization signal block group on consecutive 7-10th symbols of the third time slot of the consecutive 9 time slots. Mapping the eighth synchronization signal block in the first synchronization signal block packet to the fourth of the consecutive nine time slots on the 3-6th symbol of the fourth time slot of the nine time slots On the 7th-10th sign of the gap;
    将所述第二同步信号块分组中的第一同步信号块映射在连续的9个时隙中的第6个时隙的第4-7个符号上、将所述第二同步信号块分组中的第二同步信号块映射在连续的9个时隙中的第6个时隙的第8-11个符号上、将所述第二同步信号块分组中的第三同步信号块映射在连续的9个时隙中的第7个时隙的第4-7个符号上、将所述第二同步信号块分组中的第四同步信号块映射在连续的9个时隙中的第7个时隙的第8-11个符号上；Mapping the first synchronization signal block in the second synchronization signal block group to the 4th-7th symbol of the 6th time slot of the consecutive 9 time slots, and grouping the second synchronization signal block into The second synchronization signal block maps the third synchronization signal block in the second synchronization signal block group on consecutive 8-11th symbols of the 6th time slot of the consecutive 9 time slots. Mapping the fourth synchronization signal block in the second synchronization signal block packet to the seventh of the consecutive nine time slots on the 4th to 7th symbols of the 7th time slot of the 9 time slots On the 8th to 11th symbols of the gap;
    将所述第二同步信号块分组中的第五同步信号块映射在连续的9个时隙中的第8个时隙的第4-7个符号上、将所述第二同步信号块分组中的第六同步信号块映射在连续的9个时隙中的第8个时隙的第8-11个符号上、将所述第二同步信号块分组中的第七同步信号块映射在连续的9个时隙中的第9个时隙的第4-7个符号上、将所述第二同步信号块分组中的第八同步信号块映射在连续的9个时隙中的第9个时隙的第8-11个符号上。Mapping a fifth synchronization signal block in the second synchronization signal block group to the 4th-7th symbol of the 8th time slot of the consecutive 9 time slots, and grouping the second synchronization signal block into The sixth synchronization signal block maps the eighth synchronization signal block in the second synchronization signal block group on consecutive 8-11th symbols of the 8th time slot of the consecutive 9 time slots. Mapping the eighth synchronization signal block in the second synchronization signal block packet to the ninth of the nine consecutive time slots on the 4th to 7th symbols of the ninth time slot of the nine time slots On the 8th to 11th signs of the gap.
  9. 根据权利要求8所述的方法，其特征在于，所述第一集合中包括以下数值4、10、14、18、28、32、42、46，所述第二集合中包括以下数值25、29、33、43、47、57。The method according to claim 8, wherein said first set includes the following values 4, 10, 14, 18, 28, 32, 42, 46, and said second set includes the following values 25, 29 , 33, 43, 47, 57.
  10. 根据权利要求1所述的方法，其特征在于，m、n取值为4，x、y的取值为28。The method according to claim 1, wherein m and n have a value of 4, and x and y have a value of 28.
  11. 根据权利要求10所述的方法，其特征在于，每个时隙包括14个符号，所述将所述第一同步信号块分组中的m个同步信号块映射到x个符号中，包括：The method according to claim 10, wherein each time slot comprises 14 symbols, and the mapping of m synchronization signal blocks in the first synchronization signal block group into x symbols comprises:
    将所述第一同步信号块分组中的第一同步信号块映射在所述第一时隙的第4-7个符号上、将所述第一同步信号块分组中的第二同步信号块映射在所述第一时隙的第8-11个符号上，将所述第一同步信号块分组中的第三同步信号块映射在所述第二时隙的第3-6个符号上、将所述第一同步信号块分组中的第四同步信号块映射在所述第二时隙的第7-10个符号上；Mapping a first synchronization signal block in the first synchronization signal block group on the 4th to 7th symbols of the first time slot, and mapping a second synchronization signal block in the first synchronization signal block group Mapping, on the 8th to 11th symbols of the first time slot, a third synchronization signal block in the first synchronization signal block group on the 3-6th symbol of the second time slot, The fourth synchronization signal block in the first synchronization signal block group is mapped on the 7-10th symbol of the second time slot;
    所述将所述第二同步信号块分组中的n个同步信号块映射到另外y个符号中，包括：And mapping the n synchronization signal blocks in the second synchronization signal block group to the other y symbols, including:
    将所述第二同步信号块分组中的第一同步信号块映射在所述第三时隙的第4-7个符号上、将所述第二同步信号块分组中的第二同步信号块映射在所述第三时隙的第8-11个符号上，将所述第二同步信号块分组中的第三同步信号块映射在所述第四时隙的第3-6个符号上、将所述第二同步信号块分组中的第四同步信号块映射在所述第四时隙的第7-10个符号上，所述第一时隙、所述第二时隙、所述第三时隙和所述第四时隙是4个连续的时隙。Mapping a first synchronization signal block in the second synchronization signal block group on the 4th to 7th symbols of the third time slot, and mapping a second synchronization signal block in the second synchronization signal block group Mapping the third synchronization signal block in the second synchronization signal block group to the 3-6th symbol of the fourth time slot on the 8th to 11th symbols of the third time slot, The fourth synchronization signal block in the second synchronization signal block group is mapped on the 7-10th symbol of the fourth time slot, the first time slot, the second time slot, and the third The time slot and the fourth time slot are 4 consecutive time slots.
  12. 根据权利要求11所述的方法，其特征在于，所述第一集合中包括以下数值：4、9、13、17，所述第二集合包括以下数值：11、15和19。The method according to claim 11, wherein the first set includes the following values: 4, 9, 13, 17, and the second set includes the following values: 11, 15, and 19.
  13. 根据权利要求10所述的方法，其特征在于，每个时隙包括14个符号，所述将所述第一同步信号块分组中的m个同步信号块映射到x个符号中，包括：The method according to claim 10, wherein each time slot comprises 14 symbols, and the mapping of m synchronization signal blocks in the first synchronization signal block group into x symbols comprises:
    将所述第一同步信号块分组中的第一同步信号块映射在所述第一时隙的第3-6个符号上、将所述第一同步信号块分组中的第二同步信号块映射在所述第一时隙的第7-10个符号上，将所述第一同步信号块分组中的第三同步信号块映射在所述第二时隙的第4-7个符号上、将所述第一同步信号块分组中的第四同步信号块映射在所述第二时隙的第8-11个符号上；Mapping a first synchronization signal block in the first synchronization signal block group to the 3-6th symbol of the first time slot, and mapping a second synchronization signal block in the first synchronization signal block group Mapping a third synchronization signal block in the first synchronization signal block packet on the 4th to 7th symbols of the second time slot on the 7-10th symbol of the first time slot, The fourth synchronization signal block in the first synchronization signal block group is mapped on the 8th to 11th symbols of the second time slot;
    所述将所述第二同步信号块分组中的n个同步信号块映射到另外y个符号中，包括：And mapping the n synchronization signal blocks in the second synchronization signal block group to the other y symbols, including:
    将所述第二同步信号块分组中的第一同步信号块映射在所述第三时隙的第3-6个符号上、将所述第二同步信号块分组中的第二同步信号块映射在所述第三时隙的第7-10个符号上，将所述第二同步信号块分组中的第三同步信号块映射在所述第四时隙的第4-7个符号上、将所述第二同步信号块分组中的第四同步信号块映射在所述第四时隙的第8-11个符号上，所述第一时隙、所述第二时隙、所述第三时隙和所述第四时隙是4个连续的时隙。Mapping a first synchronization signal block in the second synchronization signal block group to the 3-6th symbol of the third time slot, and mapping a second synchronization signal block in the second synchronization signal block group Mapping, on the 7-10th symbol of the third time slot, a third synchronization signal block in the second synchronization signal block group on the 4th to 7th symbols of the fourth time slot, The fourth synchronization signal block in the second synchronization signal block group is mapped on the 8th to 11th symbols of the fourth time slot, the first time slot, the second time slot, and the third time The time slot and the fourth time slot are 4 consecutive time slots.
  14. 根据权利要求13所述的方法，其特征在于，所述第一集合中包括以下数值：4、11、15、19，所述第二集合包括以下数值：9、13和17。The method of claim 13 wherein said first set includes the following values: 4, 11, 15, 19, said second set comprising the following values: 9, 13, and 17.
  15. 根据权利要求1所述的方法，其特征在于，m、n取值为8，x、y的取值为56。The method according to claim 1, wherein m and n have a value of 8, and x and y have a value of 56.
  16. 根据权利要求15所述的方法，其特征在于，每个时隙包括14个符号，所述将所述第一同步信号块分组中的m个同步信号块映射到x个符号中，包括：The method according to claim 15, wherein each time slot comprises 14 symbols, and the mapping of m synchronization signal blocks in the first synchronization signal block group into x symbols comprises:
    将所述第一同步信号块分组中的第一同步信号块映射在连续的9个时隙中的第1个时隙的第7-10个符号上、将所述第一同步信号块分组中的第二同步信号块映射在连续的9个时隙中的第1个时隙的第11-14个符号上、将所述第一同步信号块分组中的第三同步信号块映射在连续的9个时隙中的第2个时隙的第1-4个符号上、将所述第一同步信号块分组中的第四同步信号块映射在连续的9个时隙中的第2个时隙的第5-8个符号上；Mapping the first synchronization signal block in the first synchronization signal block group to the 7-10th symbols of the first time slot of the consecutive 9 time slots, grouping the first synchronization signal block into The second synchronization signal block maps the third synchronization signal block in the first synchronization signal block group on consecutive 11-14th symbols of the first time slot of the consecutive 9 time slots. Mapping the fourth synchronization signal block in the first synchronization signal block packet to the second of the consecutive nine time slots on the first to fourth symbols of the second time slot of the nine time slots On the 5th to 8th symbols of the gap;
    将所述第一同步信号块分组中的第五同步信号块映射在连续的9个时隙中的第3个时隙的第7-10个符号上、将所述第一同步信号块分组中的第六同步信号块映射在连续的9个时隙中的第3个时隙的第11-14个符号上；将所述第一同步信号块分组中的第七同步信号块映射在连续的9个时隙中的第4个时隙的第1-4个符号上、将所述第一同步信号块分组中的第八同步信号块映射在连续的9个时隙中的第4个时隙的第5-8个符号上；Mapping the fifth synchronization signal block in the first synchronization signal block group to the 7-10th symbols of the third time slot of the consecutive 9 time slots, grouping the first synchronization signal block into The sixth synchronization signal block is mapped on the 11th to 14th symbols of the 3rd time slot of the consecutive 9 time slots; the seventh synchronization signal block in the first synchronization signal block group is mapped in a continuous manner Mapping the eighth synchronization signal block in the first synchronization signal block packet to the fourth of the consecutive nine time slots on the first to fourth symbols of the fourth time slot of the nine time slots On the 5th to 8th symbols of the gap;
    将所述第二同步信号块分组中的第一同步信号块映射在连续的9个时隙中的第6个时隙的第7-10个符号上、将所述第二同步信号块分组中的第二同步信号块映射在连续的9个时隙中的第6个时隙的第11-14个符号上、将所述第二同步信号块分组中的第三同步信号块映射在连续的9个时隙中的第7个时隙的第1-4个符号上、将所述第二同步信号块分组中的第四同步信号块映射在连续的9个时隙中的第7个时隙的第5-8个符号上；Mapping the first synchronization signal block in the second synchronization signal block group to the 7-10th symbols of the sixth time slot of the consecutive 9 time slots, and grouping the second synchronization signal block into The second synchronization signal block maps the third synchronization signal block in the second synchronization signal block group on consecutive 11-14th symbols of the 6th time slot of the consecutive 9 time slots. Mapping the fourth synchronization signal block in the second synchronization signal block group to the seventh of the consecutive nine time slots on the 1-4th symbols of the seventh time slot of the nine time slots On the 5th to 8th symbols of the gap;
    将所述第二同步信号块分组中的第五同步信号块映射在连续的9个时隙中的第8个时隙的第7-10个符号上、将所述第二同步信号块分组中的第六同步信号块映射在连续的9个时隙中的第8个时隙的第11-14个符号上、将所述第二同步信号块分组中的第七同步信号块映射在连续的9个时隙中的第9个时隙的第1-4个符号上、将所述第二同步信号块分组中的第八同步信号块映射在连续的9个时隙中的第9个时隙的第5-8个符号上。Mapping the fifth synchronization signal block in the second synchronization signal block group to the 7-10th symbols of the 8th time slot of the consecutive 9 time slots, grouping the second synchronization signal block into The sixth synchronization signal block maps the seventh synchronization signal block in the second synchronization signal block group on consecutive 11-14th symbols of the 8th time slot of the consecutive 9 time slots. Mapping the eighth synchronization signal block in the second synchronization signal block packet to the ninth of the consecutive nine time slots on the 1-4th symbols of the ninth time slot of the nine time slots On the 5th to 8th symbols of the gap.
  17. 根据权利要求16所述的方法，其特征在于，所述第一集合中包括以下数值4、8、12、16、36、40，所述第二集合中包括以下数值30、34、38、42。The method according to claim 16, wherein said first set includes the following values 4, 8, 12, 16, 36, 40, and said second set includes the following values 30, 34, 38, 42 .
  18. 根据权利要求1所述的方法，其特征在于，所述第一集合中包含的数值小于预定阈值，所述第二集合中包含的数值大于预定阈值。The method of claim 1 wherein the first set includes a value less than a predetermined threshold and the second set includes a value greater than a predetermined threshold.
  19. 根据权利要求18所述的方法，其特征在于，m、n取值为4，x、y的取值为28。The method according to claim 18, wherein m and n have a value of 4, and x and y have a value of 28.
  20. 根据权利要求19所述的方法，其特征在于，所述预定阈值为大于等于21的正整数。The method according to claim 19, wherein said predetermined threshold is a positive integer greater than or equal to 21.
  21. 根据权利要求19或20所述的方法，其特征在于，每个时隙包括7个符号，所述将所述第一同步信号块分组中的m个同步信号块映射到x个符号中，包括：The method according to claim 19 or 20, wherein each time slot comprises 7 symbols, and said m synchronization signal blocks in said first synchronization signal block group are mapped into x symbols, including :
    将所述第一同步信号块分组中的第一同步信号块映射在第一时隙的第2-5个符号上，将所述第一同步信号块分组中的第二同步信号块映射在第二时隙的第1-4个符号上，将所述第一同步信号块分组中的第三同步信号块映射在第三时隙的第2-5个符号上，将所述第一同步信号块分组中的第四同步信号块映射在第四时隙的第1-4个符号上，所述第一时隙、所述第二时隙、所述第三时隙和所述第四时隙为连续的时隙；Mapping the first synchronization signal block in the first synchronization signal block group to the 2-5th symbol of the first time slot, and mapping the second synchronization signal block in the first synchronization signal block group to the first Mapping the third synchronization signal block in the first synchronization signal block group to the 2-5th symbol of the third time slot on the 1-4th symbol of the second time slot, and using the first synchronization signal The fourth synchronization signal block in the block group is mapped on the 1-4th symbol of the fourth time slot, the first time slot, the second time slot, the third time slot, and the fourth time The slots are consecutive time slots;
    所述将所述第二同步信号块分组中的n个同步信号块映射到另外y个符号中，包括：And mapping the n synchronization signal blocks in the second synchronization signal block group to the other y symbols, including:
    将所述第一同步信号块分组中的第一同步信号块映射在第五时隙的第2-5个符号上，将所述第一同步信号块分组中的第二同步信号块映射在第六时隙的第1-4个符号上，将所述第一同步信号块分组中的第三同步信号块映射在第七时隙的第2-5个符号上，将所述第一同步信号块分组中的第四同步信号块映射在第八时隙的第1-4个符号上，其中所述第五时隙、所述第六时隙、所述第七时隙和所述第八时隙为连续的时隙、且第四时隙和第五时隙之间相隔至少2个时隙。Mapping the first synchronization signal block in the first synchronization signal block group to the 2-5th symbol of the fifth time slot, and mapping the second synchronization signal block in the first synchronization signal block group to the first Mapping the third synchronization signal block in the first synchronization signal block group to the 2-5th symbol of the seventh time slot on the 1-4th symbol of the six time slots, and using the first synchronization signal The fourth synchronization signal block in the block packet is mapped on the 1-4th symbol of the eighth time slot, wherein the fifth time slot, the sixth time slot, the seventh time slot, and the eighth The time slots are consecutive time slots, and the fourth time slot and the fifth time slot are separated by at least 2 time slots.
  22. 根据权利要求19或20所述的方法，其特征在于，每个时隙包括14个符号，所述将所述第一同步信号块分组中的m个同步信号块映射到x个符号中，包括：The method according to claim 19 or 20, wherein each time slot comprises 14 symbols, and said m synchronization signal blocks in said first synchronization signal block group are mapped into x symbols, including :
    将所述第一同步信号块分组中的第一同步信号块映射在第一时隙的第2-5个符号上，将所述第一同步信号块分组中的第二同步信号块映射在所述第一时隙的第8-11个符号上，将所述第一同步信号块分组中的第三同步信号块映射在第二时隙的第2-5个符号上，将所述第一同步信号块分组中的第四同步信号块映射在所述第二时隙的第8-11个符号上，所述第一时隙和所述第二时隙为连续的时隙；Mapping the first synchronization signal block in the first synchronization signal block group to the 2-5th symbol of the first time slot, and mapping the second synchronization signal block in the first synchronization signal block group to the Mapping the third synchronization signal block in the first synchronization signal block group to the 2-5th symbol of the second time slot on the 8th to 11th symbols of the first time slot, the first And a fourth synchronization signal block in the synchronization signal block group is mapped on the 8th to 11th symbols of the second time slot, where the first time slot and the second time slot are consecutive time slots;
    所述将所述第二同步信号块分组中的n个同步信号块映射到另外y个符号中，包括：And mapping the n synchronization signal blocks in the second synchronization signal block group to the other y symbols, including:
    将所述第二同步信号块分组中的第一同步信号块映射在第三时隙的第2-5个符号上，将所述第二同步信号块分组中的第二同步信号块映射在所述第三时隙的第8-11个符号上，将所述第二同步信号块分组中的第三同步信号块映射在第四时隙的第2-5个符号上，将所述第二同步信号块分组中的第四同步信号块映射在所述第四时隙的第8-11个符号上，其中所述第三时隙和所述第四时隙为连续的时隙、且所述第二时隙和所述第三时隙之间相隔至少1个时隙。Mapping the first synchronization signal block in the second synchronization signal block group to the 2-5th symbol of the third time slot, and mapping the second synchronization signal block in the second synchronization signal block group to the Mapping the third synchronization signal block in the second synchronization signal block group to the 2-5th symbol of the fourth time slot on the 8th to 11th symbols of the third time slot, and the second The fourth synchronization signal block in the synchronization signal block group is mapped on the 8th to 11th symbols of the fourth time slot, wherein the third time slot and the fourth time slot are consecutive time slots, and The second time slot and the third time slot are separated by at least one time slot.
  23. 根据权利要求19或20所述的方法，其特征在于，如果每个时隙包括14个符号，所述将所述第一同步信号块分组中的m个同步信号块映射到x个符号中，包括：The method according to claim 19 or 20, wherein if each time slot comprises 14 symbols, the m synchronization signal blocks in the first synchronization signal block group are mapped into x symbols, include:
    将所述第一同步信号块分组中的第一同步信号块映射在第一时隙的第2-5个符号上，将所述第一同步信号块分组中的第二同步信号块映射在所述第一时隙的第7-10个符号上，将所述第一同步信号块分组中的第三同步信号块映射在第二时隙的第2-5个符号上，将所述第一同步信号块分组中的第四同步信号块映射在所述第二时隙的第7-10个符号上，所述第一时隙和所述第二时隙为连续的时隙；Mapping the first synchronization signal block in the first synchronization signal block group to the 2-5th symbol of the first time slot, and mapping the second synchronization signal block in the first synchronization signal block group to the Mapping the third synchronization signal block in the first synchronization signal block group to the 2-5th symbol of the second time slot on the 7-10th symbol of the first time slot, the first The fourth synchronization signal block in the synchronization signal block group is mapped on the 7-10th symbol of the second time slot, and the first time slot and the second time slot are consecutive time slots;
    所述将所述第二同步信号块分组中的n个同步信号块映射到另外y个符号中，包括：And mapping the n synchronization signal blocks in the second synchronization signal block group to the other y symbols, including:
    将所述第二同步信号块分组中的第一同步信号块映射在第三时隙的第2-5个符号上，将所述第二同步信号块分组中的第二同步信号块映射在所述第三时隙的第7-10个符号上，将所述第二同步信号块分组中的第三同步信号块映射在第四时隙的第2-5个符号上，将所述第二同步信号块分组中的第四同步信号块映射在所述第四时隙的第7-10个符号上，其中所述第三时隙和所述第四时隙为连续的时隙、且所述第二时隙和所述第三时隙之间至少相隔1个时隙。Mapping the first synchronization signal block in the second synchronization signal block group to the 2-5th symbol of the third time slot, and mapping the second synchronization signal block in the second synchronization signal block group to the Mapping the third synchronization signal block in the second synchronization signal block group to the 2-5th symbol of the fourth time slot on the 7-10th symbol of the third time slot, the second a fourth synchronization signal block in the synchronization signal block packet is mapped on the 7-10th symbol of the fourth time slot, wherein the third time slot and the fourth time slot are consecutive time slots, and At least one time slot is separated between the second time slot and the third time slot.
  24. 根据权利要求19或20所述的方法，其特征在于，如果每个时隙包括14个符号，所述将所述第一同步信号块分组中的m个同步信号块映射到x个符号中，包括：The method according to claim 19 or 20, wherein if each time slot comprises 14 symbols, the m synchronization signal blocks in the first synchronization signal block group are mapped into x symbols, include:
    将所述第一同步信号块分组中的第一同步信号块映射在第一时隙的第3-6个符号上，将所述第一同步信号块分组中的第二同步信号块映射在所述第一时隙的第8-11个符号上，将所述第一同步信号块分组中的第三同步信号块映射在第二时隙的第3-6个符号上，将所述第一同步信号块分组中的第四同步信号块映射在所述第二时隙的第8-11个符号上，所述第一时隙和所述第二时隙为连续的时隙；Mapping the first synchronization signal block in the first synchronization signal block group to the 3-6th symbol of the first time slot, and mapping the second synchronization signal block in the first synchronization signal block group to the Mapping the third synchronization signal block in the first synchronization signal block group to the 3-6th symbol of the second time slot on the 8th to 11th symbols of the first time slot, the first And a fourth synchronization signal block in the synchronization signal block group is mapped on the 8th to 11th symbols of the second time slot, where the first time slot and the second time slot are consecutive time slots;
    所述将所述第二同步信号块分组中的n个同步信号块映射到另外y个符号中，包括：And mapping the n synchronization signal blocks in the second synchronization signal block group to the other y symbols, including:
    将所述第二同步信号块分组中的第一同步信号块映射在第三时隙的第3-6个符号上，将所述第二同步信号块分组中的第二同步信号块映射在所述第三时隙的第8-11个符号上，将所述第二同步信号块分组中的第三同步信号块映射在第四时隙的第3-6个符号上，将所述第二同步信号块分组中的第四同步信号块映射在所述第四时隙的第8-11个符号上，其中所述第三时隙和所述第四时隙为连续的时隙、且所述第二时隙和所述第三时隙之间相隔至少1个时隙。Mapping the first synchronization signal block in the second synchronization signal block group to the 3-6th symbol of the third time slot, and mapping the second synchronization signal block in the second synchronization signal block group to the Mapping the third synchronization signal block in the second synchronization signal block group to the 3-6th symbol of the fourth time slot on the 8th to 11th symbols of the third time slot, and the second The fourth synchronization signal block in the synchronization signal block group is mapped on the 8th to 11th symbols of the fourth time slot, wherein the third time slot and the fourth time slot are consecutive time slots, and The second time slot and the third time slot are separated by at least one time slot.
  25. 根据权利要求19或20所述的方法，其特征在于，如果每个时隙包括14个符号，所述将所述第一同步信号块分组中的m个同步信号块映射到x个符号中，包括：The method according to claim 19 or 20, wherein if each time slot comprises 14 symbols, the m synchronization signal blocks in the first synchronization signal block group are mapped into x symbols, include:
    将所述第一同步信号块分组中的第一同步信号块映射在第一时隙的第3-6个符号上，将所述第一同步信号块分组中的第二同步信号块映射在所述第一时隙的第7-10个符号上，将所述第一同步信号块分组中的第三同步信号块映射在第二时隙的第3-6个符号上，将所述第一同步信号块分组中的第四同步信号块映射在所述第二时隙的第7-10个符号上，所述第一时隙和所述第二时隙为连续的时隙；Mapping the first synchronization signal block in the first synchronization signal block group to the 3-6th symbol of the first time slot, and mapping the second synchronization signal block in the first synchronization signal block group to the Mapping the third synchronization signal block in the first synchronization signal block group to the 3-6th symbol of the second time slot on the 7-10th symbol of the first time slot, the first The fourth synchronization signal block in the synchronization signal block group is mapped on the 7-10th symbol of the second time slot, and the first time slot and the second time slot are consecutive time slots;
    所述将所述第二同步信号块分组中的n个同步信号块映射到另外y个符号中，包括：And mapping the n synchronization signal blocks in the second synchronization signal block group to the other y symbols, including:
    将所述第二同步信号块分组中的第一同步信号块映射在第三时隙的第3-6个符号上，将所述第二同步信号块分组中的第二同步信号块映射在所述第三时隙的第7-10个符号上，将所述第二同步信号块分组中的第三同步信号块映射在第四时隙的第3-6个符号上，将所述第二同步信号块分组中的第四同步信号块映射在所述第四时隙的第7-10个符号上，其中 所述第三时隙和所述第四时隙为连续的时隙、且所述第二时隙和所述第三时隙之间相隔至少1个时隙。Mapping the first synchronization signal block in the second synchronization signal block group to the 3-6th symbol of the third time slot, and mapping the second synchronization signal block in the second synchronization signal block group to the Mapping the third synchronization signal block in the second synchronization signal block group to the 3-6th symbol of the fourth time slot on the 7-10th symbol of the third time slot, the second a fourth synchronization signal block in the synchronization signal block packet is mapped on the 7-10th symbol of the fourth time slot, wherein the third time slot and the fourth time slot are consecutive time slots, and The second time slot and the third time slot are separated by at least one time slot.
  26. 根据权利要求19或20所述的方法，其特征在于，如果每个时隙包括14个符号，所述将所述第一同步信号块分组中的m个同步信号块映射到x个符号中，包括：The method according to claim 19 or 20, wherein if each time slot comprises 14 symbols, the m synchronization signal blocks in the first synchronization signal block group are mapped into x symbols, include:
    将所述第一同步信号块分组中的第一同步信号块映射在第一时隙的第4-7个符号上，将所述第一同步信号块分组中的第二同步信号块映射在所述第一时隙的第8-11个符号上，将所述第一同步信号块分组中的第三同步信号块映射在第二时隙的第4-7个符号上，将所述第一同步信号块分组中的第四同步信号块映射在所述第二时隙的第8-11个符号上，所述第一时隙和所述第二时隙为连续的时隙；Mapping the first synchronization signal block in the first synchronization signal block group to the 4th to 7th symbols of the first time slot, and mapping the second synchronization signal block in the first synchronization signal block group to the Mapping the third synchronization signal block in the first synchronization signal block group to the 4th-7th symbol of the second time slot on the 8th to 11th symbols of the first time slot, the first And a fourth synchronization signal block in the synchronization signal block group is mapped on the 8th to 11th symbols of the second time slot, where the first time slot and the second time slot are consecutive time slots;
    所述将所述第二同步信号块分组中的n个同步信号块映射到另外y个符号中，包括：And mapping the n synchronization signal blocks in the second synchronization signal block group to the other y symbols, including:
    将所述第二同步信号块分组中的第一同步信号块映射在第三时隙的第4-7个符号上，将所述第二同步信号块分组中的第二同步信号块映射在所述第三时隙的第8-11个符号上，将所述第二同步信号块分组中的第三同步信号块映射在第四时隙的第4-7个符号上，将所述第二同步信号块分组中的第四同步信号块映射在所述第四时隙的第8-11个符号上，其中所述第三时隙和所述第四时隙为连续的时隙、且所述第二时隙和所述第三时隙之间相隔至少1个时隙。Mapping the first synchronization signal block in the second synchronization signal block group to the 4th-7th symbol of the third time slot, and mapping the second synchronization signal block in the second synchronization signal block group to the Mapping the third synchronization signal block in the second synchronization signal block group to the 4th to 7th symbols of the fourth time slot on the 8th to 11th symbols of the third time slot, and the second The fourth synchronization signal block in the synchronization signal block group is mapped on the 8th to 11th symbols of the fourth time slot, wherein the third time slot and the fourth time slot are consecutive time slots, and The second time slot and the third time slot are separated by at least one time slot.
  27. 根据权利要求19所述的方法，其特征在于，所述预定阈值为大于12且小于18的一个正整数。The method of claim 19 wherein said predetermined threshold is a positive integer greater than 12 and less than 18.
  28. 根据权利要求27所述的方法，其特征在于，每个时隙包括14个符号，所述将所述第一同步信号块分组中的m个同步信号块映射到x个符号中，包括：The method according to claim 27, wherein each time slot comprises 14 symbols, and the mapping of m synchronization signal blocks in the first synchronization signal block group into x symbols comprises:
    将所述第一同步信号块分组中的第一同步信号块映射在第一时隙的第5-8个符号上，将所述第一同步信号块分组中的第二同步信号块映射在所述第一时隙的第9-12个符号上，将所述第一同步信号块分组中的第三同步信号块映射在第一时隙的第13-14个符号以及第二时隙的第1-2个符号上，将所述第一同步信号块分组中的第四同步信号块映射在所述第二时隙的第3-6个符号上；Mapping the first synchronization signal block in the first synchronization signal block group to the 5-8th symbol of the first time slot, and mapping the second synchronization signal block in the first synchronization signal block group to the Mapping the third synchronization signal block in the first synchronization signal block packet to the 13th to 14th symbols of the first time slot and the second time slot on the 9th to 12th symbols of the first time slot Mapping the fourth synchronization signal block in the first synchronization signal block group to the 3-6th symbol of the second time slot on 1-2 symbols;
    所述将所述第二同步信号块分组中的n个同步信号块映射到另外y个符号中，包括：And mapping the n synchronization signal blocks in the second synchronization signal block group to the other y symbols, including:
    将所述第二同步信号块分组中的第一同步信号块映射在第三时隙的第7-10个符号上，将所述第二同步信号块分组中的第二同步信号块映射在所述第三时隙的第11-14个符号上，将所述第二同步信号块分组中的第三同步信号块映射在第四时隙的第1-4个符号上，将所述第二同步信号块分组中的第四同步信号块映射在所述第四时隙的第5-8个符号上，其中所述第一时隙、所述第二时隙、所述第三时隙和所述第四时隙为连续的时隙。Mapping the first synchronization signal block in the second synchronization signal block group to the 7-10th symbol of the third time slot, and mapping the second synchronization signal block in the second synchronization signal block group to the location Mapping the third synchronization signal block in the second synchronization signal block group to the 1-4th symbol of the fourth time slot on the 11th to 14th symbols of the third time slot, and the second A fourth synchronization signal block in the synchronization signal block packet is mapped on the 5-8th symbol of the fourth time slot, wherein the first time slot, the second time slot, the third time slot, and The fourth time slot is a continuous time slot.
  29. 根据权利要求18所述的方法，其特征在于，m、n取值为8，x、y的取值为56。The method according to claim 18, wherein m and n have a value of 8, and x and y have a value of 56.
  30. 根据权利要求29所述的方法，其特征在于，所述预定阈值为大于40且小于44的正整数。The method of claim 29 wherein said predetermined threshold is a positive integer greater than 40 and less than 44.
  31. 根据权利要求29或30所述的方法，其特征在于，每个时隙包括14个符号，所述将所述第一同步信号块分组中的m个同步信号块映射到x个符号中，包括：The method according to claim 29 or 30, wherein each time slot comprises 14 symbols, and said m synchronization signal blocks in said first synchronization signal block group are mapped into x symbols, including :
    将所述第一同步信号块分组中的第一同步信号块映射在连续的10个时隙中的第1个时隙的第7-10个符号上、将所述第一同步信号块分组中的第二同步信号块映射在连续的10个时隙中的第1个时隙的第11-14个符号上、将所述第一同步信号块分组中的第三同步信号块映射在连续的10个时隙中的第2个时隙的第1-4个符号上、将所述第一同步信号块 分组中的第四同步信号块映射在连续的10个时隙中的第2个时隙的第5-8个符号上；Mapping the first synchronization signal block in the first synchronization signal block group to the 7-10th symbols of the first time slot of the consecutive 10 time slots, grouping the first synchronization signal block into The second synchronization signal block maps the third synchronization signal block in the first synchronization signal block group on consecutive 11-14th symbols of the first time slot of the consecutive 10 time slots. Mapping the fourth synchronization signal block in the first synchronization signal block packet to the second of the consecutive 10 time slots on the 1-4th symbols of the second time slot of the 10 time slots On the 5th to 8th symbols of the gap;
    将所述第一同步信号块分组中的第五同步信号块映射在连续的10个时隙中的第3个时隙的第7-10个符号上、将所述第一同步信号块分组中的第六同步信号块映射在连续的10个时隙中的第3个时隙的第11-14个符号上、将所述第一同步信号块分组中的第七同步信号块映射在连续的10个时隙中的第4个时隙的第1-4个符号上、将所述第一同步信号块分组中的第八同步信号块映射在连续的10个时隙中的第4个时隙的第5-8个符号上；Mapping the fifth synchronization signal block in the first synchronization signal block group to the 7-10th symbol of the third time slot of the consecutive 10 time slots, grouping the first synchronization signal block into The sixth synchronization signal block maps the seventh synchronization signal block in the first synchronization signal block group on consecutive 11-14th symbols of the third time slot of the consecutive 10 time slots. Mapping the eighth synchronization signal block in the first synchronization signal block packet to the fourth of the consecutive 10 time slots on the 1-4th symbols of the 4th time slot of the 10 time slots On the 5th to 8th symbols of the gap;
    将所述第二同步信号块分组中的第一同步信号块映射在连续的10个时隙中的第7个时隙的第7-10个符号上、将所述第二同步信号块分组中的第二同步信号块映射在连续的10个时隙中的第7个时隙的第11-14个符号上、将所述第二同步信号块分组中的第三同步信号块映射在连续的10个时隙中的第8个时隙的第1-4个符号上、将所述第二同步信号块分组中的第四同步信号块映射在连续的10个时隙中的第8个时隙的第5-8个符号上；Mapping the first synchronization signal block in the second synchronization signal block group to the 7-10th symbols of the 7th time slot of the consecutive 10 time slots, grouping the second synchronization signal block into The second synchronization signal block maps the third synchronization signal block in the second synchronization signal block group on consecutive 11-14th symbols of the 7th time slot of the consecutive 10 time slots. Mapping the fourth synchronization signal block in the second synchronization signal block packet to the eighth of the consecutive 10 time slots on the 1-4th symbols of the 8th time slot of the 10 time slots On the 5th to 8th symbols of the gap;
    将所述第二同步信号块分组中的第五同步信号块映射在连续的10个时隙中的第9个时隙的第7-10个符号上、将所述第二同步信号块分组中的第六同步信号块映射在连续的10个时隙中的第9个时隙的第11-14个符号上、将所述第二同步信号块分组中的第七同步信号块映射在连续的10个时隙中的第10个时隙的第1-4个符号上、将所述第二同步信号块分组中的第八同步信号块映射在连续的10个时隙中的第10个时隙的第5-8个符号上。Mapping the fifth synchronization signal block in the second synchronization signal block group to the 7-10th symbols of the ninth time slot of the consecutive 10 time slots, grouping the second synchronization signal block into The sixth synchronization signal block maps the seventh synchronization signal block in the second synchronization signal block group on consecutive 11-14th symbols of the ninth time slot of the consecutive 10 time slots Mapping the eighth synchronization signal block in the second synchronization signal block packet to the 10th of the 10 consecutive time slots on the 1-4th symbols of the 10th time slot of the 10 time slots On the 5th to 8th symbols of the gap.
  32. 根据权利要求31所述的方法，其特征在于，所述第一集合中包括以下数值：4、8、12、16、36、40，所述第二集合包括以下数值：30、34、38、42。The method according to claim 31, wherein the first set includes the following values: 4, 8, 12, 16, 36, 40, and the second set includes the following values: 30, 34, 38, 42.
  33. 根据权利要求1-32任一所述的方法，其特征在于，所述第一同步信号块分组和所述第二同步信号块分组所映射的符号占用所述第一同步信号块分组和所述第二同步信号块分组所在的同步信号脉冲集发送周期中的前5毫秒、且所述同步信号脉冲集的发送周期被配置为以下中的一种：5毫秒，10毫秒，20毫秒，40毫秒，80毫秒，160毫秒。The method according to any one of claims 1 to 32, wherein the first synchronization signal block packet and the symbol mapped by the second synchronization signal block packet occupy the first synchronization signal block packet and the The first 5 ms of the synchronization signal pulse set transmission period in which the second synchronization signal block group is located, and the transmission period of the synchronization signal pulse set is configured as one of the following: 5 milliseconds, 10 milliseconds, 20 milliseconds, 40 milliseconds , 80 milliseconds, 160 milliseconds.
  34. 一种传输同步信号的方法，其特征在于，包括：A method for transmitting a synchronization signal, comprising:
    终端设备在一个同步信号脉冲集的发送周期中检测到第一同步信号块和第二同步信号块；The terminal device detects the first synchronization signal block and the second synchronization signal block in a transmission period of a synchronization signal pulse set;
    所述终端设备确定所述第一同步信号块占用的时域资源与所述第二同步信号块占用的时域资源之间相差的符号数目；Determining, by the terminal device, a number of symbols that differ between a time domain resource occupied by the first synchronization signal block and a time domain resource occupied by the second synchronization signal block;
    如果所述相差的符号数目属于预定集合，所述终端设备确定所述第一同步信号块和所述第二同步信号块属于同一同步信号块分组。If the number of symbols of the phase difference belongs to a predetermined set, the terminal device determines that the first synchronization signal block and the second synchronization signal block belong to the same synchronization signal block group.
  35. 根据权利要求34所述的方法，其特征在于，所述预定集合中包括的数值为偶数。The method of claim 34 wherein the values included in said predetermined set are even.
  36. 根据权利要求34所述的方法，其特征在于，所述预定集合中包括的数值小于预定阈值。The method of claim 34 wherein the value included in said predetermined set is less than a predetermined threshold.
  37. 根据权利要求34所述的方法，其特征在于，所述同步信号脉冲集的发送周期被配置为以下中的一种：5毫秒，10毫秒，20毫秒，40毫秒，80毫秒，160毫秒，所述同步信号块和第二同步信号块是所述终端设备在所述同步信号脉冲集发送周期中的前5毫秒中检测到的。The method according to claim 34, wherein the transmission period of the synchronization signal pulse set is configured as one of the following: 5 milliseconds, 10 milliseconds, 20 milliseconds, 40 milliseconds, 80 milliseconds, 160 milliseconds, The synchronization signal block and the second synchronization signal block are detected by the terminal device in the first 5 milliseconds of the synchronization signal pulse set transmission period.
  38. 一种网络设备，其特征在于，包括收发器和处理器，其中A network device, including a transceiver and a processor, wherein
    所述处理器，用于生成第一同步信号块分组和第二同步信号块分组，其中，所述第一同步信号块分组包括m个同步信号块，所述第二同步信号块分组包括n个同步信号块，其 中m、n为大于等于2的正整数；The processor is configured to generate a first synchronization signal block group and a second synchronization signal block group, where the first synchronization signal block group includes m synchronization signal blocks, and the second synchronization signal block group includes n a sync signal block, where m and n are positive integers greater than or equal to 2;
    将所述第一同步信号块分组中的m个同步信号块映射到x个符号中，其中，x＝7m，映射后的所述第一同步信号块分组中任意两个同步信号块之间相差的符号数目属于第一集合；Mapping m synchronization signal blocks in the first synchronization signal block group into x symbols, where x=7m, and difference between any two synchronization signal blocks in the first synchronization signal block group after mapping The number of symbols belongs to the first set;
    将所述第二同步信号块分组中的n个同步信号块映射到另外y个符号中，其中，y＝7n，映射后的所述第二同步信号块分组中任意两个同步信号块之间相差的符号数目属于所述第一集合、且映射后的所述第二同步信号块分组中的一个同步信号块与所述映射后所述第一同步信号块分组中的一个同步信号块之间相差的符号数属于第二集合，所述第二集合中的数值与所述第一集合中的数值不重合；Mapping n synchronization signal blocks in the second synchronization signal block group into another y symbols, where y=7n, between any two synchronization signal blocks in the second synchronization signal block group after mapping The number of symbols of the phase difference belongs to the first set, and between one of the mapped synchronization signal blocks in the second synchronization signal block group and one of the synchronization signal blocks in the first synchronization signal block group after the mapping The number of symbols of the difference belongs to the second set, and the values in the second set do not coincide with the values in the first set;
    所述收发器，用于通过所述处理器映射的时频资源发送所述第一同步信号块分组中的同步信号块和第二同步信号块分组中的同步信号块。The transceiver is configured to send, by using the time-frequency resource mapped by the processor, a synchronization signal block in the first synchronization signal block group and a synchronization signal block in the second synchronization signal block group.
  39. 根据权利要求38所述的网络设备，其特征在于，所述第一集合中包括的数值为偶数，所述第二集合中包括的数值为奇数。The network device according to claim 38, wherein the value included in the first set is an even number, and the value included in the second set is an odd number.
  40. 根据权利要求39所述的网络设备，其特征在于，m、n取值为4，x、y的取值为28。The network device according to claim 39, wherein m and n have a value of 4, and x and y have a value of 28.
  41. 根据权利要求40所述的网络设备，其特征在于，每个时隙包括7个符号，A network device according to claim 40, wherein each time slot comprises 7 symbols,
    所述处理器，用于将所述第一同步信号块分组中第一同步信号块映射在连续的8个时隙中的第1个时隙的第2-5个符号上、将所述第一同步信号块分组中第二同步信号块映射在所述连续的8个时隙中的第3个时隙的第2-5个符号上、将所述第一同步信号块分组中第三同步信号块映射在所述连续的8个时隙中的第5个时隙的第2-5个符号上、将所述第一同步信号块分组中第四同步信号块映射在所述连续的8个时隙中的第7个时隙的第2-5个符号上；The processor is configured to map the first synchronization signal block in the first synchronization signal block group to the 2-5th symbol of the first time slot of the consecutive 8 time slots, and the a second synchronization signal block in a synchronization signal block packet is mapped on the 2-5th symbol of the 3rd time slot of the consecutive 8 time slots, and the third synchronization signal is grouped in the third synchronization signal block Signal block mapping on the 2-5th symbol of the 5th time slot of the consecutive 8 time slots, mapping the fourth synchronization signal block in the first synchronization signal block group to the consecutive 8 On the 2-5th symbol of the 7th time slot in the time slot;
    将所述第二同步信号块分组中第一同步信号块映射在所述连续的8个时隙中的第2个时隙的第2-5个符号上、将所述第二同步信号块分组中第二同步信号块映射在所述连续的8个时隙中的第4个时隙的第2-5个符号上、将所述第二同步信号块分组中第三同步信号块映射在所述连续的8个时隙中的第6个时隙的第2-5个符号上、将所述第二同步信号块分组中第四同步信号块映射在所述连续的8个时隙中的第8个时隙的第2-5个符号上。Mapping the first synchronization signal block in the second synchronization signal block group to the 2-5th symbol of the 2nd time slot of the consecutive 8 time slots, grouping the second synchronization signal block The second synchronization signal block maps the second synchronization signal block in the second synchronization signal block group on the 2-5th symbol of the 4th time slot of the consecutive 8 time slots Mapping the fourth synchronization signal block in the second synchronization signal block packet to the consecutive 8 time slots on the 2-5th symbol of the 6th time slot of the consecutive 8 time slots On the 2-5th symbol of the 8th time slot.
  42. 根据权利要求40所述的网络设备，其特征在于，每个时隙包括14个符号，A network device according to claim 40, wherein each time slot comprises 14 symbols,
    所述处理器，用于将所述第一同步信号块分组中第一同步信号块映射在连续的4个时隙中的第1个时隙的第2-5个符号上、将所述第一同步信号块分组中第二同步信号块映射在所述连续的4个时隙中的第2个时隙的第2-5个符号上、将所述第一同步信号块分组中第三同步信号块映射在所述连续的4个时隙中的第3个时隙的第2-5个符号上、将所述第一同步信号块分组中第四同步信号块映射在所述连续的4个时隙中的第4个时隙的第2-5个符号上；The processor is configured to map the first synchronization signal block in the first synchronization signal block group to the 2-5th symbol of the first time slot of the consecutive 4 time slots, and the a second synchronization signal block in a synchronization signal block group is mapped on the 2-5th symbol of the 2nd time slot of the consecutive 4 time slots, and the third synchronization signal is grouped in the first synchronization signal block group Signal block mapping on the 2-5th symbol of the 3rd time slot of the consecutive 4 time slots, mapping the fourth synchronization signal block in the first synchronization signal block group to the consecutive 4 On the 2-5th symbol of the 4th time slot in the time slot;
    将所述第二同步信号块分组中第一同步信号块映射在所述连续的4个时隙中的第1个时隙的第9-12个符号上、将所述第二同步信号块分组中第二同步信号块映射在所述连续的4个时隙中的第2个时隙的第9-12个符号上、将所述第二同步信号块分组中第三同步信号块映射在所述连续的4个时隙中的第3个时隙的第9-12个符号上、将所述第二同步信号块分组中第四同步信号块映射在所述连续的4个时隙中的第4个时隙的第9-12个符号上。Mapping the first synchronization signal block in the second synchronization signal block packet on the 9th to 12th symbols of the first time slot of the consecutive 4 time slots, and grouping the second synchronization signal block The second synchronization signal block maps the third synchronization signal block in the second synchronization signal block group on the 9th to 12th symbols of the second time slot of the consecutive 4 time slots Mapping the fourth synchronization signal block in the second synchronization signal block packet to the consecutive 4 time slots on the 9th to 12th symbols of the third time slot of the consecutive 4 time slots On the 9th to 12th symbols of the 4th time slot.
  43. 根据权利要求41或42所述的网络设备，其特征在于，所述第一集合中包括以下 数值14、28、42，所述第二集合中包括以下数值7、21、35、49。A network device according to claim 41 or 42, wherein said first set includes the following values 14, 28, 42 and said second set includes the following values 7, 21, 35, 49.
  44. 根据权利要求39所述的网络设备，其特征在于，m、n取值为8，x、y的取值为56。The network device according to claim 39, wherein m and n have a value of 8, and x and y have a value of 56.
  45. 根据权利要求44所述的网络设备，其特征在于，A network device according to claim 44, wherein
    所述处理器，用于将所述第一同步信号块分组中的第一同步信号块映射在连续的9个时隙中的第1个时隙的第3-6个符号上、将所述第一同步信号块分组中的第二同步信号块映射在连续的9个时隙中的第1个时隙的第7-10个符号上、将所述第一同步信号块分组中的第三同步信号块映射在连续的9个时隙中的第2个时隙的第3-6个符号上、将所述第一同步信号块分组中的第四同步信号块映射在连续的9个时隙中的第2个时隙的第7-10个符号上；The processor is configured to map the first synchronization signal block in the first synchronization signal block group to the 3-6th symbol of the first time slot of the consecutive 9 time slots, The second synchronization signal block in the first synchronization signal block packet is mapped on the 7-10th symbol of the first time slot of the consecutive 9 time slots, and the third of the first synchronization signal block group is grouped The synchronization signal block maps the third synchronization signal block in the first synchronization signal block group on the 3rd to 6th symbols of the 2nd time slot of the consecutive 9 time slots. On the 7-10th symbol of the second time slot in the slot;
    将所述第一同步信号块分组中的第五同步信号块映射在连续的9个时隙中的第3个时隙的第3-6个符号上、将所述第一同步信号块分组中的第六同步信号块映射在连续的9个时隙中的第3个时隙的第7-10个符号上、将所述第一同步信号块分组中的第七同步信号块映射在连续的9个时隙中的第4个时隙的第3-6个符号上、将所述第一同步信号块分组中的第八同步信号块映射在连续的9个时隙中的第4个时隙的第7-10个符号上；Mapping the fifth synchronization signal block in the first synchronization signal block group to the 3-6th symbol of the 3rd time slot of the consecutive 9 time slots, grouping the first synchronization signal block into The sixth synchronization signal block maps the seventh synchronization signal block in the first synchronization signal block group on consecutive 7-10th symbols of the third time slot of the consecutive 9 time slots. Mapping the eighth synchronization signal block in the first synchronization signal block packet to the fourth of the consecutive nine time slots on the 3-6th symbol of the fourth time slot of the nine time slots On the 7th-10th sign of the gap;
    将所述第二同步信号块分组中的第一同步信号块映射在连续的9个时隙中的第6个时隙的第4-7个符号上、将所述第二同步信号块分组中的第二同步信号块映射在连续的9个时隙中的第6个时隙的第8-11个符号上、将所述第二同步信号块分组中的第三同步信号块映射在连续的9个时隙中的第7个时隙的第4-7个符号上、将所述第二同步信号块分组中的第四同步信号块映射在连续的9个时隙中的第7个时隙的第8-11个符号上；Mapping the first synchronization signal block in the second synchronization signal block group to the 4th-7th symbol of the 6th time slot of the consecutive 9 time slots, and grouping the second synchronization signal block into The second synchronization signal block maps the third synchronization signal block in the second synchronization signal block group on consecutive 8-11th symbols of the 6th time slot of the consecutive 9 time slots. Mapping the fourth synchronization signal block in the second synchronization signal block packet to the seventh of the consecutive nine time slots on the 4th to 7th symbols of the 7th time slot of the 9 time slots On the 8th to 11th symbols of the gap;
    将所述第二同步信号块分组中的第五同步信号块映射在连续的9个时隙中的第8个时隙的第4-7个符号上、将所述第二同步信号块分组中的第六同步信号块映射在连续的9个时隙中的第8个时隙的第8-11个符号上、将所述第二同步信号块分组中的第七同步信号块映射在连续的9个时隙中的第9个时隙的第4-7个符号上、将所述第二同步信号块分组中的第八同步信号块映射在连续的9个时隙中的第9个时隙的第8-11个符号上。Mapping a fifth synchronization signal block in the second synchronization signal block group to the 4th-7th symbol of the 8th time slot of the consecutive 9 time slots, and grouping the second synchronization signal block into The sixth synchronization signal block maps the eighth synchronization signal block in the second synchronization signal block group on consecutive 8-11th symbols of the 8th time slot of the consecutive 9 time slots. Mapping the eighth synchronization signal block in the second synchronization signal block packet to the ninth of the nine consecutive time slots on the 4th to 7th symbols of the ninth time slot of the nine time slots On the 8th to 11th signs of the gap.
  46. 根据权利要求45所述的网络设备，其特征在于，所述第一集合中包括以下数值4、10、14、18、28、32、42、46，所述第二集合中包括以下数值25、29、33、43、47、57。The network device according to claim 45, wherein the first set includes the following values 4, 10, 14, 18, 28, 32, 42, 46, and the second set includes the following value 25, 29, 33, 43, 47, 57.
  47. 根据权利要求38所述的网络设备，其特征在于，m、n取值为4，x、y的取值为28。The network device according to claim 38, wherein m and n have a value of 4, and x and y have a value of 28.
  48. 根据权利要求47所述的网络设备，其特征在于，每个时隙包括14个符号，A network device according to claim 47, wherein each time slot comprises 14 symbols,
    所述处理器，用于将所述第一同步信号块分组中的第一同步信号块映射在所述第一时隙的第4-7个符号上、将所述第一同步信号块分组中的第二同步信号块映射在所述第一时隙的第8-11个符号上，将所述第一同步信号块分组中的第三同步信号块映射在所述第二时隙的第3-6个符号上、将所述第一同步信号块分组中的第四同步信号块映射在所述第二时隙的第7-10个符号上；The processor is configured to map a first synchronization signal block in the first synchronization signal block group on the 4th to 7th symbols of the first time slot, and group the first synchronization signal block into Mapping a second synchronization signal block on the 8th to 11th symbols of the first time slot, mapping a third synchronization signal block in the first synchronization signal block group to a third of the second time slot Mapping the fourth synchronization signal block in the first synchronization signal block group to the 7-10th symbol of the second time slot on -6 symbols;
    将所述第二同步信号块分组中的第一同步信号块映射在所述第三时隙的第4-7个符号上、将所述第二同步信号块分组中的第二同步信号块映射在所述第三时隙的第8-11个符号上，将所述第二同步信号块分组中的第三同步信号块映射在所述第四时隙的第3-6个符号上、将所述第二同步信号块分组中的第四同步信号块映射在所述第四时隙的第7-10个符号上，所述第一时隙、所述第二时隙、所述第三时隙和所述第四时隙是4个连续的时隙。Mapping a first synchronization signal block in the second synchronization signal block group on the 4th to 7th symbols of the third time slot, and mapping a second synchronization signal block in the second synchronization signal block group Mapping the third synchronization signal block in the second synchronization signal block group to the 3-6th symbol of the fourth time slot on the 8th to 11th symbols of the third time slot, The fourth synchronization signal block in the second synchronization signal block group is mapped on the 7-10th symbol of the fourth time slot, the first time slot, the second time slot, and the third The time slot and the fourth time slot are 4 consecutive time slots.
  49. 根据权利要求48所述的网络设备，其特征在于，所述第一集合中包括以下数值：4、9、13、17，所述第二集合包括以下数值：11、15和19。The network device according to claim 48, wherein said first set includes the following values: 4, 9, 13, 17, and said second set includes the following values: 11, 15, and 19.
  50. 根据权利要求47所述的网络设备，其特征在于，每个时隙包括14个符号，A network device according to claim 47, wherein each time slot comprises 14 symbols,
    所述处理器，用于将所述第一同步信号块分组中的第一同步信号块映射在所述第一时隙的第3-6个符号上、将所述第一同步信号块分组中的第二同步信号块映射在所述第一时隙的第7-10个符号上，将所述第一同步信号块分组中的第三同步信号块映射在所述第二时隙的第4-7个符号上、将所述第一同步信号块分组中的第四同步信号块映射在所述第二时隙的第8-11个符号上；The processor is configured to map a first synchronization signal block in the first synchronization signal block group on the 3-6th symbol of the first time slot, and group the first synchronization signal block into Mapping the second synchronization signal block on the 7-10th symbol of the first time slot, mapping the third synchronization signal block in the first synchronization signal block group to the 4th of the second time slot Mapping the fourth synchronization signal block in the first synchronization signal block group to the 8th-11th symbol of the second time slot on -7 symbols;
    将所述第二同步信号块分组中的第一同步信号块映射在所述第三时隙的第3-6个符号上、将所述第二同步信号块分组中的第二同步信号块映射在所述第三时隙的第7-10个符号上，将所述第二同步信号块分组中的第三同步信号块映射在所述第四时隙的第4-7个符号上、将所述第二同步信号块分组中的第四同步信号块映射在所述第四时隙的第8-11个符号上，所述第一时隙、所述第二时隙、所述第三时隙和所述第四时隙是4个连续的时隙。Mapping a first synchronization signal block in the second synchronization signal block group to the 3-6th symbol of the third time slot, and mapping a second synchronization signal block in the second synchronization signal block group Mapping, on the 7-10th symbol of the third time slot, a third synchronization signal block in the second synchronization signal block group on the 4th to 7th symbols of the fourth time slot, The fourth synchronization signal block in the second synchronization signal block group is mapped on the 8th to 11th symbols of the fourth time slot, the first time slot, the second time slot, and the third time The time slot and the fourth time slot are 4 consecutive time slots.
  51. 根据权利要求50所述的网络设备，其特征在于，所述第一集合中包括以下数值：4、11、15、19，所述第二集合包括以下数值：9、13和17。The network device according to claim 50, wherein said first set includes the following values: 4, 11, 15, 19, said second set comprising the following values: 9, 13, and 17.
  52. 根据权利要求38所述的网络设备，其特征在于，m、n取值为8，x、y的取值为56。The network device according to claim 38, wherein m and n have a value of 8, and x and y have a value of 56.
  53. 根据权利要求52所述的网络设备，其特征在于，A network device according to claim 52, wherein
    所述处理器，用于将所述第一同步信号块分组中的第一同步信号块映射在连续的9个时隙中的第1个时隙的第7-10个符号上、将所述第一同步信号块分组中的第二同步信号块映射在连续的9个时隙中的第1个时隙的第11-14个符号上、将所述第一同步信号块分组中的第三同步信号块映射在连续的9个时隙中的第2个时隙的第1-4个符号上、将所述第一同步信号块分组中的第四同步信号块映射在连续的9个时隙中的第2个时隙的第5-8个符号上；The processor is configured to map the first synchronization signal block in the first synchronization signal block group to the 7-10th symbol of the first time slot of the consecutive 9 time slots, The second synchronization signal block in the first synchronization signal block packet is mapped on the 11th to 14th symbols of the first time slot of the consecutive 9 time slots, and the third of the first synchronization signal block is grouped The synchronization signal block maps the fourth synchronization signal block in the first synchronization signal block group on the ninth symbol of the second time slot of the consecutive nine time slots. On the 5th-8th symbol of the 2nd time slot in the slot;
    将所述第一同步信号块分组中的第五同步信号块映射在连续的9个时隙中的第3个时隙的第7-10个符号上、将所述第一同步信号块分组中的第六同步信号块映射在连续的9个时隙中的第3个时隙的第11-14个符号上；将所述第一同步信号块分组中的第七同步信号块映射在连续的9个时隙中的第4个时隙的第1-4个符号上、将所述第一同步信号块分组中的第八同步信号块映射在连续的9个时隙中的第4个时隙的第5-8个符号上；Mapping the fifth synchronization signal block in the first synchronization signal block group to the 7-10th symbols of the third time slot of the consecutive 9 time slots, grouping the first synchronization signal block into The sixth synchronization signal block is mapped on the 11th to 14th symbols of the 3rd time slot of the consecutive 9 time slots; the seventh synchronization signal block in the first synchronization signal block group is mapped in a continuous manner Mapping the eighth synchronization signal block in the first synchronization signal block packet to the fourth of the consecutive nine time slots on the first to fourth symbols of the fourth time slot of the nine time slots On the 5th to 8th symbols of the gap;
    将所述第二同步信号块分组中的第一同步信号块映射在连续的9个时隙中的第6个时隙的第7-10个符号上、将所述第二同步信号块分组中的第二同步信号块映射在连续的9个时隙中的第6个时隙的第11-14个符号上、将所述第二同步信号块分组中的第三同步信号块映射在连续的9个时隙中的第7个时隙的第1-4个符号上、将所述第二同步信号块分组中的第四同步信号块映射在连续的9个时隙中的第7个时隙的第5-8个符号上；Mapping the first synchronization signal block in the second synchronization signal block group to the 7-10th symbols of the sixth time slot of the consecutive 9 time slots, and grouping the second synchronization signal block into The second synchronization signal block maps the third synchronization signal block in the second synchronization signal block group on consecutive 11-14th symbols of the 6th time slot of the consecutive 9 time slots. Mapping the fourth synchronization signal block in the second synchronization signal block group to the seventh of the consecutive nine time slots on the 1-4th symbols of the seventh time slot of the nine time slots On the 5th to 8th symbols of the gap;
    将所述第二同步信号块分组中的第五同步信号块映射在连续的9个时隙中的第8个时隙的第7-10个符号上、将所述第二同步信号块分组中的第六同步信号块映射在连续的9个时隙中的第8个时隙的第11-14个符号上、将所述第二同步信号块分组中的第七同步信号块映射在连续的9个时隙中的第9个时隙的第1-4个符号上、将所述第二同步信号块分组中的第八同步信号块映射在连续的9个时隙中的第9个时隙的第5-8个符号上。Mapping the fifth synchronization signal block in the second synchronization signal block group to the 7-10th symbols of the 8th time slot of the consecutive 9 time slots, grouping the second synchronization signal block into The sixth synchronization signal block maps the seventh synchronization signal block in the second synchronization signal block group on consecutive 11-14th symbols of the 8th time slot of the consecutive 9 time slots. Mapping the eighth synchronization signal block in the second synchronization signal block packet to the ninth of the consecutive nine time slots on the 1-4th symbols of the ninth time slot of the nine time slots On the 5th to 8th symbols of the gap.
  54. 根据权利要求53所述的网络设备，其特征在于，所述第一集合中包括以下数值4、 8、12、16、36、40，所述第二集合中包括以下数值30、34、38、42。The network device according to claim 53, wherein the first set includes the following values 4, 8, 12, 16, 36, 40, and the second set includes the following values 30, 34, 38, 42.
  55. 根据权利要求38所述的网络设备，其特征在于，所述第一集合中包含的数值小于预定阈值，所述第二集合中包含的数值大于预定阈值。The network device according to claim 38, wherein the value included in the first set is less than a predetermined threshold, and the value included in the second set is greater than a predetermined threshold.
  56. 根据权利要求55所述的网络设备，其特征在于，m、n取值为4，x、y的取值为28。The network device according to claim 55, wherein m and n have a value of 4, and x and y have a value of 28.
  57. 根据权利要求56所述的网络设备，其特征在于，所述预定阈值为大于等于21的正整数。The network device according to claim 56, wherein said predetermined threshold is a positive integer greater than or equal to 21.
  58. 根据权利要求56或57所述的网络设备，其特征在于，每个时隙包括7个符号，A network device according to claim 56 or 57, wherein each time slot comprises 7 symbols,
    所述处理器，用于将所述第一同步信号块分组中的第一同步信号块映射在第一时隙的第2-5个符号上，将所述第一同步信号块分组中的第二同步信号块映射在第二时隙的第1-4个符号上，将所述第一同步信号块分组中的第三同步信号块映射在第三时隙的第2-5个符号上，将所述第一同步信号块分组中的第四同步信号块映射在第四时隙的第1-4个符号上，所述第一时隙、所述第二时隙、所述第三时隙和所述第四时隙为连续的时隙；The processor is configured to map the first synchronization signal block in the first synchronization signal block group to the 2-5th symbol of the first time slot, and set the first synchronization signal block group The second synchronization signal block is mapped on the 1-4th symbol of the second time slot, and the third synchronization signal block in the first synchronization signal block group is mapped on the 2-5th symbol of the third time slot, Mapping a fourth synchronization signal block in the first synchronization signal block group to the first to fourth symbols of the fourth time slot, the first time slot, the second time slot, and the third time The slot and the fourth time slot are consecutive time slots;
    将所述第一同步信号块分组中的第一同步信号块映射在第五时隙的第2-5个符号上，将所述第一同步信号块分组中的第二同步信号块映射在第六时隙的第1-4个符号上，将所述第一同步信号块分组中的第三同步信号块映射在第七时隙的第2-5个符号上，将所述第一同步信号块分组中的第四同步信号块映射在第八时隙的第1-4个符号上，其中所述第五时隙、所述第六时隙、所述第七时隙和所述第八时隙为连续的时隙、且第四时隙和第五时隙之间相隔至少2个时隙。Mapping the first synchronization signal block in the first synchronization signal block group to the 2-5th symbol of the fifth time slot, and mapping the second synchronization signal block in the first synchronization signal block group to the first Mapping the third synchronization signal block in the first synchronization signal block group to the 2-5th symbol of the seventh time slot on the 1-4th symbol of the six time slots, and using the first synchronization signal The fourth synchronization signal block in the block packet is mapped on the 1-4th symbol of the eighth time slot, wherein the fifth time slot, the sixth time slot, the seventh time slot, and the eighth The time slots are consecutive time slots, and the fourth time slot and the fifth time slot are separated by at least 2 time slots.
  59. 根据权利要求56或57所述的网络设备，其特征在于，每个时隙包括14个符号，A network device according to claim 56 or 57, wherein each time slot comprises 14 symbols,
    所述处理器，用于将所述第一同步信号块分组中的第一同步信号块映射在第一时隙的第2-5个符号上，将所述第一同步信号块分组中的第二同步信号块映射在所述第一时隙的第8-11个符号上，将所述第一同步信号块分组中的第三同步信号块映射在第二时隙的第2-5个符号上，将所述第一同步信号块分组中的第四同步信号块映射在所述第二时隙的第8-11个符号上，所述第一时隙和所述第二时隙为连续的时隙；The processor is configured to map the first synchronization signal block in the first synchronization signal block group to the 2-5th symbol of the first time slot, and set the first synchronization signal block group The second synchronization signal block maps the third synchronization signal block in the first synchronization signal block group to the 2-5th symbol of the second time slot on the 8th to 11th symbols of the first time slot And mapping, in the first synchronization signal block group, a fourth synchronization signal block on the 8th to 11th symbols of the second time slot, where the first time slot and the second time slot are consecutive Time slot
    将所述第二同步信号块分组中的第一同步信号块映射在第三时隙的第2-5个符号上，将所述第二同步信号块分组中的第二同步信号块映射在所述第三时隙的第8-11个符号上，将所述第二同步信号块分组中的第三同步信号块映射在第四时隙的第2-5个符号上，将所述第二同步信号块分组中的第四同步信号块映射在所述第四时隙的第8-11个符号上，其中所述第三时隙和所述第四时隙为连续的时隙、且所述第二时隙和所述第三时隙之间相隔至少1个时隙。Mapping the first synchronization signal block in the second synchronization signal block group to the 2-5th symbol of the third time slot, and mapping the second synchronization signal block in the second synchronization signal block group to the Mapping the third synchronization signal block in the second synchronization signal block group to the 2-5th symbol of the fourth time slot on the 8th to 11th symbols of the third time slot, and the second The fourth synchronization signal block in the synchronization signal block group is mapped on the 8th to 11th symbols of the fourth time slot, wherein the third time slot and the fourth time slot are consecutive time slots, and The second time slot and the third time slot are separated by at least one time slot.
  60. 根据权利要求56或57所述的网络设备，其特征在于，如果每个时隙包括14个符号，A network device according to claim 56 or 57, wherein if each time slot comprises 14 symbols,
    所述处理器，用于将所述第一同步信号块分组中的第一同步信号块映射在第一时隙的第2-5个符号上，将所述第一同步信号块分组中的第二同步信号块映射在所述第一时隙的第7-10个符号上，将所述第一同步信号块分组中的第三同步信号块映射在第二时隙的第2-5个符号上，将所述第一同步信号块分组中的第四同步信号块映射在所述第二时隙的第7-10个符号上，所述第一时隙和所述第二时隙为连续的时隙；The processor is configured to map the first synchronization signal block in the first synchronization signal block group to the 2-5th symbol of the first time slot, and set the first synchronization signal block group The second sync signal block maps the third sync signal block in the first sync signal block packet to the 2-5th symbol of the second slot on the 7-10th symbol of the first slot And mapping a fourth synchronization signal block in the first synchronization signal block group to the 7-10th symbol of the second time slot, where the first time slot and the second time slot are consecutive Time slot
    将所述第二同步信号块分组中的第一同步信号块映射在第三时隙的第2-5个符号上，将所述第二同步信号块分组中的第二同步信号块映射在所述第三时隙的第7-10个符号上， 将所述第二同步信号块分组中的第三同步信号块映射在第四时隙的第2-5个符号上，将所述第二同步信号块分组中的第四同步信号块映射在所述第四时隙的第7-10个符号上，其中所述第三时隙和所述第四时隙为连续的时隙、且所述第二时隙和所述第三时隙之间至少相隔1个时隙。Mapping the first synchronization signal block in the second synchronization signal block group to the 2-5th symbol of the third time slot, and mapping the second synchronization signal block in the second synchronization signal block group to the Mapping the third synchronization signal block in the second synchronization signal block group to the 2-5th symbol of the fourth time slot on the 7-10th symbol of the third time slot, and the second a fourth synchronization signal block in the synchronization signal block packet is mapped on the 7-10th symbol of the fourth time slot, wherein the third time slot and the fourth time slot are consecutive time slots, and At least one time slot is separated between the second time slot and the third time slot.
  61. 根据权利要求56或57所述的网络设备，其特征在于，如果每个时隙包括14个符号，A network device according to claim 56 or 57, wherein if each time slot comprises 14 symbols,
    所述处理器，用于将所述第一同步信号块分组中的第一同步信号块映射在第一时隙的第3-6个符号上，将所述第一同步信号块分组中的第二同步信号块映射在所述第一时隙的第8-11个符号上，将所述第一同步信号块分组中的第三同步信号块映射在第二时隙的第3-6个符号上，将所述第一同步信号块分组中的第四同步信号块映射在所述第二时隙的第8-11个符号上，所述第一时隙和所述第二时隙为连续的时隙；The processor is configured to map the first synchronization signal block in the first synchronization signal block group to the 3-6th symbol of the first time slot, and set the first synchronization signal block group The second synchronization signal block maps the third synchronization signal block in the first synchronization signal block group to the 3-6th symbol of the second time slot on the 8th to 11th symbols of the first time slot And mapping, in the first synchronization signal block group, a fourth synchronization signal block on the 8th to 11th symbols of the second time slot, where the first time slot and the second time slot are consecutive Time slot
    将所述第二同步信号块分组中的第一同步信号块映射在第三时隙的第3-6个符号上，将所述第二同步信号块分组中的第二同步信号块映射在所述第三时隙的第8-11个符号上，将所述第二同步信号块分组中的第三同步信号块映射在第四时隙的第3-6个符号上，将所述第二同步信号块分组中的第四同步信号块映射在所述第四时隙的第8-11个符号上，其中所述第三时隙和所述第四时隙为连续的时隙、且所述第二时隙和所述第三时隙之间相隔至少1个时隙。Mapping the first synchronization signal block in the second synchronization signal block group to the 3-6th symbol of the third time slot, and mapping the second synchronization signal block in the second synchronization signal block group to the Mapping the third synchronization signal block in the second synchronization signal block group to the 3-6th symbol of the fourth time slot on the 8th to 11th symbols of the third time slot, and the second The fourth synchronization signal block in the synchronization signal block group is mapped on the 8th to 11th symbols of the fourth time slot, wherein the third time slot and the fourth time slot are consecutive time slots, and The second time slot and the third time slot are separated by at least one time slot.
  62. 根据权利要求56或57所述的网络设备，其特征在于，如果每个时隙包括14个符号，A network device according to claim 56 or 57, wherein if each time slot comprises 14 symbols,
    所述处理器，用于将所述第一同步信号块分组中的第一同步信号块映射在第一时隙的第3-6个符号上，将所述第一同步信号块分组中的第二同步信号块映射在所述第一时隙的第7-10个符号上，将所述第一同步信号块分组中的第三同步信号块映射在第二时隙的第3-6个符号上，将所述第一同步信号块分组中的第四同步信号块映射在所述第二时隙的第7-10个符号上，所述第一时隙和所述第二时隙为连续的时隙；The processor is configured to map the first synchronization signal block in the first synchronization signal block group to the 3-6th symbol of the first time slot, and set the first synchronization signal block group The second sync signal block maps the third sync signal block in the first sync signal block packet to the 3-6th symbol of the second slot on the 7-10th symbol of the first slot And mapping a fourth synchronization signal block in the first synchronization signal block group to the 7-10th symbol of the second time slot, where the first time slot and the second time slot are consecutive Time slot
    将所述第二同步信号块分组中的第一同步信号块映射在第三时隙的第3-6个符号上，将所述第二同步信号块分组中的第二同步信号块映射在所述第三时隙的第7-10个符号上，将所述第二同步信号块分组中的第三同步信号块映射在第四时隙的第3-6个符号上，将所述第二同步信号块分组中的第四同步信号块映射在所述第四时隙的第7-10个符号上，其中所述第三时隙和所述第四时隙为连续的时隙、且所述第二时隙和所述第三时隙之间相隔至少1个时隙。Mapping the first synchronization signal block in the second synchronization signal block group to the 3-6th symbol of the third time slot, and mapping the second synchronization signal block in the second synchronization signal block group to the Mapping the third synchronization signal block in the second synchronization signal block group to the 3-6th symbol of the fourth time slot on the 7-10th symbol of the third time slot, the second a fourth synchronization signal block in the synchronization signal block packet is mapped on the 7-10th symbol of the fourth time slot, wherein the third time slot and the fourth time slot are consecutive time slots, and The second time slot and the third time slot are separated by at least one time slot.
  63. 根据权利要求56或57所述的网络设备，其特征在于，如果每个时隙包括14个符号，A network device according to claim 56 or 57, wherein if each time slot comprises 14 symbols,
    所述处理器，用于将所述第一同步信号块分组中的第一同步信号块映射在第一时隙的第4-7个符号上，将所述第一同步信号块分组中的第二同步信号块映射在所述第一时隙的第8-11个符号上，将所述第一同步信号块分组中的第三同步信号块映射在第二时隙的第4-7个符号上，将所述第一同步信号块分组中的第四同步信号块映射在所述第二时隙的第8-11个符号上，所述第一时隙和所述第二时隙为连续的时隙；The processor is configured to map the first synchronization signal block in the first synchronization signal block group to the 4th to 7th symbols of the first time slot, and set the first synchronization signal block group The second sync signal block maps the third sync signal block in the first sync signal block packet to the 4th-7th symbol of the second time slot on the 8th to 11th symbols of the first time slot And mapping, in the first synchronization signal block group, a fourth synchronization signal block on the 8th to 11th symbols of the second time slot, where the first time slot and the second time slot are consecutive Time slot
    将所述第二同步信号块分组中的第一同步信号块映射在第三时隙的第4-7个符号上，将所述第二同步信号块分组中的第二同步信号块映射在所述第三时隙的第8-11个符号上，将所述第二同步信号块分组中的第三同步信号块映射在第四时隙的第4-7个符号上，将所 述第二同步信号块分组中的第四同步信号块映射在所述第四时隙的第8-11个符号上，其中所述第三时隙和所述第四时隙为连续的时隙、且所述第二时隙和所述第三时隙之间相隔至少1个时隙。Mapping the first synchronization signal block in the second synchronization signal block group to the 4th-7th symbol of the third time slot, and mapping the second synchronization signal block in the second synchronization signal block group to the Mapping the third synchronization signal block in the second synchronization signal block group to the 4th to 7th symbols of the fourth time slot on the 8th to 11th symbols of the third time slot, and the second The fourth synchronization signal block in the synchronization signal block group is mapped on the 8th to 11th symbols of the fourth time slot, wherein the third time slot and the fourth time slot are consecutive time slots, and The second time slot and the third time slot are separated by at least one time slot.
  64. 根据权利要求56所述的网络设备，其特征在于，所述预定阈值为大于12且小于18的一个正整数。The network device of claim 56, wherein the predetermined threshold is a positive integer greater than 12 and less than 18.
  65. 根据权利要求64所述的网络设备，其特征在于，A network device according to claim 64, wherein
    所述处理器，用于将所述第一同步信号块分组中的第一同步信号块映射在第一时隙的第5-8个符号上，将所述第一同步信号块分组中的第二同步信号块映射在所述第一时隙的第9-12个符号上，将所述第一同步信号块分组中的第三同步信号块映射在第一时隙的第13-14个符号以及第二时隙的第1-2个符号上，将所述第一同步信号块分组中的第四同步信号块映射在所述第二时隙的第3-6个符号上；The processor is configured to map a first synchronization signal block in the first synchronization signal block group to a fifth to eighth symbols of a first time slot, and to group the first synchronization signal block group Mapping the second synchronization signal block to the 13th to 12th symbols of the first time slot, mapping the third synchronization signal block in the first synchronization signal block group to the 13th to 14th symbols of the first time slot And mapping, on the 1-2th symbol of the second time slot, the fourth synchronization signal block in the first synchronization signal block group on the 3-6th symbol of the second time slot;
    将所述第二同步信号块分组中的第一同步信号块映射在第三时隙的第7-10个符号上，将所述第二同步信号块分组中的第二同步信号块映射在所述第三时隙的第11-14个符号上，将所述第二同步信号块分组中的第三同步信号块映射在第四时隙的第1-4个符号上，将所述第二同步信号块分组中的第四同步信号块映射在所述第四时隙的第5-8个符号上，其中所述第一时隙、所述第二时隙、所述第三时隙和所述第四时隙为连续的时隙。Mapping the first synchronization signal block in the second synchronization signal block group to the 7-10th symbol of the third time slot, and mapping the second synchronization signal block in the second synchronization signal block group to the location Mapping the third synchronization signal block in the second synchronization signal block group to the 1-4th symbol of the fourth time slot on the 11th to 14th symbols of the third time slot, and the second A fourth synchronization signal block in the synchronization signal block packet is mapped on the 5-8th symbol of the fourth time slot, wherein the first time slot, the second time slot, the third time slot, and The fourth time slot is a continuous time slot.
  66. 根据权利要求55所述的网络设备，其特征在于，m、n取值为8，x、y的取值为56。The network device according to claim 55, wherein m and n have a value of 8, and x and y have a value of 56.
  67. 根据权利要求66所述的网络设备，其特征在于，所述预定阈值为大于40且小于44的正整数。The network device of claim 66, wherein the predetermined threshold is a positive integer greater than 40 and less than 44.
  68. 根据权利要求66或67所述的网络设备，其特征在于，A network device according to claim 66 or 67, characterized in that
    所述处理器，用于将所述第一同步信号块分组中的第一同步信号块映射在连续的10个时隙中的第1个时隙的第7-10个符号上、将所述第一同步信号块分组中的第二同步信号块映射在连续的10个时隙中的第1个时隙的第11-14个符号上、将所述第一同步信号块分组中的第三同步信号块映射在连续的10个时隙中的第2个时隙的第1-4个符号上、将所述第一同步信号块分组中的第四同步信号块映射在连续的10个时隙中的第2个时隙的第5-8个符号上；The processor is configured to map a first synchronization signal block in the first synchronization signal block group to a 7-10th symbol of a first time slot of consecutive 10 time slots, The second synchronization signal block in the first synchronization signal block packet is mapped on the 11th-14th symbol of the first time slot of the consecutive 10 time slots, and the third of the first synchronization signal block group is grouped Synchronization signal block mapping maps the fourth synchronization signal block in the first synchronization signal block group to consecutive 10 times on the 1-4th symbols of the second time slot of the consecutive 10 time slots On the 5th-8th symbol of the 2nd time slot in the slot;
    将所述第一同步信号块分组中的第五同步信号块映射在连续的10个时隙中的第3个时隙的第7-10个符号上、将所述第一同步信号块分组中的第六同步信号块映射在连续的10个时隙中的第3个时隙的第11-14个符号上、将所述第一同步信号块分组中的第七同步信号块映射在连续的10个时隙中的第4个时隙的第1-4个符号上、将所述第一同步信号块分组中的第八同步信号块映射在连续的10个时隙中的第4个时隙的第5-8个符号上；Mapping the fifth synchronization signal block in the first synchronization signal block group to the 7-10th symbol of the third time slot of the consecutive 10 time slots, grouping the first synchronization signal block into The sixth synchronization signal block maps the seventh synchronization signal block in the first synchronization signal block group on consecutive 11-14th symbols of the third time slot of the consecutive 10 time slots. Mapping the eighth synchronization signal block in the first synchronization signal block packet to the fourth of the consecutive 10 time slots on the 1-4th symbols of the 4th time slot of the 10 time slots On the 5th to 8th symbols of the gap;
    将所述第二同步信号块分组中的第一同步信号块映射在连续的10个时隙中的第7个时隙的第7-10个符号上、将所述第二同步信号块分组中的第二同步信号块映射在连续的10个时隙中的第7个时隙的第11-14个符号上、将所述第二同步信号块分组中的第三同步信号块映射在连续的10个时隙中的第8个时隙的第1-4个符号上、将所述第二同步信号块分组中的第四同步信号块映射在连续的10个时隙中的第8个时隙的第5-8个符号上；Mapping the first synchronization signal block in the second synchronization signal block group to the 7-10th symbols of the 7th time slot of the consecutive 10 time slots, grouping the second synchronization signal block into The second synchronization signal block maps the third synchronization signal block in the second synchronization signal block group on consecutive 11-14th symbols of the 7th time slot of the consecutive 10 time slots. Mapping the fourth synchronization signal block in the second synchronization signal block packet to the eighth of the consecutive 10 time slots on the 1-4th symbols of the 8th time slot of the 10 time slots On the 5th to 8th symbols of the gap;
    将所述第二同步信号块分组中的第五同步信号块映射在连续的10个时隙中的第9个时隙的第7-10个符号上、将所述第二同步信号块分组中的第六同步信号块映射在连续的10个时隙中的第9个时隙的第11-14个符号上、将所述第二同步信号块分组中的第七同步 信号块映射在连续的10个时隙中的第10个时隙的第1-4个符号上、将所述第二同步信号块分组中的第八同步信号块映射在连续的10个时隙中的第10个时隙的第5-8个符号上。Mapping the fifth synchronization signal block in the second synchronization signal block group to the 7-10th symbols of the ninth time slot of the consecutive 10 time slots, grouping the second synchronization signal block into The sixth synchronization signal block maps the seventh synchronization signal block in the second synchronization signal block group on consecutive 11-14th symbols of the ninth time slot of the consecutive 10 time slots Mapping the eighth synchronization signal block in the second synchronization signal block packet to the 10th of the 10 consecutive time slots on the 1-4th symbols of the 10th time slot of the 10 time slots On the 5th to 8th symbols of the gap.
  69. 根据权利要求68所述的网络设备，其特征在于，所述第一集合中包括以下数值：4、8、12、16、36、40，所述第二集合包括以下数值：30、34、38、42。The network device according to claim 68, wherein the first set includes the following values: 4, 8, 12, 16, 36, 40, and the second set includes the following values: 30, 34, 38 42, 42.
  70. 根据权利要求38-69任一所述的网络设备，其特征在于，A network device according to any of claims 38-69, characterized in that
    所述第一同步信号块分组和所述第二同步信号块分组所映射的符号占用所述第一同步信号块分组和所述第二同步信号块分组所在的同步信号脉冲集发送周期中的前5毫秒、且所述同步信号脉冲集的发送周期被配置为以下中的一种：5毫秒，10毫秒，20毫秒，40毫秒，80毫秒，160毫秒。The symbols mapped by the first synchronization signal block group and the second synchronization signal block group occupy a preamble in a synchronization signal pulse set transmission period in which the first synchronization signal block group and the second synchronization signal block group are located 5 milliseconds, and the transmission period of the synchronization signal pulse set is configured as one of the following: 5 milliseconds, 10 milliseconds, 20 milliseconds, 40 milliseconds, 80 milliseconds, 160 milliseconds.
  71. 一种终端设备，其特征在于，包括收发器和处理器，其中A terminal device, comprising: a transceiver and a processor, wherein
    所述收发器，用于在一个同步信号脉冲集的发送周期中检测到第一同步信号块和第二同步信号块；The transceiver is configured to detect a first synchronization signal block and a second synchronization signal block in a transmission period of a synchronization signal pulse set;
    所述处理器，用于确定所述第一同步信号块占用的时域资源与所述第二同步信号块占用的时域资源之间相差的符号数目；The processor is configured to determine a number of symbols that are different between a time domain resource occupied by the first synchronization signal block and a time domain resource occupied by the second synchronization signal block;
    如果所述相差的符号数目属于预定集合，确定所述第一同步信号块和所述第二同步信号块属于同一同步信号块分组。If the number of symbols of the phase difference belongs to a predetermined set, it is determined that the first sync signal block and the second sync signal block belong to the same sync signal block group.
  72. 根据权利要求71所述的终端设备，其特征在于，所述预定集合中包括的数值为偶数。The terminal device according to claim 71, characterized in that the value included in said predetermined set is an even number.
  73. 根据权利要求71所述的终端设备，其特征在于，所述预定集合中包括的数值小于预定阈值。The terminal device according to claim 71, wherein the value included in said predetermined set is smaller than a predetermined threshold.
  74. 根据权利要求71所述的终端设备，其特征在于，所述同步信号脉冲集的发送周期被配置为以下中的一种：5毫秒，10毫秒，20毫秒，40毫秒，80毫秒，160毫秒，所述同步信号块和第二同步信号块是所述终端设备在所述同步信号脉冲集发送周期中的前5毫秒中检测到的。The terminal device according to claim 71, characterized in that the transmission period of the synchronization signal pulse set is configured as one of the following: 5 milliseconds, 10 milliseconds, 20 milliseconds, 40 milliseconds, 80 milliseconds, 160 milliseconds, The sync signal block and the second sync signal block are detected by the terminal device in the first 5 milliseconds of the synchronization signal pulse set transmission period.
  75. 一种计算机存储介质，其特征在于，所述计算机存储介质包含程序，用于执行权利要求1-37任一项所述的方法。A computer storage medium, characterized in that the computer storage medium comprises a program for performing the method of any of claims 1-37.
  76. 一种通信系统，其特征在于，所述通信系统包括如权利要求39-70任一项所述的网络设备和如权利要求71-74任一项所述的终端设备。A communication system, characterized in that the communication system comprises the network device according to any one of claims 39-70 and the terminal device according to any one of claims 71-74.
PCT/CN2018/087070 2017-05-16 2018-05-16 Method and apparatus for transmitting synchronization signal WO2018210263A1 (en)

Applications Claiming Priority (6)

Application Number Priority Date Filing Date Title
CN201710344557.0 2017-05-16
CN201710344557 2017-05-16
CN201710459666.7 2017-06-16
CN201710459666 2017-06-16
CN201710510737.1A CN108880606B (en) 2017-05-16 2017-06-28 Method and device for transmitting synchronization signals
CN201710510737.1 2017-06-28

Publications (1)

Publication Number Publication Date
WO2018210263A1 true WO2018210263A1 (en) 2018-11-22

Family

ID=64273372

Family Applications (1)

Application Number Title Priority Date Filing Date
PCT/CN2018/087070 WO2018210263A1 (en) 2017-05-16 2018-05-16 Method and apparatus for transmitting synchronization signal

Country Status (1)

Country Link
WO (1) WO2018210263A1 (en)

Citations (2)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
WO2016203290A1 (en) * 2015-06-15 2016-12-22 Telefonaktiebolaget Lm Ericsson (Publ) Variable synchronization block format
CN106658697A (en) * 2015-11-04 2017-05-10 中兴通讯股份有限公司 Synchronization signal sending method, synchronization signal detection method, base station and terminals

Patent Citations (2)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
WO2016203290A1 (en) * 2015-06-15 2016-12-22 Telefonaktiebolaget Lm Ericsson (Publ) Variable synchronization block format
CN106658697A (en) * 2015-11-04 2017-05-10 中兴通讯股份有限公司 Synchronization signal sending method, synchronization signal detection method, base station and terminals

Non-Patent Citations (2)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Title
LG ELECTRONICS: "Discussion on SS Block and SS Burst", 3GPPTSG RAN WG1 MEETING #87 RL-1611786, 18 November 2016 (2016-11-18), XP051175755 *
SAMSUNG: "SS BW and Multiplexing", 3GPP TSG RAN WG1 NR AH R1-1700884, 20 January 2017 (2017-01-20), XP051208400 *

Similar Documents

Publication Publication Date Title
US11601932B2 (en) Information sending and receiving methods and devices
CN110050452B (en) Base station device, terminal device, communication method, and integrated circuit
WO2019063020A1 (en) Communication method and communication device
US9232500B2 (en) Method and apparatus for interference-resistant wireless communications
WO2018192015A1 (en) Method and device for configuring time-frequency resource transmission direction
CN107836129A (en) A kind of method of data transfer, Wireless Communication Equipment and communication system
JP7467529B2 (en) Broadcast signal transmitting method, broadcast signal receiving method, network device, and terminal device
BR112012012985A2 (en) METHOD AND APPARATUS FOR CELL IDENTIFIER SHARING BETWEEN LOCATIONS AND CELL IDENTIFIER DETERMINATION FOR LOCATION IN COOPERATIVE COMMUNICATION.
CN108880606B (en) Method and device for transmitting synchronization signals
CN102547967B (en) Method, system and user device to realize synchronization through time division duplex long-term evolution system
CN113473641A (en) Communication method and communication device
CN103684578A (en) Method, system and device for sending and receiving configuration information
US20210195568A1 (en) Communication method and apparatus
WO2018210263A1 (en) Method and apparatus for transmitting synchronization signal
KR20180137342A (en) Method, apparatus, and system for receiving pdsch in wireless communication system
KR20180082061A (en) Method, apparatus, and system for transmitting and receiving/decoding control channel
CN114270977A (en) Transmission and reception of downlink control information
KR20190038737A (en) METHOD, APPARATUS, AND SYSTEM FOR TRANSMITTING DATA BETWEEEN ENB (or GNB) AND UE, AND TRANSMITTING/RECEIVING CONTROL CHANNEL
KR20180122893A (en) Method, apparatus, and system for transmitting uplink control information(s) on uplink

Legal Events

Date Code Title Description
121 Ep: the epo has been informed by wipo that ep was designated in this application

Ref document number: 18802684

Country of ref document: EP

Kind code of ref document: A1

NENP Non-entry into the national phase

Ref country code: DE

122 Ep: pct application non-entry in european phase

Ref document number: 18802684

Country of ref document: EP

Kind code of ref document: A1